Selected quad for the lemma: cause_n

Word A Word B Word C Word D Occurrence Frequency Band MI MI Band Prominent
cause_n aaron_n bring_v place_n 16 3 3.7159 3 false
View all documents for the selected quad

Text snippets containing the quad

ID Title Author Corrected Date of Publication (TCP Date of Publication) STC Words Pages
A22507 A commentarie vpon the fourth booke of Moses, called Numbers Containing, the foundation of the church and common-wealth of the Israelites, while they walked and wandered in the vvildernesse. Laying before vs the vnchangeable loue of God promised and exhibited to this people ... Heerein also the reader shall finde more then fiue hundred theologicall questions, decided and determined by William Attersoll, minister of the word. Attersoll, William, d. 1640.; Attersoll, William, d. 1640. Pathway to Canaan.; Attersoll, William, d. 1640. Continuation of the exposition of the booke of Numbers. 1618 (1618) STC 893; ESTC S106852 2,762,938 1,336

There are 72 snippets containing the selected quad. | View lemmatised text

is euermore the companion of hypocrisie Fiftly to be confident in good causes and couragious especially in time of perill Prou. 10 9. 28 1. Whereas the hypocrite hauing a corrupt conscience is ouertaken with feare and trembling Esay 33 14. Prou. 28 1. Lastly to be constant and to perseuere to the end in good things to bee resolute neuer to giue ouer a continued course of piety vntil we giue ouer this course of life such bring foorth fruite with patience Luke 8 15. and shall neuer be remoued Psal 15 5. Whereas the double-minded man is vnstable in all his wayes Iames 1 8. his godlinesse and religion is as the morning dew Hosea 6 4. By these signes we may sift and examine our selues whether this grace of sincerity be in vs or not And as the gift is excellent so there are sundry motiues to stirre vs vp vnto it Sundry moti●es to 〈◊〉 vs to sinc● For God is good and gracious vnto such as are pure in heart Psal 73 1. and 125 4 5. hee is the Sun and shield to them Psal 84 11. This is the life and substance of all other graces without it the best things are but counterfet and no better then sinnes against God Our faith must be vnfained and loue without dissimulation and our conuersion must be a renting of the heart Consider also that God is present euery where and knoweth all things Psal 139 7. Prou. 15 verse 3. Moreouer wee must meditate oftentimes vpon the iudgements of God which hee bringeth vpon the world but especially of the last iudgement in the end of the world and of our particular iudgment at the houre of death Ro. 2 16. Eccl. 12 14. The heart is the store-house keeper of the graces of God Pro. 4 23. Mat. 13 18 19. Lu. 6 45. Math. 23 26. therefore we ought carefully to looke vnto it CHAP. XIIII 1 And all the Congregation lifted vp their voice and cryed and the people wept that night 2 And all the Congregation of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron and the whole Congregation saide vnto them Would God that we had died in the Land of Egipt or would God we had died in this wildernesse 3 And wherefore hath the Lord brought vs into this land to fall by the sword that our wiues and our children should be a prey Were it not better for vs to returne into Egypt WE haue seen in the former chapter the occasiō of this fourth murmuring arising from the report of the spies whereby the seed was sowne which in this Chapter groweth vp to an open obstinate mutiny The fruit was answerable to the seed the successe to the report And who can stay the streame driuen by so violent a winde and tempest When the arrow is once shot out of the bow it is too late to wish it may do no hurt where it falleth because where it hitteth it hurteth But to come to the present matter in hand the people giuing eare to these false reports dream of danger where no danger is like the sluggard that saith There is a Lyon without I shall bee slaine in the streets Prou. 22 13. To minds that are fearfull and perplexed all fansies and coniectures seeme things of truth Consider in this chapt two points first the generall murmuring of all that is of the greatest part of the people secondly the proceeing of God against thē for their murmuring Their murmuring is accompanied with impatience disobedience vnthankfulnesse blasphemy infidelity and tempting of God Psal 106 24 25 c. and it is set downe generally and particularly Generally they murmured against Moses and Aaron amplified by the effect 〈◊〉 cause 〈◊〉 the Isra● wept all 〈◊〉 they wept all the night The cause why they wept is the feare of death and the sense of their sinne they supposed that they were led as sheep to the slaughter and brought into the wildernesse as to a place of destruction had forgotten the promise made 400. yeares before to their fathers Wee see heere how quickly and easily they obey euil persons that seduced them they listen with both their ears vnto them ●●●trine 〈◊〉 are natu● ready to 〈…〉 ●ken to ●cers and ●ers and forget what they had often heard and seen Caleb and Ioshua warned them but all was in vaine The doctrine This is the corruption of our nature we are prone to bee peruerted and ready to hearken to seducers to follow euill liuers and euill teachers while in the meane season wee are hardly drawne to hearken and attend vnto those that tell vs the truth without flattery or forgery Exod. 4 1. The prophet of God sent to prophesy against the Altar at Bethel is easily seduced and forsaketh the word of God 1 Kings 13 21. Our Sauiour complaineth of the peeuishnesse of the Iewes 〈◊〉 11 27. Wee haue piped vnto you and ye haue not danced we haue mourned vnto you and ye haue not lamented c. And Iohn 5 43. I am come in my Fathers name and ye receiued me not if another shall come in his owne name him yee will receiue 2 Tim. 4 34. Gal. 3 1 2. and 5 7. Titus 1 11. Mat. 24 5. First because in the minde and vnderstanding Reason 1 howsoeuer there remaine certaine generall notions concerning good and euil as that there is a God that he is iust and a rewarder of them that do well that wee must honour our parents and not hurt our neighbors yet euen these are corrupt and serue only to take away excuse Ro. 1 19 20. and besides wee haue all receiued from Adam ignorance or want of knowledge of the things of God 1 Cor. 2 14. Ro. 8 7. Likewise disability to vnderstand spirituall things though they be plainly taught vnto vs Lu. 24 41. 2 Cor. 3 5. vanity of the mind thinking truth to be falshood and falsehood to be truth Eph. 4 17. 1 Cor. 1 21. Prou. 14 12. So then the originall or seede of all errors and heresies is in our nature Secondly satan is mighty and subtle he can Reason 2 transforme himselfe into an Angel of light he employeth many instruments in his worke to seduce vs as he did Eue which also worke mightily with strong delusions 2 Cor. 11 3. False Apostles are deceitful workers transforming themselues into the Apostles of Christ 2 Cor. 11 23 24 25. they come in sheeps clothing though inwardly they bee rauening Reason 3 wolues Mat. 7 15. 2 Pet. 2 1 2. Thirdly it is Gods deepe yet most iust iudgement vpon all that obey not the gospel to send them strong delusions that they should beleeue lies This is a punishment sent vpon the vnthankfulnesse of men when they haue the light and yet shut their eies heare the sound of the Gospel and yet stop their eares and vnderstand the truth yet harden their hearts against the truth Mat. 13 14 15. 2 Thess 2 11 12. This serueth to reprooue and conuince the Vse 1
themselues deuout but is indeed the language of the diuels God respecteth not such foolish deuotions he requireth of all persons the knowledge of his word as we shall shew afterward and he will bee worshipped according to the knowledge thereof The Apostle reproueth the Iewes for their zeale a vertue that ought to be in al the faithfull forasmuch as God will spew all that are lukewarme out of his mouth neuerthelesse he accepteth it not in them because it was not according to knowledge Rom. 10 2 We must know what God alloweth if we would haue him allow approue of vs. If we regard not to know him we may well assure our selues that in the day of account he will not know vs but turne away his face from vs. The second reproofe The second reproofe meeteth with all such as do things doubtfully and waueringly not knowing whether they do well or ill these do attempt things either against their conscience or without the comfort of a good conscience and therefore albeit it be good in it owne nature which they do and good in regard of the will of God yet to them it is not so because they are not assured by the word whether it be lawfull or vnlawfull and therefore it is turned into sinne This is that which we heard before out of the Apostle Whatsoeuer is not of faith is sinne Rom. 14 23. All such neede not another to condemne them they condemne themselues in that which they doe The vnfaithfull and vnregenerate man sinneth in euery thing he doth euen in his best actions We must please god before any of our works can please him The Apostle saith Vnto the pure all things are pure but vnto thē that are defiled and vnbeleeuing is nothing pure but euen their minde and conscience is defiled Tit. 1 15. And S. Iames in his Epistle chap. 1 7 8. Hee that wauereth is like a waue of the sea driuen with winde and tossed for let not that man thinke that he shall receiue any thing of the Lord a double-minded man is vnstable in all his waies Wherefore it standeth vs vpon ●eral rules ●irect our ●ons to consider the three generall rules set downe by S. Paul in the Epistle to the Romanes chap. 14 to direct vs in all our actions First he is happy that condemneth not himselfe in the vse of those things which hee knoweth to be lawful This concerneth those that are strong ●n 14 22. This is a golden rule and a great honour happinesse of Christian men that their owne consciences doe not accuse them to allow and admit of that which they iudge not to be good and lawfull They know by due triall and examination that the same which they do agreeth with the word of God so that they are assured to build vpō the rock Though all men should accuse them and condemne them yet their conscience grounded vpon the word of God would acquit discharge thē which cannot but giue an inward peace and sweet contentment to their soules This the Apostle saith 2 Cor. 1 12. Our reioycing is this the testimony of our conscience c. To the same purpose Iob speaketh chap. 27 6. My righteousnesse I hold fast and will not let it go my heart shall not reproch me so long as I liue Likewise Iohn in his first Epistle saith I four heart condemne vs ●oh 3 20 21. God is greater then our heart and knoweth all things beloued if our heart condemne vs not then haue we confidence toward God This comfort of a good conscience they cannot but want which doubt whether that which they do please God or not they are farre from this happinesse which the Apostle pronounceth vpon such as know well and are throughly assured what they do the rest are like drunken men that stagger reele too and fro cannot keepe themselues vpright vpon their feet Secondly no man must do any thing with a doubtfull conscience for such a one woundeth his owne conscience offendeth God The Apostle saith He that doubteth is condemned if he eate ●m 14 23. because he eateth not of faith He that is not perswaded that it pleaseth GOD which he doth cannot direct it to his glory Euery worke that commeth short of his end is sinne and therefore Abraham is commended that he staggered not at the promise of God through vnbeleefe but was strong in faith giuing glory to God Rom. 4 20. This rule belongeth to those that are weake who wauer vp and downe in their opinions like a ship that tottereth hither and thither in a tempest Woe vnto such they need no other witnes or iudge against themselues but themselues They do many good things that doe displease GOD which would please him if they were wel and rightly done If then thou wouldst haue any fruite and comfort in those things which thou doest informe thy conscience aright be perswaded throughly of that which thou doest and build thy faith vpon the sure and infallible rocke of God Thirdly whatsoeuer proceedeth not from faith is a sinne committed against God and condemneth him that doth it forasmuch as without faith it is vnpossible to please God Hebr. 11 6. Outward shewes and appearances though they be neuer so pompous and glorious are not respected of him he enquireth whether those things we do proceed from true obedience whether we beleeue by the word that they are required of God and so please him This last rule engendereth two other first whatsoeuer proceedeth from pure naturals is vnpure and whatsoeuer commeth from the force of our free will is sin in the sight of God Such as the fountaine is such are the streames as the root is so are the branches like mother like daughters like cause like effects Doth a spring send foorth out of the same place sweet water and bitter Can the figgetree beare Oliue berries Iam. 3 12. Math 7 18. eyther a vine figges A good tree cannot bring forth euill fruite neither can a corrupt tree bring foorth good fruite Secondly all the vertues and actions of the infidels and vnbeleeuers albeit in regard of themselues and the substance of the workes and as they are the gifts of God they be not euill but good yet in the iudgment of God they are sins The whole life of vnbeleeuers and vnregenerate men is nothing else but a whole practise of sin in a continued course without stay or interruption from the beginning to the ending August in Psal 31. et epist 105 but they are like those that run a great pace out of the way They may do many things beautifull in shew but they are more in shew then in substance in appearance then in deed and truth All their vertues are shaddowes and therefore called by one of the fathers splendida peccata beautifull sinnes August de ciuit dei They lay an euill foundation haue a wrong beginning they do them without faith and they also
should be as frontlets betweene their eyes and write them vpon the postes of their houses and gates of their Cities all these were as helpes for memory against forgetfulnesse as if he had said vnto them Haue them alwayes in remembrance Of all persons old men seeme to haue the weakest memories which decay with their age and these doe most of all complaine of them howbeit the heathen man telleth vs that there is no man so old Cicero lib. de Senect that hath forgotten where he laid vp his treasure All men remember the things they most regard such as they loue they will not forget forasmuch as Where the treasure is there will the heart be also Mat. 6.21 If then we remember not the things of God the chiefe cause is because we doe not much esteeme of them Set an high price vpon them value them aboue thy siluer and thy gold esteeme them beyond all pearles and precious stones and thou shalt finde thy memory much bettered and encreased The fourth is to plant in vs true godlinesse and reforme our liues as it were to rid our ground of all bryars bushes before we sow any thing in it The gate of Gods house is the gate of righteousnesse because none but the iust and righteous ought to enter into it Psa 118.19 20. This is the cause that Iacob when hee went to Bethel to worship God first cleansed his house of the filthines of idolatry and commanded his houshold to be cleane Gen. 35. ● and change their garments thereby vnderstanding the purity of the heart and the changing of their mindes by the renuing of them according to true godlinesse Thus doth the Lord command the Israelites to wash their cloathes and sanctifie themselues before they came to heare the law at his mouth Exo. 19.14 To this purpose Dauid saith Psal 26.6 I will wash mine hands in innocency so will I compasse thine Altar O Lord. If we come into Gods presence without sanctification we offer a sacrifice full of blemishes which his soule abhorreth He reiecteth our prayers as abominable and our hearing of his word is turned into sinne Lastly we are bound to lay vp in the heart that which we heare for God especially requireth the heart If that be wanting he misseth it by and by he espyeth it so soon as we come as he did him that came to the marriage feast without his wedding garment Mat. 22.11 There is no man hath any treasure that leaueth or layeth it commonly and carelesly but he locketh it vp that no man should take it from him the word is a pearle and a pearle of such price that when he hath found it that knoweth the worth of it Matth. 13. he selleth all that he hath to buy it the heart is as it were the coffer where we ought to keepe it If we hold it in our hands or haue it in our heads or suffer it to dwell in our mouthes onely and cannot afford to giue it roome and lodging in our hearts it is in danger euery foote to be taken from vs and we surprised of it Esay 29.13 Such persons honour him with their lips but their harts are far from him Matt. 15. The blessed Virgin is commended that she kept those sayings in her heart So did Isaac go out into the fields to meditate Luk. 2.10 Gen. 24.63 at euentide he chose a solitary place and fit season to call to minde such things as he had heard Wherefore let vs also lay vp in our soules and ponder in our hearts such good things as wee haue learned and let vs hide them as in the casket of a good conscience that in all times of need we may bring foorth these precious treasures to helpe vs. We know not into what troubles and perplexities we may come how we may be tempted assaulted into what dangers of spiritual enemies we may fall how bitter will those dayes be vnto vs if wee haue no word of God dweling in vs to comfort vs raise vs vp againe It wil then be too late to go and buy oile in our lamps when we should vse it Let vs store our selues with plenty of heauenly meditations that we may neuer be too seeke and arme our selues with such sufficient furniture that wheresoeuer the enemy seeke to foile vs and to make a breach into our soules we may be able to resist him and to stand fast in the power of God against all the wyles of the diuell 21. And the Lord spake vnto Moses saying 22. Take also the summe of the sonnes of Gershon throughout the houses of their fathers by their families 23. From thirty yeares old and vpward vntill fifty yeare old shalt thou number them all that enter in to performe the seruice to doe the worke in the Tabernacle of the Congregation 24. This is the seruice of the families of the Gershonites to serue and for burdens 25. And they shall beare the Curtaines of the Tabernacle and the Tabernacle of the Congregation his couering and the couering of the badgers skinnes that is aboue vpon it and the hanging for the doore of the Tabernacle of the Congregation 26. And the hangings of the Court and the hanging for the doore of the gate of the Court which is by the Tabernacle by the Altar round about and their cords and all the instruments of their seruice all that is made for them so shall they serue 27. At the appointment of Aaron and his sonnes shall be all the seruice of the sonnes of the Gersbonites in all their burdens and in all their seruice and ye shall appoint vnto them in charge all their burdens 28. This is the seruice of the families of the sonnes of Gershon in the Tabernacle of the Congregation and their charge shall be vnder the hand of Ithamar the sonne of Aaron the Priest Hitherto Moses hath spoken of the Kohathites and he hath done it more largely then he doth handle the other families for the causes noted before In the next place he proceedeth to the Gershonites Touching these first God commandeth them also to be numbred and t●●ir age is appointed and limited as in the fo●mer from thirty yeares old and vpward vntill fifty Secondly their proper and peculiar charge is expressed what burdens they are to beare to wit the Curtaines and the couerings the cordes the veiles and all the instruments appertaining to their seruice Thirdly all these things before mentioned must be done at the commandement of Aaron and his sonnes Ver. 22 23. Take also the summe of the sons of Gershon c. Obserue with me in this diuision that Moses repeateth sundry points that are set downe in the former chapter as will euidently appeare vnto vs if wee make tryall and comparison in euery one of the three families as for example touching the Kohathites that which hee speaketh of them in this chapter verse 5 7 9. compare it with the 31. verse of the third chapter
not cleere the wicked Although Princes doe not make statutes against it yet the statute law of God hath decreed against it and condemned it set a great penalty vpon the breach of it We haue sundry lawes that none abuse our names but we haue none for the preseruation of Gods Name and therefore God will looke to it and take order for it No commandement hath had more visible iudgments executed vpō the breakers of it then this The plague of God shall not depart from his house that is a swearer one iudgment or other shall ouertake him and if he do escape the greater torment is reserued for him in the life to come The Prophet Zachary Zach. 5.4 telleth vs that God will consume the timber and stones of his house The sonne of the Israelitish woman that blasphemed the Name of the Lord and cursed is brought foorth without the campe and stoned to death Leuit. 24.14 15. and thereupon a Law established Whosoeuer curseth his God shall beare his sinne It is lamentable to consider the wretchednesse of prophane men notwithstanding the greeuousnesse of this sinne Many are of such a ruffian-like spirit that they feare not to teare in peeces the Lord of life and to crucifie againe the Sonne of God as much as in them lyeth We our selues are iealous of our own names and the names of our parents and posterity no maruell then if God be exceeding iealous ouer himselfe If we wil not glorifie him he will glorifie himselfe and his Name in our destruction He may winke at vs for a time as also at our manifold and monstrous oathes but he hath not forgotten them he keepeth a booke of accounts as a register against vs and when the great day of the Lord shall come he will bring forth the records and set our sinnes in order before vs. Let vs not thinke to escape Eccles 8.11 because sentence is not speedily executed the more he delayeth the more he hoardeth vp punishment for vs. The longer the arrow is in drawing the deeper it will pierce when it is shot out against vs. Hee suffereth them to liue in security for a time but they shall taste of seuerity in the end Iob 24.23 and 21.30 The wicked is reserued to the day of destruction they shal be brought forth to the day of wrath 23 And the Priest shall write these curses in a booke and he shall blot them out with the bitter water 24 And he shall cause the woman to drinke the bitter water that causeth the curse and the water that causeth the curse shall enter into her and become bitter 25 Then the Priest shall take the iealousie offering out of the womans hand and shall waue the offering before the Lord and offer it vpon the Altar 26 And the Priest shall take an handfull of the offering euen the memoriall thereof and burne it vpon the Altar and afterward shall cause the woman to drinke the water Hitherto wee haue seene the things that goe before the tryall now we come to such as are more neerely ioyned with it which are these He must write the curses in a booke and then blot them out with the waters of bitternesse before remembred But before the woman drinke of the waters he must take the offering out of her hand and waue it before the Lord and then offer it vnto the Lord. Lastly he is to burne a part of it vpon the altar and afterward cause the woman to drinke the water Obiect Heere the question may be asked wherefore the curse must be written and afterward blotted out If it must be blotted out what need it to be written If it must be written why should it be blotted out I answer Answer it was written to note out the stablenesse of Gods iudgements and the certainety of his trueth And therefore also it was vttered in words expressed in actions and established by writing In word of the adiuration in worke of the drinking vp of the water in writing of the whole fact as it was done before the Lord. Neuerthelesse this writing was so extant that it continued not long but was so cleane defaced that none could reade it because God would not haue the remembrance of such filthy causes and iealouses and suspicions to remaine to posterity lest any be inflamed with the like passion and so bring into imitation such like practises Verse 23.24 c. And the Priest shall write these curses c. We see in this place the former ceremonies and circumstances farther vrged and pressed neere to the conscience of her that was suspected and stood before the Lord to be tryed She is caused and commanded to drinke of these waters prepared for this purpose These waters that cause the curse shall enter into her and become bitter This is the meanes that God wil vse to manifest things that yet are hidden in secret and such as should bring an heauy iudgement vpon her that was guilty We learne from hence Doctrine Adultery ● albeit sec● co●●●● punished of God that whoredome is alwaies punished of God and neuer escapeth vnpunished Howsoeuer adultery be not regarded among men and thought either no sinne or a little and veniall sinne yet God findeth it out and ceasseth not to plague and punish it both temporally and eternally both in this life and in the life to come This we see set foorth before vs at large throughout the whole booke of God Gen. 6 1● What was the cause that brought the flood vpon the old world and swept away the inhabitants thereof was it not for their vncleannesse and the lusts of their eyes and the loosenesse of their life The like we might say of Sodome and Gomorrha and the cities about them who giuing themselues once to fornication Iude 7. and going after strange flesh are set forth for an example suffering the vengeance of eternall fire When Balaam was not suffered to curse the people of God he gaue the Moabites and Midianites this damnable counsel to allure them to commit fornication by which meanes many perished as we shall shew afterward in the 25 chapter of this booke whereunto also the Apostle alludeth 1 Cor. 10.8 when he saith Neither let vs commit fornication as some of them committed and fell in one day three and twenty thousand It must needs be a greeuous sin that brought downe so greeuous a iudgment A like fearefull example we haue in the booke of Iudges when the Leuites wife was abused vnto death there followed the destruction of the beniamites 〈◊〉 20 35. 〈◊〉 21.3 so that there fell of them fiue and twenty thousand almost one whole tribe of Israel was wanting This is it which the Lord threatened to his people Leuit. 18.24.25 20. Ye shall not defile your selues in any of these things among which this was one to defile themselues with their neighbours wife by carnall copulation for in all these the nations are defiled which I will cast
graces and in what manner soeuer they are qualified though they be abundantly stored and furnished with all learning diuine and humane yet they must willingly submit themselues to this triall and vndergoe this examination It ought to be in well ordered Churches as it is in well ordered Cities No man is admitted to set vp in any mystery but such as offer some piece of worke to the Masters of the Company to declare their skill in that faculty for which they are purposed to open their shop So should such as intend the ministery of the word as it were to giue a taste of their skil knowledge by subiecting themselues to this examining It doth not argue any want of gift to be ready to haue our gifts prooued but the contrary giueth iust cause of suspition of some want There is no man that hath good pure gold is vnwilling to bring it to the touchstone but he that hath the counterfeit It is not the iust dealing tradesman that is afraid to haue his weights or the mete-yard brought in place but the deceiuer The Gentiles which sometimes speake of our religion do serue as witnesses to teach vs the state of former times We reade in Lampridius writing the life of Alexander Seuerus that the Emperor in choise of his Magistrates made them stand openly to be examined of any man and allowed any to make exceptions against them Lampridi● Because saith he the Iewes and Christians vsed this order in chusing their Ministers If both the Iewes and the Christians obserued this order what warrant haue we to breake it or to take vp another order And if that Emperour would haue this obserued in the Common-wealth why not much rather in the Church It shall be an honour vnto vs to be content to be tried It will manifest our humility that we are not high conceited of our selues and of our owne gifts yea it shall serue the more to our comfort throughout the whole course of our liues the administration of our office Thus did Samuel offer himselfe to the triall was content to heare what any man could obiect against him 1 Sam. 12 3. Behold heere I am witnesse against me before the Lord and before his annointed whose Oxe haue I taken or whose asse c. Happy are those Ministers that follow this example and happy are those Churches that follow that order which GOD hath appointed CHAP. IX 1. AND the Lord spake vnto Moses in the wildernesse of Sinai c. 2. Let the Children of Israel also keepe the Passeouer at his appointed season c. IN this Chapter Moses proceedeth to shew the maner of their sanctification 〈◊〉 parts of 〈◊〉 Chapter wherein obserue two things the first concerning the Passeouer the second concerning the cloud couering the Tabernacle and gouerning the remouings encampings of the Israelites The Passeouer is double the one for such as were cleane the other for such as were vncleane The former Passeouer containeth the commandement of God and the obedience of Moses Touching the commandement we haue heere a repetition of the feast of the Passeouer instituted before as we see Exod. 12. ●●●ect ●●●●er But wherefore doth God againe mention it in this place It was for two causes first because such is our slacknesse and security in holy things that except Gods commandement be daily vrged repeated and beaten into our hearts we quickly forget the same Phil. 3.1 1 Thess 4 2. Secondly the Israelites did not certainly know whether they should celebrate it in their iournies in the wildernesse or not Exod. 12 25. All feasts were instituted to teach men to know God and his Sonne Iesus Christ and to praise him for his benefits So the Passeouer was ordained to keepe in remembrance the wonderfull and miraculous deliuerance of the people out of Egypt and that they might be taught to look for deliuerance by Iesus Christ the Lambe of God 〈◊〉 13 8. slaine touching the vertue efficacy of it euen from the beginning of the world This Passeouer was the second ordinary sacrifice of the Iewes touching the eating of the Paschall Lambe whereby the remembrance of their departure out of Egypt was celebrated and the death of Christ the true Passeouer was represented So then it had respect and relation partly to the time past and partly to the time to come In handling hereof we must consider first the circumstances both of place where it was obserued to wit at Sinai where the law had beene deliuered for as yet they were not gone from that place and of the time prescribed before on the 14. day of the first moneth Secondly the Passeouer it selfe both the substance of it and the rites both the matter and the manner of the celebrating of it Deut. 16 1 2. Exod. 12. 〈◊〉 of ●●sseouer The Summe whereof is this Euery housholder was commanded to take a Lambe without blemish verse 5. a male of the first yeare for his house and kill it at euening verse 6. then they must take the blood strike it on the two side-postes and on the vpper doore post of the houses wherein they did eate it verse 7. and they must eate the flesh of it not raw or sodden with water verse 9. but roste with fire verse 8. with vnleauened bread and with bitter herbes nothing must remaine of it vntill the morning if there did it must be burnt with fire verse 10. And all this must be done with girding vp of their garments with putting on of their shooes the taking of their walking staues in their hands as men that were in haste that must flie for their liues verse 11. All this being literally considered belongeth nothing vnto vs for the Passeouer is passed ouer together with the law of ceremonies and all these rites haue an end howbeit the Lord meant that these should be figures of things to come whereof we haue now the truth and substance since the time that our Lord Iesus Christ hath beene manifested to the world This is the cause why S. Paul telleth the Colossians that these things were but shadowes Col. 2 17. the body whereof is in Christ Let vs therefore come in particular to the vses which we are to make of this Passeouer the ground and foundation whereof is to be taken out of the Apostle 1 Cor. 5 7 8. Christ our Passeouer is sacrificed for vs therefore let vs keepe the feast not with old leauen neither with the leauen of malice and wickednesse but with the vnleauened bread of sincerity and truth As then the Iewes had their Passeouer so the Christians haue their Passeouer as they had their Lambe so we haue our Lambe as they kept their Feast so we must keepe our Feast For God neuer meant and intended to ordain any ceremony among his people which contained not some inward signification and profitable instruction to the end of the world If wee haue ceremonies that serue not to some
him that ruleth all things Vse 3 Lastly it reprooueth such as are contrary minded who neuer came neere where this grace groweth These offend diuers waies first by anger hatred cruelty and reuenge directly against the precept of the Apostle Ro. 12 19. Secondly by reioycing at the calamity of good men as Shemei insulted ouer Dauid when he fled from his sonne Absolon and was constrained to passe ouer Iordan for safety of his life So was it with the Babylonians Edomites ouer the Israelites Psal 137 7. Obad 12 13. Thirdly by enuying and grudging to see others prosper and to greeue at the sight of it But it will be said If we put vp iniuries Obiect we shall be accounted no better then fooles and cowards and be laughed at for our labor Answ Answer We must not regard the corrupt iudgment of man 1 Cor. 4 3. These that are wise in their owne eyes loue the praise of mē more then the praise of God Ioh. 12 48. Let vs seeke the praise of God which is indeed the true praise as for other estimation without this it is but a shadow of true glory if it bee so much And this is a certaine rule that it is no cowardize at all to obey God and to follow his commandements neither is it any point of wisedome to bee ready to reuenge Ier. 8 9. And tell me to what end serue Magistrates in the commonwealth to what ende serue masters in the family are they not set vp of God to end controuersies betweene man and man and quarrels betweene seruant and seruant It is no want of manhood for a subiect to complaine to the Magistrate and to say as the poore widow did in the Gospel Auenge me of mine aduersary Lu. 18 3. It is no part of a coward for the seruant to acquaint his master with the wrongs that are offered vnto him by his fellow seruant Obiection But it is hard for flesh and blood to put vp wrongs and to digest the iniuries which are measured vnto vs. Answ I will say more then that it is vnpossible for flesh and blood to do it Answer if we bee no more then a lumpe of flesh but withall I adde that flesh and blood in the matters of God are euill counsellers and if we haue no more in vs then these and no farther worke begunne in vs it is certaine we are not Gods children neither shall inherite Gods kingdome If we be not spirit as well as flesh wee are none of his 4. And the Lord spake suddenly vnto Moses vnto Aaron and vnto Miriam Come out ye three vnto the Tabernacle of the Congregation they three came out 5. And the Lord came downe in the pillar of the cloud and stood in the doore of the Tabernacle and called Aaron and Miriam and they both came foorth Hitherto of their sinne now wee come to Gods proceeding against them consisting partly in a citation partly in a conuiction and partly in the execution of punishment vpon the principall offender First we see how the offenders are cited and summoned to appeare before the Iudge for GOD doth as it were send a processe for Miriam and Aaron to appeare and hold vp their hands at his barre to plead guilty or not guilty He calleth the parties offending and the party offended and wronged before him Albeit the Lord know all things yet he will proceed iudicially against them The doctrine from hence is plain that God neuer bringeth iudgements vpon any people or person Doctrine God neuer bringeth iudgment vpon any but hee searcheth and findeth sufficient cause but he doth first search and finde sufficient cause why hee doeth so Whensoeuer he cometh to iudgement hee will proceed vpon a manifest ground and vpon a iust and knowne cause he neuer doth it rashly but vpon deliberation Gen 3 13 14 and 11 6 7. and 18 31. Zeph. 1 12. The reasons are euident For first heereby Reason 1 the iustice of God is cleered for heereby it appeareth that whatsoeuer he doth inflict he doth it not through any malice to their persons but because they haue iustly prouoked him by their sinnes he doth it in loue to iustice and in hatred to sinne He that hateth a man will smite him before hee make any enquiry of the matter as they dealt with Paul they scourged him to know what hee had done and what was the matter of which hee was accused Acts 22 ver 24. It is not so with God Secondly the Lord requireth that all Magistrates should obserue this course Deut. 13 14. If then he charge them to enquire before they proceed to iudgement much more wil the Lord himselfe obserue the same order This teacheth vs that the iudgements of Vse 1 God must needs be acknowledged to bee alwaies iust though they be sharpe and greeuous yet they are euer righteous For we see he proceedeth vpon knowne causes he goeth not vpon vncertainties but seeth knoweth all things which appeare naked and open before him The heart of man is shut vp from the sight of men and they cannot possibly discerne what lieth and lurketh therein onely it is the Lord that discerneth the heart Psal 33 15 1 Iohn 3 20. The workman must needs know the worke and whatsoeuer is in the work much better then the worke it selfe God is the maker of the heart of man therfore cannot but proceed vpon iust knowne causes Secondly this stoppeth the mouthes of wicked Vse 2 men which are ready to accuse God of iniustice as those in Esay 58 3. where they complaine as if GOD did not see or regard them and Ezek. 18 2 3. they tooke vp a prouerbe saying The fathers haue eaten sowre grapes the childrens teeth are set on edge These thought that God punished without measure or rather without cause But as he knoweth all things so he neuer doth any thing but hee goeth vpon a sure ground he maketh enquiry first of all and afterward proceedeth to iudgment Many do so harden their hearts forget their owne waies that they cannot perceiue the iust proceedings and punishments of God If God once open their hearts to see the order which he obserueth they will confesse his iustice condemne their own folly Thirdly it teacheth and instructeth euery Vse 3 man that he should search his owne waies diligently when the hand of God is any way vpon him and consider that God proceedeth in all his iudgements iustly and vpon a sure and tried ground And if a man by searching and sifting his owne waies finde somewhat in himselfe worthy of such iudgement he must know that God knoweth much more by him then himselfe doth 1 Ioh. 3 ver 20. If the patient knoweth somewhat of his own disease the Physition knoweth much more then hee doth so is it in this case he that is a patient vnder Gods hand if he know any thing by himselfe he may well know that God knoweth much more if men by examining
blood Do not our Gentry for the most part think it their glory to haue their hands embrewed in the blood of innocents What conscience is made of fighting quarrelling for point of pretended honour but in truth for assured dishonour and disgrace vnto them to their names and to their posterity for let thē set what varnish soeuer they please vpon their combates they shall carry the marke of an horrible sinne to their graue God grant it bee not to hell and the place of perpetuall torment and if euer GOD open their eyes they will weepe day and night for it and bee humbled for it all the dayes of their liues Secondly Vse 2 it is the duty of Magistrates especially and of all men generally in their places to make diligent search enquiry when blood is shed by whom the blood hath beene shedde and if the murtherer bee not found they shold craue pardon at the hands of God And touching the Magistrates and others I would commend to them the consideration of two things first that they be carefull that no man dye innocently that they put no man to death without cause Ier. 25 14. of which we shall speake afterward in the end of this chapter Secondly when murther is committed all men must do their endeuour to the vtmost of their power and meanes to detect the authors of that bloody acte Hence it is that God requireth that when a body is found slaine vpon the ground in the Land which he had giuen the Israelites to possesse and it is not knowne who killed him then the Elders and Iudges shall come forth to the dead body and wash their hands ouer a Bullocke whose head was striken off and protest and say Our hands haue not shed this blood neither haue our eyes seene it O Lord bee mercifull to thy people Israel whom thou hast purchased and lay not the guiltlesse blood vpon them and the man-slaughter shall be forgiuen them Deut. 21 7 8 9. Where we see that the killing of one man is a defiling of the whole country and what care the Lord hath of the life of euery man For murther is so hated of God that albeit the dooer thereof be vnknowne yet hee would haue a solemne cleansing and cleering thereof to be made And see what God requireth at the hands of the Magistrates and ministers of iustice It is not enough for them to protest that they haue not committed or supported or fauoured any euill when causes and complaints haue beene brought before them but they must search carefully and enquire diligently of disorders albeit no man sollicite or seeke vnto them yet themselues must be watchfull in their places Howbeit this duty is oftentimes ill obserued and slenderly practised For how many are there that thinke themselues fully discharged and flatter themselues with a fond imagination that they are greatly to be commended when they patiently giue men the hearing and make countenance to helpe them But God is not contented with this he will take an account of them of a farther duty and will not take it for a sufficient discharge to bee able to say though it be truly There was no information giuen no man made any complaint If then Magistrates that haue the sword of iustice put into their hands to cut off euill doers from the City of God shall suffer any wickednesse to lurke in any Citty or corner they themselues are guilty thereof and it is as much in Gods sight as if they had giuen theyr consent to the practising of it These are they that must after a sort answer for the whole body of the people if euill doers be suffered to nustle vnder them through their negligence Vse 3 Lastly it is the duty of euery one to beware of all occasions and allurements that may draw vs to this bloody sinne For as there is a murther of the hand so there is a murther of the tongue which is therefore in holy Scripture resembled vnto a Razor to a sword to coales to arrowes to poyson to fire all which kill and are the instruments of death and likewise there is a murther of the heart of which the Apostle Iohn sayeth Whosoeuer hateth his brother is a murtherer and yee know that no murtherer hath eternall life abiding in him Iohn 3 15. So then we are guilty of this sinne euen by anger and malice in the heart onely and shall haue our portion in the Lake that burneth with fire and brimstone If any man haue not a feeling of this in his heart hee is more then dead and if he labour not to repent of it it argueth him to be past all grace and so out of the number of those which shall see God to their comfort For albeit such haue the shape and forme of men yet they haue the hearts of the very beasts If they had the right vse of reason in them and the gouernment of theyr corrupt appetites and affections it could not be but that they would haue a care of the life of their brethren and which is more of theyr owne liues also So then euery man should examine himself and try his owne heart how farre he hath bin guilty of this sinne of murther in euery kinde and branch thereof that so wee may humble our selues Albeit it bee but the anger of the heart yet it is murther in the sight of God is therefore as well to be repented of as the outward acte of murther it selfe To this wee may ioyne the sinne of enuy when men so repine at the good of others that they cannot bee quiet or contented because they want that which others haue and haue not so great a portion as they for this also we should humble our selues and labour continually against it To conclude we see also what crueltie and hard-dealing is oftentimes vsed against poore labouring men that get their liuing by the sweate of their browes and yet many thinke they may vse them as they list eyther with turning of them off with an halfe-peny for a peny or else in exchanging other things for their worke which haply are not worth halfe the money or in keeping backe their wages for weekes moneths or yeares which Saint Iames speaketh of Chapter 5 verse 4. Behold the hyre of the Labourers cryeth and the cryes of them are entred into the eares of the Lord of Sabbath Let vs labour by all meanes to keepe our selues free from bloud and not onely from the outward acte it selfe but from the inward thoughts of the heart as enuy hatred and malice as also from the slaughter of the tongue by cruell and cursed speeches Such a murtherer was Shemei when hee railed vpon Dauid True it is hee charged him to be a murtherer but the murther might iustly and fully bee discharged vpon himselfe for he was the man of blood and a sonne of Belial 2 Sam. 16 7 8. Indeed if a man haue an iniury done vnto him it is lawfull for him
with vs if we haue hollow and barren harts we neuer profite though we heare al day long but if we haue good honest harts when we heare the word we keepe it bring forth fruit with patience some an hundred some sixty and some thirty fold We haue many that heare in these dayes but they are as ground that is out of heart they bring forth nothing but weeds thistles brambles and briars no good Corne can bee seene to spring vppe and grow in them The sixt and last helpe is feruent prayer and an earnest begging of Gods blessing at his hands which if we be carefull to aske his promise is sure gone out of his mouth which he will neuer call backe nay which he can neuer call backe namely that we shal receiue Iam. 1.5 1. Kin. 3.6.9 The Apostle Saint Iames saith If any man want wisedome let him aske it of God who giueth to all frankly and vpbraideth no man If then we be not wanting vnto our selues God wil not be wanting vnto vs but open the gate of his mercy if we knock thereat Thus much of the generall obseruations by way of Preface now let vs come to the particular handling of the booke it selfe CHAP. I. 1 THe Lord spake againe vnto Moses in the Wildernesse of Sinai in the Tabernacle of the Congregation in the first day of the second moneth in the second yeare after they were come out of the Land of Egypt saying 2 Take ye the summe of all the Congregation of the children of Israel after their Families the housholds of their Fathers with the number of their names to wit all the males man by man And so forward vnto the end of the 16. verse WE haue shewed already that Moses in the ten first chapters prepareth the people of Israel to vndertake their iourney toward the promised Land the land of Canaan If they had beene taken vnprepared and vnprouided it would haue stopped their course and hindred their way and encouraged their enemies Wherefore there is order taken in the first place that all should be in readinesse fitted to go and rightly disposed to attaine the end of their desires In these chapters we must consider three things First the numbering of the people taking the summe of them Secondly lawes are prescribed how to keepe themselues pure and holy in their iourneyes For how should the Lord their God go with them vnlesse they walked in holines Thirdly the maner of their going is deliuered in what sort they were to proceed The numbering of the people is set downe in the foure first chapters The lawes of sanctification are handled in the fiue chapters following to wit the 5 6 7 8 9. chapters The maner of their iourney in the tenth and last chapter The taking of the number of the Israelites and setting downe the summe of them which is the argument drift of the foure first chapters is of two sorts the one of the people the other of the Priests and Leuites that ministred before God and serued in the Tabernacle of the congregation The gathering of the sum of the people is in the two first chapters the numbring of the tribe of Leui is in the 3. 4. chap. Touching the numbring of the people we haue a rehersal and reckoning vp of their persons in the first chapter and of the ordering and disposing of them vnder seueral Ensignes and Regiments in the second chapter This first chapter into which wee are now entred cōtaineth these two points the former is the taking of the summe of the people of Israel in the wildernesse of Sinai the latter is the exempting of the Leuites together with the cause wherefore they were not numbred So then we see who they wer that were numbred and then who were not numbred Touching the former it comprehendeth both the commandement of God to number them and the obedience of Moses The commandement of God is amplified by sundry circumstances as of place of time and maner of doing The place is twofold generall in the desert of Sinai where the Law was giuen and special in the Tabernacle of the Congregation from whence God promised hee would declare himselfe vnto them Exod. 25.22 and tell all things which he would giue in commandement vnto the children of Israel For we must know there were three places out of which God gaue audience to Moses In what places the Lord vsed to speake with Moses and vsed to speake vnto him One was at the dore of the Tabernacle where the Altar of the burnt offerings was as Exod. 29 42. This shall be a continual burnt offering in your generations at the doore of the Tabernacle of the congregation before the Lord where I wil make appointment with you to speake there vnto thee Another was out of the cloud of pillar Num. 12 5. But this for the most part did concurre with the other inasmuch as the pillar of the cloud did most vsually stand in the doore of the Tabernacle whensoeuer the Lord did from thence speake vnto Moses The third was the Mercy-seate which was the chiefe and principall place Numb 7 89. When Moses went into the Tabernacle to speake with God hee heard the voyce of one speaking vnto him from the Mercy-seat that was vpon the Arke of the testimonie between the two Cherubims and he spake to him The second circumstance is the time when God commanded the people to be numbred that is the first day of the second moneth and of the second yere after they were com out of the land of Egypt By this it appeareth that the Israelites abode in the desert of Sinai almost an whole yeere For they came into that wildernesse the first day of the thirde Moneth in the first yeare Exod. 19 1 and they continued in that place vnto this time neither did they remoue their Tents before the twentieth day of the second Moneth of the second yeare as appeareth chap. 20 11 of this booke The cause of this long staie and continuance in this wildernesse was because God would haue his people throughly taught and instructed in all things belonging to his worship and seruice before they inhabited and possessed the Land of promise For within this space of time the Lord published the Law in Mount Sinai commanded the Tabernacle to be builded which Moses erected the first day of the second yeare and in the daies following of the first moneth hee gaue them Lawes touching the sundrie sorts of sacrifices and touching the difference of cleane and vncleane prescribed at large in the booke of Leuiticus The third circumstance is the manner of their numbring namely that Moses Aaron must take other Princes the heads of the house of their Fathers to bee helpers and assistants vnto them who ioyning with them must take the summe of all the Congregation of the Children of Israel after their families and households of their Fathers from 20 yeare old and aboue
all that go foorth to the warre in Israel Whereby we see in this particular numbring who are excepted and exempted to wit first all that were strangers from the Children of Israel Moses did not meddle with them Secondly women for he was charged to take account onely of the males Thirdly such as were vnder twenty yeare old Fourthly olde men that were not fit for Shielde and Speare or to draw the sword Fiftly such as were maymed or impotent or sickly diseased are also essoined by this Law and haue as it were a pasport giuen vnto them beeing cashired and discharged from seruice and left out of the numbers that are enrolled and recorded Question 1 In this diuision two questions arise which are to bee answered First touching this numbring whether it were the same which is mentioned in the Booke of Exodus I answere Answere there is a threefold numbring of them described by Moses first that in Exodus chapt 30. The second is in this chapter the last is afterward in this book chapt 26. These summes were taken vpon seuerall occasions at seuerall times for seuerall ends and differ much in the number of such as were accounted as may appeare by the seuerall comparing of one of them with another Secondly it may be demanded for what Question 2 cause God commandeth a particular account summe to be taken of his people to whom they were well knowne I answere Answere not because God would vnderstand whether they wer sufficient for number or able for strength to buckle and encounter with their enemies forasmuch as nothing is vnknowne to him nothing is hard to him or vnpossible for him to bring to passe who is able to saue as well with a few as with many The causes are these First for order sake that there shold be no occasion of contention for primacy or precedency but that euery Tribe and family should know his place and time when to remoue and when to stand still when to fight with their enemies and in euery point what to doe Secondly that such things as were to be paide for the vse of the Tabernacle might the more easily bee collected and gathered when they were separated according to their Tribes and the Tribes according to the families the families according to the household man by man Thirdly to make manifest the truth of his promise and the power of his hand his truth in performing his promise made long ago to Abraham Gen. 15. that he would increase his posterity in power partly in multiplying the people so greatly in so short a time and partly in feeding and sustaining them in the wildernesse without haruest or husbandry without planting or tilling without sowing of Corne or without feeding breeding of Cattell Fiftly to testifie his exceeding great loue toward them and speciall care ouer them Such things as are deare vnto vs we delight oftentimes to looke vpon them and to take the number of them lest any of them should be lost A faithfull shepheard will many times tell the sheep committed vnto him lest any of them should be missing So in this Commandement to haue all his people numbred is set foorth an infallible token of his care and prouidence toward them Lastly they are seuerally and distinctly numbred euery Tribe by himselfe that in time to come it might bee certainely knowne and perceiued of what Tribe family Christ Iesus the promised Messiah should be borne for as much as according to the ancient promise vttered by the mouth of Iacob and other Prophets he should be borne of the Tribe of Iudah and of the house of Dauid to whome also he is often promised Now let vs come to the doctrines of this diuision Verse 2 3. Take the summe of all the Congregation of the Children of Israel c from twenty yeare old and aboue all that go foorth to the warre in Israel c. We see in these words who is the Author of this numbring of the people not Moses not Aaron not the heads of the house of their Fathers but God alone who hath sole authority both ouer Princes people From hence we might obserue that God is the directer commander and instructer of his people and therefore wee should depend vpon him and aske counsell at his mouth But wee will not stand vpon euery particular circumstance nor examine euery word heere let vs marke who they were that God would haue numbred not women but males not children not old men not impotent men but such as are able to handle the sword and to draw the bow and to fight against their enemies for their liues for their wiues for their children and for the maintainance of Gods worship Doctrine 1 This teacheth vs that a godly man may lawfully be a warriour A godly man may lawfully be a warriour If war were not in it selfe lawfull God would neuer take order in this place to haue a muster taken of such as are able to beare armes True it is euery good ordinance and profession may be abused and nothing is so well instituted but by mans corruption it may bee wrested and the right vse thereof ouerturned We see in this place in this Commandement of God that his Church and people may lawfully take vp weapons and make war against their enemies Abraham is saide to bee the Father of the faithfull and the faithfull to be carried into his bosome and to sit down with him in the Kingdome of Heauen Yet hee made warre Gen. 14 14 18 and ouer threw the enemies that had spoyled Sodome and carried away the riches of it as a prey and was not reprooued of Melchizedech the Priest of the liuing God but refreshed together with his army The like we might say of Moses Ioshua the Iudges and other godly Kings 1 Sam. 17 47 and 2 Sam. 25 28. who fought many battels by the commandement of the Lord. The Scripture teacheth that Dauid a man after Gods owne heart did fight the battels of God and the people of God standing in battell aray against the Philistims are called The hoast of the liuing God When the Souldiers heard the preaching of Iohn the fore-runner of Christ they came vnto him and asked of him what they must doe he did not disswade them from warre or perswade them to cast away their weapons but gaue them directions how to behaue themselues in that honourable profession Doe violence to no man neither accuse any falsely Luke 3 14. and be content with your wages Neither did Peter being sent for to come to Cornelius a captaine of the Italian Band a deuout man and one that feared God command him to follow a new trade of life Neither did Paul perswade Sergius Paulus the Deputy Acts 10 3 4. and 13 7 12 a prudent man to renounce that calling which no doubt they would haue done if the profession of Chiualry had not stood with the profession of Christianity The Apostle in the
condition whatsoeuer so it bee accompanied with faith and the fruites thereof can separate vs from saluation and shutte vs out of Gods Kingdome For seeing a man may be a good Christian and a great warrior which profession many times is most stained and corrupt it cannot exclude any from eternall life if themselues by infidelity iniquity doe not exclude themselues And albeit such persons many times haue no regarde of equity or honesty or word or oath or Law or shame or conscience but entitle themselues to all that their hand can lay hold vpon as men wholly bent vpon spoile and rapine yet the cause heereof is not in the profession but in the professor not in the warre but in the warriour and therefore it pleased GOD to shew foorth his great mercy in calling to his maruellous light many men out of that kinde of life Such were the Centurion that came to Christ to haue his seruant healed Math. 8 5. Acts 10 3. who is commended for his excellent faith Cornelius is reported to bee a godly man and to haue vnder him godly souldiers Seeing therefore warfare is no hatefull Vse 3 kinde of life in it selfe such as are souldiers and fight in the field haue no lesse accesse to saluation then others and shall rest in Abrahams bosome who was also a warriour as wel as they if they labour to bee the children of Abraham and study not so much to bee souldiers as Christian souldiers which aime at the glory of God in all their actions and not seeke to satisfie their owne lusts How many are there that delight in nothing but in effusion of blood and all oppression in doing violence and robbing without difference of friend or foe brother or enemy If we professe the name of Christ Iesus and beleeue to bee saued through his name let vs so liue in war as wee remember vnder whose banner wee fight and whose name we do professe and whose blessing we looke for If wee bee assured and perswaded of the lawfulnesse of the warre why do we not carry our selues as men that fight not our owne battels but the battels of the Lord of hostes And if wee do not runne as desperate men or as the horse that rusheth into the battell why doe we not consider that our soule is in our hand that we are in continuall danger of death and must giue an account of the things done in this flesh whether they bee good or euill Lastly as the godly may lawfully make Warre so they must bee carefull to obserue such conditions as make it lawfull and allowable otherwise the running of men together in hostile manner after the manner of wilde beasts to shed blood and to take away life is of it selfe most sauage barbarous The conditions to be obserued are these Conditions to be obserued in warres First it must bee proclaimed by the Magistrate and such as haue authoritie otherwise it is priuate reuenge not publike iustice We must not be like Simeon and Leui the sons of Iacob who hauing wrong and indignity offered of the Shechemites reuenged their owne cause without authority or calling for They drew their sword Ge 34 25 29. and went into the City boldly and slew euery male and tooke the spoile both of the place and people They had no commandement or commission from Iacob their father as appeareth in the reproofe vttered vnto them the curse denounced against them Ye haue troubled me Gen. 34 30. and made me to sticke amongst the Inhabitants of the Land And in another place Cursed be their wrath and 49 7. for it was fierce and the●r anger for it was cruell I will diuide them in Iacob and scatter them in Israel We see therfore that the people must not run vpon their owne head nor take armes in hand at their owne pleasure but must looke for the warrant and direction of the Magistrate Secondly it belongeth to such as go vnto warre against another nation and people to offer them conditions of peace and to receiue such to mercy as yeeld vnto them thereby to auoide the shedding of blood and to shew themselues inclined to mercy This proclaiming of peace is taught by the Lord himselfe Deut. 20. Deut. 20 10 11 12 13 14. When thou commest neere vnto a City to fight against it thou shalt offer it peace and if it answere thee againe peaceably and open vnto thee then shall all the people that is found there n be tributaries vnto thee and serue thee but if it shall make no peace with thee but make warre against thee then thou shalt besiege it and smite the Males thereof with the edge of the sworde Likewise when Ioab pursued Sheba a Traitor against Dauid and besieged him in Abel so that they cast vp a Mount against the Citie began to cast downe the wall There cryed a w●se woman out of the City 2 Sam. 20 16 17 18. Heare heare I pray you say vnto Ioab Come thou hither that I may speake with thee and when he came nere vnto her the woman said Heare the wordes of thine handmaid they spake in the old time saying They should aske of Abel and so haue they continued In which words she alludeth vnto the former Law that before any City were ouerthrown or any people put to the sword peace should be propounded and the Citizens that yeilded be receiued to mercy This is so equall and reasonable that the vnbeleeuers among the Gentiles thought it expedient and necessary to accept of such as yeelded Cic. de off●c li. ● albe t the Ram a warlike instrument in those dayes described by Iosephus in the warres of the Iewes had shaken the wall I seph de be l● Iudat l. 3. cap 9 that is were euen ready to fall downe And the Turkes themselues proud and mercilesse enemies that spare not to shed Christian blood Turk histor in the lye of M●h●m●t the g●a● and poure it out as water are perswaded that God will not prosper them in their affaires assaults except they first make vnto their enemies some of●er of peace This putteth vs in minde that wee should indi●e our heartes to s●e● mercy as much as may be and not rage with fire and sword but remember the common condition of mankinde the vncertainty of all humane things and the danger that may fall vpon our selues Thirdly keepe all lawfull promises euen to the enemy which is a token of an vpright heart When the spies that were sent to Iericho and made a faithfull promise and bounde it with an oath to saue Rahab and her fathers house from the common destruction of that City Ioshua the Generall of the hoste was so farre from denying to stand to that oath that he called the two men that had spyed out the Countrey and saide vnto them Ioshua 6 22. Goe into the Harlots house and bring out thence the Woman and all that she hath as
heere as afterward in this Booke ch 20. where he obeyeth with doubting but he executeth the charge laide vpon him with readinesse and willingnesse This obedience of Moses and Aaron is set downe first generally then particularly Generally in these words particularly in the verses following Heere a question may be demanded Obiection whether it were lawfull for them to number the people Wee reade in the holy Historie 2 Samuel 24 that Dauid was sharply reprooued and seuerely punished because hee did number them yet Moses numbereth them in this place and is approoued and iustified● Some thinke Answer that Dauid is reproued not simply for numbring the people but because he would haue all numbred and not onely from 20 yeare old and aboue But this was not the true cause of Dauids offence and of Gods iudgement in as much as it is very euident out of the words of the Text and circumstances of the place that such only were numbred as were strong men and able to draw out their swords 2 Sam. 24.9 Others make this the reason because the Lord promised to multiply the seede of Abraham as the starres of Heauen which are innumerable and as the sand on the Sea Shore which cannot bee tolde Oleast in Exod. and therefore he was angry sore displeased whē they were numbred as if it were a calling of his promise into question But if this reason were good and to bee granted it would follow that they could neuer be numbred without sin Neither was this the cause of Gods anger as others imagine Sim●●r in Exod because after his numbring of them hee caused not the tribute to be paid that God had appointed Exod. 30.12 for Moses did not alway enioyne any such polle-mony to be paid whensoeuer he nūbred their persons and besides the punnishment should be inflicted vpon Dauid not for numbring the people but for want of paiment The true causes why Moses is commended Differences between Moses and Dauid in numbering the people Dauid condemned for their numbring of Israel are these First Moses was inioyned vnto it had the expresse commandement of God to direct and warrant him but Dauid was not commāded of God he was stirred vp of Sathan who tempted him to this euill in setting before his eies 1 Chron. 21 1 his glory and excellency his power victories Aug. quaest 134 in Exod. This is one difference Secondly it was lawfull to number the people when anie publique collection or contribution was to bee made of tribute or subsidy for vnlesse an exact account were taken some should be omitted others ouerburthened and iniustice committed This maketh it lawful for Princes to number their people muster them by hundreds or thousands albeit they haue no special warrant or particular commissiō from God Thus did Dauid in another place and at another time number them without sin 2 Sam. 18 1. Againe when any Army is to be gathered forces to be leuied it is necessarie the people should be assembled and mustered that fit choise may bee made of such as are to goe to battell as Dauid did number them without sinne 2 Sam. 18 1. when hee sent an armie against Absolon but in this place hee did not intend any of these ends either that Tribute should be gathered or that souldiers should be mustered and therefore the warrant of his worke was not answerable to the calling of Moses Thirdly as they were stirred vp by diuers causes so they respected diuers ends Dauid propounded to himselfe an euill end hee did it to set forth his owne glorie to reioyce in himselfe to put his whole affiance and confidence in the multitude of his men and therefore his pride and presumption his haughtinesse and ambition his rashnesse and vnthankefulnesse were punished of GOD. Thus we see how one and the same thing is praised in one and reprooued in another because howsoeuer the deede were one yet the cause was not one from whence it proceeded neither were the ends one whereunto it was referred Verses 17.18.19 Moses Aaron tooke these men c And as the Lord commaunded Moses so he numbred them Heere we haue an example of the obedience of Moses Aaron who lingred not the time to discharge the dutie that God had laide vpon them This example offereth vnto vs this instruction that it Doctrine 3 is required of all Gods seruants t is our dutie to obey Gods co●mandements to performe obedience to Gods commandements Whensoeuer God speaketh vnto vs wee must heare and obey his voyce Noah receiued a Commandement from God to builde the Arke Genes 6 ver 13. Whereby hee and his houshold might be saued many hindrances might haue stayed him and sundry inconueniences might haue stopped him and infinite dangers might haue terrified him from that enterprize the greatnesse of the Arke the labour of the building the continuance of the worke the tants of the wicked and an hundred such like troubles stood in his way all which he did ouerstride as the Apostle witnesseth Heb. 11 7. By Faith Noah beeing warned of GOD of the things which were as yet not seene mooued with reuerence prepared the Arke to the sauing of his Houshold through the which Arke hee condemned the world and was made heire of the righteousnesse which is by faith In like manner Gen. 12 4. Heb 11 8. Abraham receiued an expresse commandement to go out of his Country and from his Kindred and Fathers house and he also by Faith when hee was called obeyed to go into a place which he should afterwarde receiue for inheritance and he went out not knowing whither hee went So when God charged him to circumcise himselfe his sonne and all his houshold hee did not delay the time Gen. 17 23. 22 1 2 3. Heb. 11 17. 18 19. but did it the same day and when hee commanded him to take his sonne his onely son euen Isaac whom he loued the sonne of promise through whom all Nations should bee blessed By Faith hee offered vp Isaac when hee was tryed for he considered that God was able to raise him vp euen from the dead from whence he receiued him also after a sort When God called Samuel and determined to reueale vnto him the destruction of Elies house and the calamitie that hanged ouer all Israel hee saide vnto him to testifie the willingnesse of his heart to obey Speake Lord 1 Sam. 3 9 10 for thy Seruant heareth This the Prophet Dauid witnesseth Psal 27 8. When thou sayedst Seeke ye my face mine heart answered thee O Lord I will seeke thy face Luke 5 4 5. When Christ commanded Peter to launch out into the deepe and to let out their Nets to make a draught Simon answered and saide vnto him Master we haue trauailed sore all night and haue taken nothing neuerthelesse at thy word I wil let down the net The examples are infinite and endlesse that might bee
vntoward but holde on in a constant course 2 Tim. 2. Proouing if God at any time will giue them repentance to come out of the snares of the Diuell of whom they are holden captiues Lastly we must testifie our sorrow for our people mourne for the hardnesse of their heart and be heartily greeued to see their vntowardnes that though the Sunne shine neuer so cleerely yet they shut their eies and will not behold the light of the truth whose eyes the god of this world hath blinded and hardened their hearts lest they should bee conuerted and saued This affection of vnfeigned sorrow was in Christ our Sauiour when he had preached with great power but small profit in the hearers He looked round about on them angerly mourning also for the hardnesse of their heart Mark 3 5. If these things bee found in vs readinesse of minde to care for the people painefulnesse in our places to turne them to God and sorrow of heart for their hardnesse and infidelity we may truely comfort our selues and be assured to be honoured of Christ both in this life and in the life to come CHAP. II. 1. AND the Lord spake vnto Moses and to Aaron saying 2. Euery man of the Children of Israel shall campe by his standard and vnder the Ensigne of their Fathers house farre off about the Tabernacle of the Congregation shall they pitch IN this Chapter is set foorth the disposing and ordering of their Tents For in the former chapter we haue heard how the people were numbred the Tribes distinguished and ouer euery one seuerall Princes appointed who were choise men euen the heads of the house of their Fathers to be Rulers Gouernors ouer this great multitude For what is the people without Princes but as an hoast and armie of men without Captaines to leade them as a shippe without a Pilot or as a body without an head or as an house without a maister The heathen haue seene thus far that the multitude is as a monster with many heads Horat. Epist resembling the confusion that was at Babel Wherefore the necessity of ouerseers being so great it pleased GOD first of al to appoint them Magistrates to take the muster Now wee haue heere to consider another testimony of Gods mercy toward them in that he doth diuide and distribute them into certaine rankes and regiments and maketh choise himselfe in what order they should pitch their Tents and likewise march forward toward the Land of Canaan in what manner they should make a stay and in what manner he would haue them remoue This was both necessary and profitable and not to be omitted seeing nothing can be more foule and deformed then to see a company of men gathered together without order and mingled together in all confusion The causes of this dealing of God toward his people are three Three causes why God assigneth to euery Tribe his place and order one in respect of himselfe another in respect of Israel the third in regard of the enemies of them both of God and his people The cause respecting God is that they and all other might see what a wise God they serue For he would haue his name not onely knowne in Israel but magnified throughout all the world If they professing the knowledge and seruice of the true God had wandered vp and down in the wilde and waste wildernesse in such troopes and bandes of men in a confused and disordered manner not knowing who should go before nor regarding who should follow after the name of God would haue beene dishonoured his wisedome impaired and his glory diminished It pleased him therefore euen in regard of himselfe to make manifest his wisedome and excellency in leading them foorth in most excellent and exquisite order and to assigne to euery one his proper place that they might say What god is like vnto our God Or who is to bee compared with him Who is so glorious in holinesse fearefull in prayses doing wonders Exod. 15 11 Let vs therefore confesse that he is wise in heart yea the wisest and mighty in strength yea the mightiest so that the foolishnesse of God is wiser then men and the weaknesse of God is stronger then men Iob 9 4 Esay 31 2 1 Cor. 1 25 and therefore to this God onely wise must bee praise and glory through Iesus Christ for euer Secondly hee leaueth them not to themselues but assigneth to each Tribe his proper mansion to take away from them all confusion and to cut off all matter of contention For except he had established as by a law the order that should be obserued among them and thereby decided all questions and controuersies that might arise touching priority precedency many hurli-burlies and heart-burnings would be entertained and part-takings would be nourished which being kindled at the first as a little sparke of fire would afterward breake out into such a fire and flame as would spread further and in the ende hardly be quenched For the tribe of Reuben challenging the preheminence in regard of birth-right would not easily lose his right but wold take it done in contempt and to his reproach to be put behinde to come after any other On the other side their harts were not so high and haughty to lift vp themselues aboue their brethren but the rest of the Tribes woulde haue thrust them downe as low and to their perpetuall disgrace and dishonour haue sunke them downe to the bottome and appointed them the last and lowest place in regard of the curse of Iacob that lay heauy vpon them who had saide long before Gen 49 4 Thou shalt not bee excellent thy dignity is gone Againe a new trouble and tumult would arise touching the sonnes of the Concubines for such as were borne of Rahel and Lea the two wiues of Iacob would neuer yeeld nor thinke it fit to make thē equal to themselues much lesse to suffer them to go before them and so to carpe and crow ouer them For as it was in their fathers while the corne was in the grasse hope of posterity was in the cradle so it would bee in the children We see the emulation that was between Isaac and Ismael betweene Iacob and Esau likewise betweene the sonnes of Iacob who were the founders and fountaines of the twelue Tribes Moreouer such as did exceede the other in multitude of men and strength of armes had tasted of Gods blessings before others would iudge themselues worthy to be honored and preferred and themselues wronged iniured vnlesse they had not onely the right hand of fellowship giuen them but the vpper hand of iurisdiction authority granted vnto them and thus the sonnes of Simeon would neuer haue suffered themselues to be brought into order and haue pitched vnder the standard of Reuben but haue iudged themselues worthy of the place of superiority and haue made the other their vnderlings as a footstoole to tread vpon For
the Tribe of Simeon were farre moe in number then the Tribe of Reuben how far they exceeded them and the cause thereof we declared in the former chapter It is naturall to those that are blessed in children a fruitefull increase to glory therin and to triumph ouer those that either haue none or do come behind themselues When Rahel conceiued she said Gen 30 23. Luc. 1 25 God hath taken away my rebuke This appeareth in the behauior of Peninna toward Hanna who were the two wiues of Elkanah who mourned and wept sore because her aduersary vexed her from day to day 1 Sam. 1 6 forasmuch as she vpbraided her because the Lord had made her barren Lastly if none of all these occasions of murmuring and muting had broken out or if they beeing broken out had beene presently pacified and appeased among them yet a new broile might arise touching the two tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh For either the rest might grudge and repine that Ioseph being but one of the sonnes of Iacob should haue a double portion of inheritance which tended to their detriment and disparagement or else a controuersie might fall out not easie to bee decided whether of these twaine should obtaine the supremacie and superiority either of other Wherefore to end all strife to leaue no starting-hole to raise any quarrell or question among them the Lord himselfe determineth the controuersie and so disposeth of them that euery Tribe must needes know his owne place and acknowledge the order assigned vnto him Thus we see the reason in respect of the Israelites themselues that moued God to range them into order to wit that all contention and emulation might be cut off and taken away This teacheth vs to take notice of our selues and to learne what we are by Nature we are prone to ambition and vaine-glory cannot content our selues to abide in the vocation and calling wherein God hath set vs. Wee see this plentifully confirmed in this Booke Numb 12 1. 14 1. and 16 2. and 20 4. how Aaron and Miriam and manie other rise vp against Moses and seek to ouerthrow the order and ordinance of God left among them for the administration of matters belonging to the Church Commonwelth The like we see in the Disciples of Christ he had giuen them a patterne and example of all meekenesse and lowlinesse of minde yet such was their ambition Math 20 25. Luk. 22 24 25 that they stroue amongest themselues who should be the cheefest It is the counsell of our Sauiour when we are bidden of any man to a wedding not to set our selues downe in the cheefest place but to take the lowest roome from thence he raiseth a generall doctrine Luke 14 8 11 Whosoeuer exalteth himselfe shall be brought low and he that humbleth himselfe shall be exalted Let vs conclude therefore 1 Cor. 11 16. if any lust to be contentious We haue no such custome neyther the Churches of God Let vs haue the same minde that was in Christ Iesus who being in the forme of God made him selfe of no reputation Phil. 2 3. and took on him the shape of a seruant let nothing be done through contention or vainglory but that in meekenesse of minde euery man esteeme other better then himselfe Thirdly they are mustered and marshalled into an exact and exquisite order to dismay and terrifie their enemies as also to confirme and encourage their owne hearts There is nothing doth more strengthen an enemy and giue him hope of victory then to beholde an army put out of array in which case such as haue bene defeated and ouercome haue gathered their dispersed and despised Companies together haue renewed the fight put their enemies to flight Contrarywise to behold an hoast of men setled in battell array as it were a Tower not to be shaken or a Mountaine not to be remoued doth daunt and dismay all aduersary power whatsoeuer and maketh them put their surest trust and best confidence in their heeles Great is the force of vnity peace and concord One man serueth to strengthen and stablish another like many staues bound together in one Many stickes or staues ioyned in one bundle are not easilie broken but seuer them and pull them asunder they are soone broken with litle strength Thus the case standeth in all societies whether it be in the Church or Commonwealth or in the priuate family If our hearts be thoroughly vnited and fast glued one to another we neede not feare what man can do vnto vs or worke against vs. But if we be at iarre and warre betweene our selues we ly open to our enemies to worke vs any despight and indignity whatsoeuer I would to God we had not learned this by wofull and lamentable experience and sealed vp the trueth of it by home-bred contentions so that wee may renew the old complaint For the diuisions of Reuben were great thoughts of heart Iudg 5 15. Euery one seeth with griefe the increase of our aduersaries they begin to lift vp their hearts and handes against vs they hope to haue their Masses their Maskings their superstitions their trumperie vp againe all men confesse it and complaine of it But will we not behold the cause of all this and consider that we minister them weapons and as it were put a two-edged sworde into their handes to wound our selues It is our owne strife they are our owne contentions that helpe and hearten them when brother is set against brother and striketh one another with the fist of iniquity So long as these bitter roots of enuy and emulation the coales of contention are kindled by the mouths and pens of those that loue contention wee haue much deceiued our selues if we think to suppresse the enemies of the grace of God who make an aduantage of our diuisions We may therefore say with our Sauiour Woe bee to the world because of offences Mat. 18 7 6. for it must needes bee that offences shall come but woe be to that man by whom the offence commeth It were better for him that a Milstone were hanged about his neck and that he were drowned in the depth of the Sea Thus we see the danger that commeth by hatred and debate let vs therfore follow peace and stop so much as lyeth in vs all occasions of diuisions that wee may liue in peace one with another cleaue vnto the gospel of peace and then the peace of God shall be with vs. Hitherto we haue spoken of the reasons causes for which God prescribeth to euerie one his order The diuision of this Chapt. and limiteth to euery Tribe his proper place In this Chapter we are to obserue two things First the commandement of God directed to Moses and Aaron telling them and instructing them what his pleasure is touching the order of their marching and proceeding Secondly a generall subiection and obedience yeelded vnto this commandement for so soone as they
GOD had a remnant among them according to grace euen his elect and chosen people which he would not cast away for their sakes the dayes of their great distresse in the Land Luc. 21 23. and of wrath ouer this people should be ended and finished which declareth how precious and deare the faithful that feare God are in his sight that because of their company he would ceasse to scourge afflict the nation any longer euen as at the intercession of Abraham he would haue spared Sodome and Gomorrha if ten righteous persons had beene found there Gen. 18. So God shewed mercy to the hoste of Israel because Iehosaphat was present with them And therfore when Iehoram the son of Ahab complained for want of water the Prophet Elisha answered What haue I to do with thee Get thee to the Prophets of thy father 2 Kin. 3 13 14 and to the Prophets of thy mother as the Lord of hosts liueth in whose sight I stand if it were not that I regard the presence of Iehosaphat the King of Iudah I would not haue looked toward thee nor seene thee So then wee see to returne to the former point that hee speaketh of ending the troubles of the Iewes and siege of the City not of cutting shorter the day of iudgement Thus God knowes how to mitigate the sorrowes and shorten the calamities that threaten the ruine and subuersion of his seruants And who is it but desireth comfort in time of trouble If then wee would bee assured that these things belong vnto vs How we may comfort our selues in trouble take comfort in the meditation of them let vs obserue these points as speciall rules for our edification First it is our duty to acknowledge Gods mercie to be great who might lay a greater loade and an heauier burthen vpon vs. When the Angel stretched out his hand to destroy Ierusalem the Lord staied his hand caused the plague to ceasse so that when thousands fell downe on the right side and ten thousands on the left side they were spared and not touched Whence did this difference arise And how came it to passe that the City was passed ouer the rest of the Land punished Was it because these were worse liuers or greater sinners or was it because there were better people in Ierusalem then in other corners of the country Was it because of the goodly buildings in the City or because of the multitude of rich and wealthy Citizens or because of the sumptuous stones of the Temple or because of the sacrifices and seruice of God solemnized in the Temple or because the seate of the King and the Thrones set for iustice were there If we thinke it was for all these or for any of these or for any such like outward respect we are deceiued Indeed the Temple was an occasion of vaine confidence to carnall men who cryed out The Temple of the Lord the Temple of the Lord ●er 7.4 this is the Temple of the Lord whereas they remained impenitent and vnreformed but as yet it was not builded for Salomon built him an house As for the City and the Citizens Acts 7.47 we must looke for no great good there there was want of true piety store of pride cruelty and oppression which had enclosed nay infected the walles with the cōtagion thereof In what state it stood Dauid declareth who calleth to God for helpe and saith There is not a godly man left the faithfull are failed from among the children of men Psal 12 1 2. so that euery one dealt deceitfully with his neighbour and spake flattringly with double harts To this purpose speaketh Ieremy chap. 5 1. Runne too and fro by the streetes of Ierusalem and behold now and know and enquire in the open places thereof if yee can finde a man or if there be any that executeth iudgement and seeketh the truth and I will spare it Thus doth the Prophet Ezekiel Ezek. 22 7 ● 9 12. complaine painteth out as in a Table the wickednesse of Ierusalem chap. 22. There did abound shedding of blood contempt of superiours oppression of strangers wronging of the fatherlesse iniurying of the widdowes prophaning of the Sabboths carrying about of tales cōmitting of idolatry taking of bribes peruerting of iudgement biting by vsury defrauding of their neighbours by extortion and forgetting of the Lord. This was the estate of Ierusalem and therefore the cause why the pestilence did not walke through the middest of the City and the Angell is commanded to stay his hand frō destroying that place which was such a sinke of all filthy sinnes was the Lords mercy onely who was willing to spare it to giue them longer time of repentance This must we confesse when wee are spared or we are most vnthankfull vnto God For we haue experience of his goodnesse toward vs. Secondly we must in time of our affliction pray vnto him and call vpon his name and come with boldnesse to the throne of grace that we may put him in minde of his mercies Thus doth the Prophet behaue himselfe whē he heareth of the hauocke and waste that should be made among the people of GOD he prayeth heartily for the faithfull saying O Lord I haue heard thy voice and was not afraide Hab. 3 2. O Lord reuiue thy worke in the middest of the people in the middest of the yeares make it knowne in wrath remember mercy What greater motiue can there bee to make vs repaire to God then to consider how mildly and gently hee dealeth with his people when he doth afflict them This was it that moued Dauid to make choise of the pestilence hauing the choise of two other iudgements propounded and laide before him because he was most gracious and full of compassion Let me now fall into the hand of the Lord 1 Chr. 21 13 for his mercies are exceeding great and let me not fall into the hand of man Hee had experience both of Gods mercy and of mans cruelty We neuer profit aright by our afflictions vnlesse they driue vs neerer to God and cause vs to call vpon his name It is the Commandement of God that we should call vpon him in the day of trouble Thirdly if we would haue comfort in the feeling of Gods hand we must thereby bee drawne vnto repentance acknowledge our sinnes to deserue farre greater iudgements then yet we suffer and consequently turne vnto him with all our hearts If we remaine stubborne and rebellious vnder the Crosse GOD will not leaue vs so but double his strength and strokes vpon vs vntill we be eyther reclaimed or conuinced in our owne consciences and made without excuse The Lord commanded his Prophet to go and cry these words Thou disobedient Israel returne Ierem. 3 12. saith the Lord and I will not let my wrath fall vpon you for I am mercifull and wil not alwaies keepe mine anger The end that God aimeth at in afflicting his people
of season neuerthelesse where it is duely and conscionably preached without respect of persons it toucheth the harts of some represseth the corruptions of others is as a warning peece and watchword vnto all so that all persons and people whatsoeuer wheresoeuer must liue vnder the ordinary hearing and frequenting of the word of God Vse 1 The vses remaine to be handled which ought especially to be marked of vs. First there is offered vnto vs this truth arising from the doctrine it selfe that the preaching of the word by the Minister and the hearing of it by the people is no ceremony nor a matter of indifferency such as may eyther be done or left vndone at our owne discretion or disposition but it is such a part of the publike seruice of God as ought not to bee omitted or neglected without great sinne and breach of the fourth Commandement which serueth to establish the ministery of the word It is aboue the workes of mercy and compassion therfore the most profitable worke that can bee done to the sonnes of men It is a more excellent and much greater gift to doe good to the soule then to do good to the body inasmuch as the soule is more precious then the body Hence it is that the Apostles gaue ouer ministring to the poore attending to their necessities because they would giue themselues continually to prayer and to the ministery of the word Acts 6 4. Acts 6 4 and 2.42 And before this in the second chapter describing the Church after the ascension of Christ he saith the Disciples continued stedfastly in the Apostles doctrine and fellowship and in breaking of bread and in prayers Where hee placeth continuance in the Apostles doctrine and breaking of bread before fellowship and communion in temporall things It is one speciall marke of a man and woman truely fearing God to bee a diligent hearer of the word of God and a continuall resorter to the preaching of it and a carefull frequenter of the house of God We see this in Simeon he came often into the Temple and thereby hee found Christ when his parents brought him in their armes to do for him after the custome of the Law Luc. 2 27 37 41. The like we might say of Anna a Prophetesse which departed not from the Temple but serued God with fastings prayers night and day verse 37. Luc. 2 27 37 41. So Ioseph and Mary went to Ierusalem euery yeare at the feast of the Passeouer by custome and commandement This was the cause of the great godlines and wonderfull zeale that was in Dauid that he desired nothing more then to appeare before the face of God among his Saints This his affection he testifieth in many places Psal 27 4. Psal 27 4 42 1.2 One thing haue I desired of the Lord that will I seeke after that I may dwell in the house of the Lord all the daies of my life to behold the beauty of the Lord and to enquire in his Temple There is alwayes good hope of such persons so long as they vse the meanes to bee recouered A sicke person may not bee despaired off so long as hee is content to vse the helpe and counsell of the Physition albeit hee be very dangerously sicke but when once he refuseth his direction then we may looke for nothing but death Thus the case standeth with all men so long as wee forsake not the word there is hope of saluation when once we refuse it there is feare of destruction both of soule and body Wherefore we are to iudge well and charitably of such as are religious frequenters of the holy exercises of faith such are neuer past hope there is some signe of life in them and we haue more comfort and greater assurance of such albeit vniust vncleane then of any ciuill man that refuseth the meanes Many in the world stumble at the offensiue liues of euill professors but certainly whatsoeuer men iudge there is more hope of the worst professor that heareth the word and attendeth vnto it More hope of euill professors then of ciuill men then of the best ciuil men that in prophanenesse of heart refuse it and that for two reasons First these men though they be euill yet vse good meanes which haue from time to time done good vppon others as bad as they therefore may in time to come by the mercy of God and blessing vpon the meanes do good also vnto them be effectuall in them If it do not preuaile at one time yet it may at another The reformation of a sinner is not wrought at a sudden but by little little like the water that pierceth the hard stone by customable and continuall dropping vpon it If thou seest two men most dangerously sicke of diuers diseases and all mortall except they be cured and one of them putting himselfe vnder the Physitians hand the other reiecting altogether both phisicke and the Physitian whether of these is more likely to be restored and to liue Is not he that taketh the receit and medicine that is ministred So is it in the sicknesses of the soule If we hearken to the word which is a spirituall medicine to heale euery malady we may be reclaimed The word is as a draw-net cast into the Sea which gathereth of euery kinde Mat. 13. Yea it is quicke and powerfull and sharper then any two-edged sword piercing euen to the diuiding asunder of soule and spirit and of the ioynts and marrow and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart Heb. 4 12. Secondly it is a signe that those which vse the meanes are not yet sold and setled to continue in sinne for there is no man whose hart is fully set in him to do euill and follow wickednesse that can patiently endure be content to be an ordinary frequenter of religion whensoeuer it is publikely taught and preached True it is they may sometimes come to the word for custome or company or feare or praise or because they haue nothing else to do and cannot tell how else to spend away the time but if they come ordinarily continually they are not become desperate The hammer of Gods word may break their harts and enter into their soules As for those that regard not to serue GOD and vse not the assemblies of his worship they are of all other most wicked and prophane and may iustly be said to be of the forlorne hope They are at the point of death they lye gasping for breath nay they are come to the brinke of hell Thus then we see that the preaching of God is of absolute necessity whether we bee conuerted or not conuerted whether we do beleeue or not yet beleeue nay it is in a manner the only necessary thing It is the opiniō of many wretched men that are not worthy to breathe in the common aire that it bringeth a great charge and heauy burden vppon the people
the Lord Obiect Ephes 6. Ephe. 6.4 If any obiect against these commandements They will be vnruly and disordered albeit they be neuer so well brought vp and though their parents be very carefull they will be very carelesse and therefore they were as good holde their peace as to speake to them and not to be regarded Answer I answere so it is sometimes but alwayes it is not so Many that haue feared GOD with all their housholdes haue receiued much comfort by their children and seruants that haue had good instruction put into them as pure and wholesome liquour into a vessell and haue seene the fruite thereof to the vnspeakeable ioy of their hearts This we might shew at large in the reformed families of Abraham and Cornelius and sundry others As they planted and sowed good seede in the parts of their families as it were in a fruitfull field so they reaped a plentifull haruest Abraham had seruants that were also Gods seruants Gen 24.12 and 14.14 Act. 10.7 and prayed earnestly vnto him Cornelius had a souldier that waited vpon him that feared God yea all his band of Italian souldiers were Christian souldiers Againe we must trust GOD with the effect and successe of the education that we giue them He will worke thereby by his Spirit in all that belong vnto him as seemeth good to his heauenly wisedome If he doe not giue a blessing for causes vnknowne to vs but knowne to him let vs leaue Gods secret yet iust iudgments to himselfe The third particular branch is to pray to God for them to guide them in his wayes and to blesse them in his feare and to blesse our labours bestowed among them This wee see in Iob Iob 1.5 Chapter 1. toward his children When the dayes of their feasting were gone about he sent and sanctified them and rose vp early in the morning and offered burnt offerings according to the number of them all for he said It may be that my sonnes haue sinned and cursed God in their hearts He was carefull for those which were committed vnto his charge and feared they might offend God in their meetings albeit hee knew no such euill by them The wise man saith Happy is the man● that feareth alway but he that hardeneth his heart shall fall into mischiefe Prou. 28. Prou. 28.14 A like example wee haue in Dauid Psalme 72. where he prayeth for Salomon Giue the king thy iudgements O God and thy righteousnesse to the kings sonne hee shall iudge thy people with righteousnesse and thy poore with iudgement So then the faithfull are to entreate and craue from God the continuance of his couenant to their children and to begge from his handes an holy and sanctified seede We must not presume because we are faithfull and haue receiued to beleeue that therefore our seede must of necessity be so likewise for then we shall but deceiue our selues Let not vs therefore faile in crauing a blessing from God vpon our children if we desire to make them heires of blessing Fourthly it is required of vs to reioyce in the blessing of God vpon them and to giue him praise and glory when he vouchsafeth to shew mercy vpon them and vpon vs. If hee did leaue them in their sinnes and in that corruption which they receiued from vs Psal 51. as it were by inheritance we could not finde iust cause of complaint against him who is bound neither to vs nor to our children but forasmuch as he sheweth much mercy to our posteritie as he hath done vnto vs we haue matter of praise and thankesgiuing giuen vnto vs whereby also we shall procure their farther good It is noted of the Iailour Actes 16. Act. 16.34 that he reioyced that they of his houshold also beleeued in the Lord. He accounted it not sufficient for himselfe to beleeue nor reioyced onely in his owne saluation but forasmuch as God had vouchsafed greater mercy vnto him to call his family also to the faith this cheered his heart much more If we haue tasted of the like mercy let vs not be forgetfull of the like duty Lastly it belongeth vnto vs for the furtherance of their good to giue those all good encouragement in well doing that are conscionable in their duties to God and to vs we are bound to praise and commend them to comfort them to cheere them vp and to defend them against all malicious enemies that seeke to disgrace them The Apostle Paul willeth parents not to prouoke their children lest they be discouraged Coloss 3.21 It is a meanes to coole and quench zeale to finde discouragements in godly proceedings On the other side we ought to shew all dislike and hatred against euill and an angry countenance toward such as are vnreformed The Prophet touching the right ordering and good gouernment of his house declareth that hee would not know a wicken person and him that hath an high looke he will not suffer Psal 101.4.5 His eyes should be vpon the faithfull of the land that they may dwell with him hee that walketh in the perfect way hee shall serue him This is a good meanes to make both houses to prosper and kingdomes to flourish when the godly are aduanced and the euil doers are beaten down but when euil is set aloft and goeth vnchecked and vncontrolled and godlinesse is driuen to the wall it prognosticateth and foretelleth the ruine and vtter desolation of those societies albeit for a time they may continue When they offered strange fire before the Lord in the wildernesse Wee haue hitherto spoken of the destruction of Aarons sonnes before the face of their father now let vs see for what cause it was done The sinne of his sonnes is remembred to be this they offered strange fire that is such as was not appointed and commanded of the Lord they tooke not the fire from the altar to burne incense with all which came downe from heauen and was preserued by the diligence of the Priests vntill the captiuity of Babylon Now whereas the authour of the second booke of Macchabees telleth vs that whē their fathers were led into Persia the Priests that were then deuout tooke the fire of the altar priuily Macch. 1.19 and hid it in an hollow place of a pit without water where they kept it sure so that the place was vnknowne to all men hath no testimony of trueth out of the sacred Scriptures as we shal shew more in the 26. Chapter of this Booke of Numbers Moses maketh mention of this example of the sinne and punishment of Aarons sonnes to the end the Leuites should be more wise and wary in the execution of their office because God hereby sheweth that they shal neuer escape his hand that do not rightly discharge the duties committed vnto them For the examples of Gods iudgements vpon the corrupters and contemners of his worship must make vs more carefull and fearefull to offend Now whereas they are punished according to their
intermeddle onely with the Common-wealth hath not God made them ouerseers of both states as also committed the charge vnto them of both Tables Answer I answere the care of Religion belongeth to all Princes and therefore the godly kings of Iudah made it their first labour to establish Gods worshippe But touching the worship of God wee must obserue that Church lawes and constitutions are of three sorts Materiall Ministeriall or circumstantiall Lawes that concerne the matter substance and parts of Gods worship are already established by God in the word nothing is left to Princes or Pastours of the Church nothing ought to be inuented of man nothing may be hammered in the forge of our braines which are too shallow to meddle in such deepe and profound matters as Christ teacheth Matth. 15.9 Matthew chapter 15. verse 9. In vaine they doe worship mee teaching for doctrines the commandements of men These Lawes we are to leaue to God only which touch the substance of his worship Ministeriall Lawes are such Canons as command the practise and execution of the former Lawes wherein the Prince is as it were the Minister commanding vnder God It belongeth to him to see both Ministers and people to doe their dutie 2 Chronicles chapter 30. verses 12.16 and to prouide that all his subiects reforme themselues in those things that pertaine to the worship of God and to punish idolaters Exodus chapter 22. Exod. 22.20 Leuit. 24 1● Deut. 13.5 Numb 15.35 verse 20 blasphemers Leuiticus chapter 24. verse 16. false Prophets Deuteronomie 13.5 and prophaners of holy things Numbers chapter 15. verse 35. These belong vnto him these he is to looke vnto Lastly other Lawes are circumstantiall such as are constitutions made in things meerely indifferent which vary according to times occasions places and Churches These Lawes also he hath authority to make and meddle withall prouided that the rules of the word be not transgressed but carefully obserued So then albeit the Prince ought not himselfe to execute the things of God as to preach the word or to administer Sacraments or to practise the discipline of the Church yet he is bound to see them done and that all things be done in order comelinesse in the Church Againe it may be obiected Obiect that the Scripture doth often mention that sacrifices were offered otherwise then God appointed yet accepted They ought to be brought to the doore of the Tabernacle and not offered elsewhere I answere Answer the question is not so much of the fact as of the right not what was done but what ought to be done This is the cause that the Lord complaineth both against their persons and their doings and brandeth them both with a marke of dishonour in this manner Iehoshaphat did that which was right in the sight of the LORD 1 King 22 4● but the high places were not taken away he walked in all the wayes of Asa his father he turned not aside from it neuerthelesse the people offered and burnt incense yet in the high places The like is remembred of Iehoash hee did that which was right in the sight of the Lord all his dayes wherein Iehoiada the Priest instructed him But the high places were not taken away the people still sacrificed and burnt Incense in the high places 2 Kings 12.2 3. When Manasseh was brought againe to Ierusalem into his kingdome he sought the Lord his God took away the strange gods and repaired the Altar of the Lord ●●r 33 17 neuerthelesse the people did sacrifice still in the high places yet vnto the Lord their God onely God required to be worshipped not only as he appointed but where he appointed and therefore the contrary practise is noted to be a transgression a breach of the Law of God Thirdly it may be saide that the Prophets Obiection 4 of God who could not bee ignorant of their duties did not sacrifice as God commanded and yet are blamelesse They did not bring their sacrifice to the Tabernacle nor vnto the place that God had chosen but offered in other places as Samuel in Mispah 1 Sam. 7 9. and elsewhere chap. 16 2. ●●●wer I answer he did it as one of the Prophets who were extraordinary persons and not tied to the ordinary rules in all their actions So we see Elijah offered in Mount Carmel 1 Kin. 18. But wee are not to follow extraordinary matters without a speciall calling forasmuch as we liue by lawes not by examples So then it was lawfull in the Prophets in regard of their personal vocation which without it had beene vtterly vnlawfull Lastly it may be obiected that Dauid is Obiection 4 commended because he intended to build an house to the Name of God He had receiued no commandement from God to builde the Temple it was his good meaning and good intent yet he is expresly commended of God 2 Chron. 6 7.8 where Salomon in praising God saith It was in the heart of Dauid my father to build an house for the Name of the Lord God of Israel but the Lord saide to Dauid my father forasmuch as it was in thy heart to builde an house for my Name thou diddest well in that it was in thy heart If then Dauid hauing no word or direction from God did well how is all will-worship euill ●●swer I answer in this God respecteth not the deed it selfe but the intent of the dooer so that when it is said Thou hast done well it is as much as if the Lord had saide I know thou hadst a good meaning in it as it appeareth by the reasons vsed in the second booke of Samuel where Dauid saith to Nathan the Prophet Sam. 7 2. See now I dwell in an house of Cedar but the Arke of GOD dwelleth within Curtaines where he compareth himselfe with God and his owne house of Cedar with Gods Arke within Curtaines This reason carrieth with it a great shew of comlinesse seemelinesse For some might thinke with themselues was it meete that himselfe should dwell in his seeled house the Lords house lye waste Notwithstanding in matters of God wee are not to reason according to our owne opinion and outward appearing but according vnto the word of God ●●mment Pet. ●artyr in 2 ●an c. 7. And heerein was Dauid deceiued that he went beyond the Commandement of God To build a Temple to God is not in it selfe euill GOD had promised that the Tabernacle and the Arke should haue a resting place Deut. 12 5 6. 1 Kings 8 but to seeke to preuent God was to bee reprooued As to set a King ouer them was not in it selfe vnlawfull Deuter. 17 15. but when they attempted it before the time and waited not Gods Commandement to goe before them they are reproued and punished for it 1 Sam. 12 16. Dauid in this place had receiued no direction touching this matter eyther of the time or of the place there was no Commandement eyther who should
the reason followeth verse 11 12 13 in which God himselfe assigneth the cause why he did take vnto himselfe the Leuites to succeed in place of the first borne For vnto this time the first borne both in the priuate families in the publike assemblies of the Israelites did execute the Priests office as persons consecrated vnto God as we haue shewed and expounded Exod. 13 and 19 chapters and as we shall shew farther in this chapter Hence it is ●w the first ●ne are said be the ●ds that he saith Euery first borne is mine which is to be vnderstood not in regard of the common right of creation as sometimes the earth and all that filleth it is said to be the Lords and all the beasts of the Forrest but they are so called in another respect For the better vnderstanding whereof Things are said to be the Lords in three respects we must consider that things are said to bee the Lords in three respects First in regard of duty and seruice Thus all creatures are the Lords because he is their Creator and maker in regard whereof euery thing created oweth a duty to him as to the great Lord to whom all things visible and inuisible owe their homage as Psal 24. the Prophet saith The earth is the Lords and all that therein is and he rendreth this reason For hee hath founded the world c. Secondly all creatures are said to be the Lords also in regard of that power and authority whereby he ruleth all to which iurisdiction of his all men how wicked peruerse soeuer they be are subiect Thus Cyrus King of Persia though he knew not the Lord yet is said to be the Lords Shepheard and his annointed and to performe all his pleasure Esay 44 28 and 45 1. He did the worke of the Lord ignorantly and blindly yet God was his Lord and he his seruant in proclaiming that Ierusalem should be builded and the foundation of the Temple erected So the Prophet speaking of the world and of all things therein contained saith They continue this day according to thine ordinances for all are thy seruants Psal 119 91. as if he should say All creatures in heauen and earth continue safe and sound euen from the beginning to the present times wherein we liue and so they shall doe vnto the worlds end through thy word and appointment so that as they were created by thy word and are preserued in their estate so they are at thy commandement to do thy will euen as seruants obey their masters Thus the diuelles though they resist him and rebell against him may be saide to be his seruants because they are constrained to serue his prouidence They be farre from yeelding faithfull seruice and dutifull obedience vnto him yet they must stoope downe vnto him he hath in such sort put his hooke in their nose and his bridle in their lippes and his chaine on their hands and his fetters on their feet that they cannot start from him but they shall doe him seruice for the execution of his secret will Therefore the Prophet saith Psalme 135 verse 6. Whatsoeuer the Lord pleased that did he in heauen and in earth in the sea and in all deepe places To the same purpose the Apostle writing to the Philippians and speaking of the power of Christ Iesus who being in the forme of God thought it no robbery to be equal vnto God saith chap. 2 verse 9 10 God hath highly exalted him and giuen him a name which is aboue euery name that at the name of Iesus euery knee should bow of things in heauen things in earth and things vnder the earth and that euery tongue should confesse that Iesus Christ is the Lord vnto the glory of GOD his Father Thus also the beasts of the Forrest are the LORDS and the cattell on a thousand Mountaines Psal 50. Not only because all creatures owe a duty vnto him but because they are gouerned by his rule ordered by his power and ruled by his prouidence Thirdly some things are saide to be the Lords in respect of a propriety and immediate right that he hath in thē being separate from the vse of man For then they become the Lords when they are alienated from men Thus tithes in the word are said to be the Lords Leuit. 27 30. All the tithes of the Land both of the seede of the ground and of the fruite of the trees is the Lords it is holy vnto the Lord. Where the last words expound the former according to the vsuall manner of the Scripture and shew in what sense tithes are the Lords because the propriety is not in man but in God onely forasmuch as that which is holy to the Lord is separate from man and from his vse and cannot bee alienated by him without sacriledge and vsurpation So in this place the Leuites are saide to be the Lords and the first borne are said to be the Lords not onely in respect of their duty to him and of his power ouer them for thus all creatures are his all people and nations of the earth are his and in these respects not onely the tithes are the Lords but the other nine parts as wel as they But they are sanctified to him and are to bee imployed in his seruice being separated from the vse of man as the rest are appointed and left to the vse of man Thus then the Lord challengeth authority to bestow the tenths of their encrease so that man could not employ them to himself without sacriledge If any of the Leuites s●ould be taken from the Altar sent into the wars they had prophaned Gods seruice and abused their persons to another end then GOD had ordained The like might be spoken also of the Sabbath that is the Lords day he claimeth it to his owne vse he separateth and sanctifieth it to his owne seruice The sixe other daies are ours and God giueth vs liberty to call them ours and to bestow them as ours in our owne businesse Exod. 20 9. Reuel 1 10. Such therefore as make no conscience to take the LORDS day from him and vse it as their owne are spirituall theeues and meddle with that which is not their owne If their seruants should deale in such sort with them and imploy any of the sixe daies in their owne worke and leaue their businesse vndone they would quickly complaine of the iniury Or if any of their neighbours should come into their house and take away any part of their goods we would bid them learne to know their owne and be ready to call them theeues But we deale with GOD a thousand times worse then wee would suffer other men to deale with vs. We can take the Lords day nay the Lords daies one after another and spend them about our owne profits and pleasures and vanities and yet neuer consider the wrong iniustice we offer vnto the Almighty Oh that men would lay this vnto their hearts
speake vnto them all whose sinnes ye remit whose sinnes ye retaine not whose sinnes thou Peter remittest or retainest so likewise he saith whatsoeuer ye all bind on earth whatsoeuer ye all loose on earth not whatsoeuer thou Peter alone bindest or loosest on earth And this is acknowledged to be the power of the keyes by the Romanists themselues The vse of keyes is to open and shut so then they that haue their sinnes forgiuen and as it were the bands loosed haue the gates of heauen opened wide vnto them and contrariwise the dores of heauen are barred fast as with lock and key against them whose sinnes are retained So that we may rightly conclude that seeing the power of binding and loosing is the power of the keyes and giuen to all the Apostles that it is not peculiarly and properly bestowed vpon Peter alone excluding and shutting out all the rest If then here were an headship promised and bestowed we must haue a body with twelue heads according to the number of the twelue Apostles for euery Apostle must be an head as euery of them had authoritie to binde and loose to remit and retaine that is had the keyes of the kingdome of heauen deliuered vnto them Obiect But it wil be further said Christ speaketh by name to Peter I say vnto thee Thou art Peter Solution To thee I will giue the keyes c. I answere he saith indeed he will giue them vnto him but he saith not I will giue them to thee alone he will bestow them vpon him but not vpon him alone for heere is nothing either expressed or vnderstood to exclude the other Apostles The Lord saith to Ioshua I will not faile thee nor forsake thee Iosh 1.5 shall wee conclude from hence that he will leaue other of the faithfull because he speaketh particularly vnto him will God renounce or disclaime others that feare his Name No in no wise for albeit he vttered it vnto him yet it is to be stretched to all beleeuers and as true toward them all as toward him as appeareth euidently in the Epistle to the Hebrews Heb 13.6 It is one thing therefore to speake vnto Peter and another thing to speake vnto him onely But will some say Obiection why doth not Christ name others as well as him if he vnderstood others as well as him for that might haue put the matter out of all doubt and stayed much contention that hath beene about these wordes in the world I answere Answer the words are not doubtfull but to those that purpose to make them gainefull They are plaine to such as will vnderstand Peter spake in the name of the rest as the mouth of the Apostles Christ answereth to him also in the rest Hee had asked the question of them all Matth. 16.15 Whom say ye that I am All of them could not answere without confusion and disorder it was necessary that one should be the speaker as it were the foreman of the Iury and Peter in the behoofe of others as well as of himselfe confessed that he was the sonne of the Liuing God Shall we say the rest did not beleeue as much A like example we reade in the second Chapter of the Actes of the Apostles where they being filled with the holy Ghost and speaking with diuers languages are derided of many and accused to be drunken Peter standing vp with the eleuen did lift vp his voyce and say vnto the Iewes Be it knowne vnto you and hearken vnto my wordes Act 2 14 15. for these are not drunken as ye suppose c. Doth he pleade onely for himselfe and not rather vndertake the common cause of them all yes he is only the mouth of the rest and speaketh for the rest So in this place he made a free confession of his faith and the faith of the Apostles who beleeued no lesse then himselfe and Christ suiting and shaping his answere according to Peters confession speaketh vnto him but in him vnderstandeth all the rest Neither let vs goe about to gather more from them then Christ scattered or the Apostles collected For they did not conceiue that Christ by those wordes before remembred gaue any supremacy or superiority any primacy or principality of power to Peter for then they would neuer afterward haue contended which of them should be the greatest and the chiefest forasmuch as this whole controuersie had beene decided and determined by the mouth of Christ But long after this there arose a great strife among them Luk. 22.24 which of them should bee accounted the greatest Therefore they acknowledge no more authoritie giuen to Peter by those keyes of the kingdome of heauen then to themselues Neither doth Christ build his Church vpon Peter nor call him the Rocke for it is builded vpon the Rocke which Peter confessed that is vpon the Sonne of the liuing God Cor. 10.10 so that the Rocke as the Apostle saith is Christ Hence it is that Matthew distinguisheth betweene Peter and the Rocke Peter is one and the Rocke is another otherwise Christ would haue said Thou art Peter vpon this Peter I will build my Church or vpon thee will I build it he speaketh not after this manner but Thou art Peter and vpon this Rocke which must necessarily be referred to his former confession the name and person being changed Againe there is an expresse place in the Apostle which teacheth that no man can lay any other foundation then hath bene laid which is Iesus Christ 1 Cor. 3.11 Paul inspired by the Spirit of Christ can finde no other foundation of the Church then Iesus Christ they then that acknowledge and receiue and teach any other are moued by the spirit of Satan and speake in the spirit of Antichrist Furthermore Peter was one of the master workemen or master builders of the Church as he is bidden to feed the flocke of Christ 1 Cor. 3. so that he cannot be called properly the foundation of the Church and a builder of the Church the foundation being one and the builder that layeth the foundation another for that were to confound the workeman and the worke the founder and the foundation the builder and the building The builder buildeth vpon the foundation and therefore it is against naturall reason that the Carpenter which layeth the foundation should himselfe be the foundation vnlesse peraduenture by a new kinde of transubstantiation neuer heard of before this time as senselesse as the olde if that may be called olde which had no footing in the Church for a thousand yeeres after Christ whereby they turne the labourer into his labour and the builder of the house into the ground-worke of the house But suppose all this had beene spoken to Peter alone that to him alone had beene giuen the keyes that he alone should open and shut binde and loose remit and retaine at his owne pleasure and that the Church had beene builded vpon him as vpon a sole foundation
riches and reioyce in it more then they that finde great spoiles Account the merchandise of it better then the Merchandise of siluer and the gaine thereof more precious then Rubies so that nothing that we highly esteeme can be compared vnto it Prou. 3.13 14. Magnifie it as a treasure of that value that rather then thou wilt leaue it thou wilt be ready to forsake all that thou hast Matth. 13. There is nothing that more slaketh and shaketh off our deuout attention then to account the precious word of God vile and base in our eyes according to the corrupt custome of many in our dayes that preferre huskes fit to feed swine before the fat of wheat that is sent to nourish the sonnes of God Fourthly we must know that there is great hope of those that refuse not the meanes but submit themselues vnto it but none at all of those that vtterly refuse it What God may worke extraordinarily who sometimes feedeth by miracle from heauen as he did the Israelites Exod. 16.15 1 King 17.6 and Eliah in the wildernesse we cannot affirme and they that waite vpon such vanities forsake their owne mercy But of this point we haue spoken already Lastly it is our duty to lay vp the Word in our hearts that it may not be taken from vs but that we may practise it and profit by it For all our hearing must aime at profiting We must desire the sincere milke of the Word 1 Pet. 2.2 that we may grow thereby Now it can neuer take root except we heare it with an honest and good heart Luke 8.15 If we haue it only running in our mouthes or swimming in our braines it is as the grasse vpon the house toppe Psal 129.6.7 which withereth afore it groweth vp wherewith the mower filleth not his hand nor he that bindeth sheaues his bosome Let vs therefore first of all giue our hearts vnto God pray him to reforme them and to open them that so we may attend to those things that are deliuered vnto vs. As for those that haue their mouthes open but their hearts empty of the word they are as sounding brasse or a tinkling cymball they may please themselues and deceiue others for a time but their hypocrisie shall be vncased their deceitfull dealing manifested and themselues prooued to be no better then vessels that make a noyse but are without all substance in them Verse 11 12. And I behold I haue taken the Leuites c. Hitherto we haue spoken of the commandement of God directed vnto Moses that he should present the Leuites before Aaron the Priest that they may minister vnto him now we are to proceede to the reason of the commandement where we see the cause rendred why they should be giuen vnto him because euen vnto this time the first borne had executed the Priests office being consecrated vnto God and preserued out of the common destruction when the first borne in Egypt were destroyed He putteth them in mind of Gods mercy toward them who might iustly haue destroyed them as well as the Egyptians if it had pleased him When we see a common desolation or destruction and our selues as a remnant taken out of the common calamity it ought to make vs thankfull vnto God and to acknowledge that wee holde our life of him in cheife Thus did Noah stand affected when he offered sacrifice to God after he was come out of the Arke and was preserued with his family from the flood of waters Thus doth Daniel Dan. 5.20 ●● teach Belshazzar the king to humble his heart knowing the heauy iudgment that God brought vpon his father and tooke his glory from him We must profit by the examples of Gods workes both of his mercy and iudgement vpon others We learne from hence Doctrine that the first borne were from the beginning the Lords The first bo● were sanctified to the Lord. and consecrated to serue him and to instruct others This dignity and preheminence of the first borne beganne among the sonnes of Adam and continued in his posteritie as well before as after the generall destruction of the old world the eldest euer succeeding in the kingly and Priestly office vnlesse for some open impiety or other secret cause best knowne vnto God and vnknowne vnto the Church hee were reiected so that there was euermore some excellency vntill that Israel came out of Egypt and the Church became nationall Hence it is that God saith to Caine the elder sonne of Adam If thou doe well shalt thou not be accepted and if thou doest not well sinne lieth at the doore and vnto thee shall be his desire and thou shalt rule ouer him Gen. 4.7 To this purpose Iacob speaketh to Reuben Gen. 49.3 Thou art my first borne my might and the beginning of my strength the excellency of dignity and the excellency of power Thus he was by priuiledge of birthright and thus was euery sonne by creation that first opened the matrice Luke 2.23 Whereby we see that in the family of the faithfull from the first man that God created vntill Aaron was sanctified to be a Priest vnto God in stead of the first borne the eldest of the family ordinarily had both the kingly and Priestly direction of the rest of his brethren As we saw this before in the house of Adam so it appeareth also afterward For when Caine the eldest sonne of Adam to whom the dignity of the first borne did pertaine was for his iniquitie reiected from that honour and excommunicated from the Church which was a spirituall kinde of banishment God raised vp Seth who being taught by his father touching the fall of man touching the punishments of sinne and the promised Sauiour assisted him while he liued in guiding his family and succeeded him after his death in the gouernment of the Church of God which was as a little flocke in comparison of the race of Caines posterity that married many wiues and encreased in great multitudes In like sort Enoch succeded Seth and dying ●ield of the ●rch lib. 5. ● ●et 2.5 ●● 4. ● left that honour to Kenan Kenan to Mahalaleel c. These were preachers of righteousnesse and repentance some of them indued with the spirit of Prophesie to conuince that wicked generation These Preachers of God being contemned and despised in the world such entertainement haue his seruants euer found the flood came and swept them away Noah gouerned as a father the Church of God before and after the Flood and left the same dignitie and office to Shem his second sonne Iaphet his eldest sonne being put behinde for secret causes knowne vnto God euen as his father had committed it vnto him ●en 10.21 Thus we might proceed and goe forward to shew in succeeding ages of the Church how God continued this fauour to the first borne and thereby set as it were a crowne of honour vpon their head Hence it is that at the giuing of the
and Paul chargeth the Philippians to let their patient and equall mindes bee knowne to all men But of this vertue of contentation we haue spoken at large before ●he fift re●oofe Fiftly it reprooueth such as contemning their owne callings as vile and base become male-content and thinke better of themselues and their owne gifts then there is iust cause and better then they would indeed if they rightly and truely knew themselues Such are all ambitious and aspiring spirits that loue to be aloft and scorne to be below that seeke for themselues an higher place and a better estate then God hath alotted vnto them as if the bramble should seeke to be promoted ouer the rest of the trees If our first parents through the tentation and instigation of Satan grew discontent with that estate wherein they were created sought to be as Gods knowing good euill Gen. 3 verse 5 no marueile if their posterity draw this corruption from them as the childe that sucketh the brest of his mother Absolom through his high mind 2 Sam. 15 4. was moued to fawne vpon the people and to seeke his fathers kingdome and life also iudging basely of his present estate and climbing vp to an higher What caused the Scribes and Pharisies to contemne and disdaine Christ and his Disciples Mat 23 6 7. but this they loued the chiefe places at feasts and desired the highest seates in the assemblies and looked to be greeted and saluted by men Rabbi Rabbi What was the cause that Diotrephes would not receiue Iohn and the other faithfull Ministers of the word 3 Iohn 9. but did prattle with malicious words against them neither would he himselfe receiue them nor suffer others to entertaine the brethren He loued to haue the preheminence in the Church Loe here the horrible plague and as it were the ranke poison of pride vain-glory and ambition These are the causes of all confusion and disorder These weeds must be pulled out of our hearts by the contrary graces if we would haue any wholesome hearbs grow therein We haue many sharpe tooles lent vs put into our hands if we list to set them on worke to grub them vp by the rootes First we must consider the state of our bodies what it is We are but dust and ashes Meanes to pull downe pride and ambition and to dust we must returne Gen. 3. What a vaine and foolish thing is it to thinke so highly of our selues that were raised out of the earth do carry about vs the matter of our mortality If we had come downe from heauen and had our beginning aboue the Clouds we should haue had wherein to glory but being all of vs fraile and mortall creatures that are here to day and lye in the dust to morrow like the grasse of the fielde Math. 6 30. which flourisheth for a time and by and by withereth away what vanity hath possessed our hearts that earth ashes should waxe proud Our life standeth wholly in vncertainty it is appointed to all men once to die and after death commeth iudgement Heb. 9 27. Neither do we know at what houre the Lord will come Math. 24 42. Why then should we soare so high seeing we must lie so low Why should we say in our hearts I will ascend into heauen seeing our pompe shall be brought downe to the graue and the wormes must couer vs Secondly we are altogether set vpon sin and bring foorth the bitter fruites of our corruption in regard whereof we are more wretched then other creatures They sinne not against God they prouoke him not to anger but keepe their originall condition wherein they were created but we miserable sinners are turned out of the right way and become abhominable so that there is none that doth good no not one Rom. chapt 3 verse 12. If then we will glory of our selues or any thing in our selues we must glory in our shame hauing nothing of our owne but sinne and iniquity Thirdly we are not able of our selues so much as to thinke one good thought neither are we sufficiently furnished to doe the least and smallest duty that God requireth of vs we haue the spawne and seed of all sinne in our nature We are ready to fall into the most horrible sinnes except God sustaine vs and hold vp our heads and strengthen our weake knees We cannot set forward one foot toward the kingdome of heauen It is as vnpossible for vs to doe any good as for a dead carcase to flie We are as poore miserable wretches that are dumbe and cannot speak blind and cannot see deafe and cannot heare The Prophet acknowledgeth that he is a man of vncleane lippes Esay 6.5 and another confesseth he could not speake Ier. 1.6 our eares also are stopped so that we cannot heare the voyce of God that we might liue Ioh. 8.47 Matth. 13.13 our eyes are closed vp so that seeing wee see not but grope as blind men in the darkenesse The light shined in darkenes and the darknesse comprehended it no Ioh. 1.5 Men naturally take themselues to be sharpe eyed and quicke sighted Ioh. 9.41 but because they say We see therefore their sinne remaineth because the carnall mind is enmity against God for it is not subiect to the Law of God neither indeed can be Rom. 8.7 Fourthly whatsoeuer gifts are bestowed vpon vs we must thinke meanely and humbly of our selues and of them The Apostle willeth vs to decke our selues with lowlinesse of mind Phil. 2.3 and that each esteeme other better then themselues We know that our best gifts are stained with many blemishes we feele our owne corruptions more then the corruptions of other men so that Gods grace and our nature are ioyned together in one subiect We are not therfore to despise other men or dwell in the contemplation of their imperfections but be alwayes working vpon our selues and considering our owne vnworthinesse that so we may more and more mortifie the deeds of the flesh and grow in the graces of Gods Spirit Fiftly let vs set before vs the example of our Lord and Master Iesus Christ we must be ready to learne of him the lesson that he offereth to teach vs by word example Hence it is that he calleth all to him that are weake and weary and saith Take my yoke vpon you and learne of me for I am meeke and lowly in heart and ye shall finde rest vnto your soules Matth. 11.29 He disdained not to wash the feet of his disciples to teach them humility not only by doctrine but by practise He is a perfect patterne as of all other vertues so also of this and therefore the Apostle setteth him before vs for our imitation Phil. 2.5 6. Let this minde be in you which was also in Christ Iesus who being in the forme of God thought it no robbery to be equall with God c. He made himselfe of no reputation and tooke vpon
it to their consciences that as the Ministery of the word is the ordinance of God and the maintenance of the Ministery is the ordinance of God so such as set themselues with might and maine against it eyther to disanull the preaching of it or to hinder the free passage of it whether it be openly or couertly whether it be directly or indirectly do fight against God prouoke his wrath against them sinne against their owne soules and ouerthrow the saluation of many thousands that might be called and conuerted by it Many damnable hypocrites there are in the world that dare not openly speake against the Ministery of the word and the preaching of the Gospel for then all men would condemne them and be ready to cry shame vpon them all men would paint and point them out with the finger and hisse at them as they goe in the streetes euery one would shunne them as diuelles incarnate Whosoeuer should forbid the Trumpet to be blowne in time of warre would be taken for a traitour and as one that goeth about to betray the army into the hand of the enemy Or he that should forbidde the souldiers to gird their swords by their sides would he not be esteemed to be an hollow hearted friend and secretly to fauour the contrary side So is the case of such as would not haue the Minister cry aloud to lift vp his voice as a Trumpet ●●y 58 1. and shew the people their transgressions nor to strike at the sinnes of men with the sword of the Spirit they do vndermine the City of God and vtterly betray the cause of religion If wee looke to haue religion prosper we must looke to the Ministery that it be vpholden if we let it alone haue no regard vnto it whether it flourish or decay and suffer euery base and beastly companion to flout at it and insult ouer it wee strike at the heart of religion and giue a deadly blow vnto the cause of God Wherefore they are constrained to put on a vizard and as it were to maske themselues that they may play their parts not appeare in their proper likenesse so that all their quarrell is against the Ministers in outward shew they are made the causes of all diuisions and contentions in the places where they liue preach the word These Sycophants would make the world beleeue that Preachers make debate among men and they know whole townes diuided one against another since they had a teaching Minister so that whereas before they liued loued together as honest neighbours good friends now there is dissention sowen among them and they hate one another as enemies These are they that hold that the dogges are the cause why the sheepe and wolues do not agree whereas if they were tyed vp the whole flock would quickly be a prey to the wolues Thus did Ahab charge Eliah to trouble Israel 1 Kings 18 17. So the Apostles are accused to trouble the City ●●●s 16 20 21 while they taught the people If Paul cry out against Diana and the gods that are made with hands and the idolatrous worship done vnto them there will arise no small stirre among those that seemed quiet before ●●●s 19 29. forasmuch as Demetrius and the rest of the workemen of like occupation that thriue by such meanes and get their gaine by vnlawfull waies will be full of wrath and fill a whole City with confusion There is a carnall peace which is in the flesh which Christ professeth he came to dissolue disanull Math. 10 34. Thinke not that I am come to send peace on earth I came not to send peace but a sword c. God and the diuell cannot agree together light and darknesse will not be companions the godly and the wicked cannot be at one So thē the fault of contention is to be laid vpon the wicked and vngodly who fret and rage against the word because it layeth open their filthinesse and bewrayeth their corruptions While darknesse couereth the earth much foule matter is hidden and is not seene but when the day appeareth and the Sunne shineth it can no longer be kept secret for the light 1 Cor. 4 5 ● as the Apostle saith doth manifest all things euen the counsels of the heart But to returne to the point before handled from whence we haue a little digressed to answer the obiections of these cauillers whose mouthes must be stopped who while they take from the Ministers their maintenance do through their sides giue a sore wound to the word it selfe and take away the key of knowledge from the people The wise man faith Prou. 20 25. It is a snare to the man who deuoureth that which is holy Tithes are consecrated vnto God and to his seruice and therefore are not to be applied to common vses or detained from the right owners of them Properly God challengeth them as his owne and he hath assigned them to his Ministers When Belteshazzar abused to common prophane vses the golden vessels of the Temple Dan. 5 2 5● which Nebuchadnezzar carried away he enioyed not his pleasures long for in the middest of all his iolity came foorth fingers of a mans hand and wrote his destruction vpon the plaister of the wall of his owne Pallace It was sacriledge in Achan to take away any part or parcell of that which was consecrated to God Iosh 7 20. and in the end the Lord found him out and he was stoned It was sacriledge in Ananias and Sapphira his wife to detaine any whit of that which themselues had consecrated vnto God Acts 5 2 3 and might before beene lawfully enioyed yet was that possession a snare vnto them and brought sudden death by the heauy hand of God vpon them O that all Church-robbers and Minister-robbers and Religion-robbers would haue these examples as fearefull spectacles continually before their eyes and be moued thereby liberally to giue that which they cannot conscionably detaine forasmuch as it is an audacious and sacrilegious robbing not of man but of God himselfe It is an infamous crime to be a theefe and a robber but it is much more reprochfull to bee a spirituall stealer Hence it is that the LORD saith by his Prophet Will a man spoile his gods yet ye haue spoiled me But ye say wherein haue we spoiled thee Malac. 3 8. In tithes and offerings Where we see the Lord accounteth it a spoiling of himselfe euen because the right of the tithes and offerings was alienated auerted from the right vse and therby his seruice was greatly prophaned and the edification of the people shamefully hindred If these rhinges will not enter into our stony hearts harder then the adamant if the glory of God which should be more dear then our liues be not precious vnto vs if the destruction of thousands soules for whom Christ dyed be not regarded of vs if the decay of religion and the ruine of the Gospel
in heauen that not one of these little ones should perish Mat. 18 14. He commandeth that not one of these little ones should perish Mat. 18 10. He maketh vs to lye downe in greene pastures he leadeth vs beside the stil water he restoreth our soules and leadeth vs in the paths of righteousnesse for his names sake Psal 23 2 3. Iacob that fed the sheepe of his father in law testifieth touching his care that the drought consumed him in the day Gen. 31.40 and the frost pinched him in the night and sleepe departed from his eyes so that whatsoeuer was torne of beasts or stollen of theeues was required at his hands he bare the losse of it Much more then will the Lord care for the sheepe of his pasture his rod and his staffe shall comfort them and although they walke through the valley of the shadow of death they shall feare no euill Will a king regard onely the chiefe Cities and most populous places of his kingdome and suffer the rest to liue as they list without lawes good orders Or will the master of an house looke to some in his family and not to all If then God be our King if he be our Master he will looke to all his subiects and seruants whatsoeuer they be that they shall haue their meate in due season Secondly such is the grace and goodnesse of God that he would haue all his people Reason 2 come to knowledge Such as know not his will are none of his seruants If then he require the vnderstanding knowledge of his wayes not onely of rich men of great men of learned men and of the Ministers but of all the people of what calling and condition soeuer they be how meane and simple soeuer they be we must hereof conclude that he hath ordained that all of them should haue the meanes of knowledge and saluation offered vnto them and published among them To this purpose the Apostle saith He will that all men shall be saued and come vnto the acknowledgement of the truth 1 Tim. 2 4. And Peter in his second Epistle chap. 3. teacheth that The Lord is not slacke concerning his promise as some men count slacknesse but is long suffering to vs ward 2 Pet. 3 9. not willing that any should perish but that all should come to repentance This is that which the Prophet Ezekiel setteth downe chap. 18 11 23 32 and 33. Haue I any pleasure at all that the wicked should dye saith the Lord and not that he should returne from his waies and liue Thirdly the word of God was penned for all estates degrees and conditions of men It Reason 3 serueth as eye-salue to cleere the eyes of all persons and to make the simple wise Psal 19 7. and 119 99 100. It cleanseth the way of the yong man if he take heed thereunto with all diligence Psal 119 9. The booke of the Prouerbes of Salomon the sonne of Dauid King of Israel was written to giue subtilty to the simple and to the young man knowledge and discretion Prou. 1 4. The Apostle Iohn 1 Iohn 2 13. wrote to the Fathers because they had knowne him that is from the beginning he wrote vnto young men because they haue ouercome the wicked one he wrote to little children because they haue knowne the Father If then the word do serue for all sorts and sexes and ages whatsoeuer it followeth that all must be taught from the greatest to the least from the highest to the lowest Fourthly all persons whatsoeuer they be haue soules to saue simple persons small congregations Reason 4 little assemblies as well as others that are many in number We consist not only of bodies we must not onely prouide for this present life but we haue also soules to saue and must prepare for the life to come We shall all giue an account of the things that we haue done in this life whether they be good or euill forasmuch as the Lord will reward euery man according to his workes Rom. 2.6 The day of our particular death and the day of the generall iudgement are both of them dayes of reckoning and account and as the soule is most precious so the account to be giuen for it is very great and therefore from these premises we may necessarily deduct this conclusion that it is the will and pleasure of God that euery place and person should be carefully instructed Vse 1 It remaineth therfore that we come to the vses and as from a good tree gather such fruit as groweth from thence First we learne that it is Gods ordinance and appointment that euery congregation should haue a learned Minister to teach them the true religion and feare of God It is not ynough that there be a setled standing Ministery in one place or corner of the land or in euery great citie but he will haue his people in all places whether great or small to be cared and prouided for euery Church haue a sufficient Minister to instruct euery member of it Hence it is that the Euangelist declareth Acts 14.23 that the Apostles Paul and Barnabas ordained Elders by election in euery Church and then they commended them to the Lord in whom they beleeued And in the Epistle to Titus Paul saith vnto him Chap. 1. verse 5. For this cause left I thee in Creta that thou shouldest continue to redresse things that remaine and shouldest ordaine Elders in euery Citie as I appointed thee By euery Church and euery citie in those places we must vnderstand that wheresoeuer there is a body of people gathered together fit for a Congregation there ought a Minister to bee chosen appointed and set ouer the same For whersoeuer a Church is planted and a distinct congregation established there is an absolute necessity of a setled Ministery as we haue shewed before in the beginning of this Chapter so that it is altogether vnpossible that without it religion should prosper or continue The Lord had no sooner giuen his law concerning the erecting of the Tabernacle but Aaron his sons were annointed and the whole tribe sanctified to the office of the Ministery to attend on holy things to teach the people to offer sacrifices to performe such duties as were required of them He knoweth that euery man standeth in as great neede of food for the soule aa he doth of nourishment for the body and that as the body decayeth without sustenance so the soule famisheth and pineth away without the bread of life Wheresoeuer the Ministery of the word is wanting there wanteth one of Gods ordinances one of his speciall blessings Wee see by common and continuall experience when the corne is blasted and the haruest of the field is perished and the labour of the husbandman is destroyed what crying lamentation is made how much more ought we to be greeued to see the famine of the word brought vpon vs and thousands perish thorough want of this ordinance of God
soule that they may be preserued from sin from the infection of sin Now if any aske whether the disease of the leprosie be not contagious and therfore whether it be not expedient that all such as are taken and touched with it should be barred and banished from the society of men I confesse this is true and conuenient ought to be so but this was not the chiefe and principall end that God respected and therfore this is left to the Physitians and Masters of that profession to iudge according to the rules of art and experience God committed the matter to the Priests that they should order all things according to the directions giuen vnto them it had beene much safer to haue committed and commended the matter to such as had iudgement in that faculty Moreouer we must consider The leprosie of three sorts that as this disease was foule and filthy vgly and feareful so there are three sorts of it named in the law to wit the leprosie of the body the leprosie of the garments and the leprosie of the house so that it is most probable according to the opinion of the learned that the Iewes in a proper and peculiar manner vnknowne to vs at this day and vnknowne to the Iewes themselues at this day were troubled and tormented with this disease Euen as we that are cast into the last age of the world haue diseases that follow some sinnes which in former times were not knowne to the Physitians themselues And heereupon no doubt prophane writers tooke occasion to deuise sundry lyes and slanders against the whole nation of the Iewes as if it were hereditary vnto them and that all the posterity of Abraham were full of botches and blisters and itches and therefore were driuen out of Egypt by force Ioseph antiq lib. 9. lest they should corrupt the rest with their infection This forged surmise had ancient Authors to rest vpon Cornel. Tacit. Iustin lib. 38. and is as likely to proceed from the Egyptians themselues a proude and hauty people as from any other who being ashamed of the plagues that were sent among them and inflicted among them and desirous to blot out the memory of the reproch of their nation and of the vengeance of eternall God turned the iudgement of scabs blisters that fel vpon thē from themselues to the people of Israel as if they had infected them were for that cause compelled to banish them out of Egypt lest they should corrupt the whole countrey with their maladies But if this had bin the true reason of their departure why did they retaine them so long among them and in the end bestow vpon thē siluer and gold iewels and precious stones thereby spoiling themselues to enrich their enemies or why did they persecute them with such hatred at the red sea that themselues were drowned Furthermore among the curses that God denounceth to bring vpō his people for the contempt of his word disobedience to his lawes Deut. 28.27 he threatneth to smite them with the botch of Egypt and with the hemrohds and with the scabbes and with the itch whereof they should not be healed Lastly if the people of God had beene haunted and vexed with any such filthy diseases the Lord would neuer haue established such sharpe and seuere lawes among them the like whereof were not to be found among forreine nations whereby such were separated from the company of men as had any loathsome and noysome vlcers and sicknesses following them yea if any suspition did arise they were seuered and sundered from the rest for a time vntill the trueth were throughly knowne and found out as appeareth at large in the booke of Leuiticus Verse 2. Command the children of Israel that they put out c. Heere we haue a plaine and expresse commandement of God charging Moses to put out lepers vncleane persons from the Congregation The Apostle Paul speaking of fornicators and incestuous persons that were vncleane liuers vncleane in body and in soule vseth the same word Put out such from among you 1 Cor. 5.13 thereby Doctrine 1 shewing what God intended by this Ceremony Obstinate sinners are to be cast out of the Church the substance whereof teacheth this truth namely that obstinate sinners are to be cast out of the Church All open offenders and vnreformed persons by the dreadfull and direfull sentence of excommunication as it were by the two edged sword of God are to be cut off from the fellowship of the Church and from all the priuiledges that belong vnto the faithfull This ordinance of God hath good ground vpon the separation mentioned in this place which was not commanded as a ciuill policy to keep the whole from the sick but as a part of Ecclesiasticall discipline inasmuch as the Priests the sonnes of Aaron had the whole knowledge of the cause as well the shutting of them out as the receiuing of them into the hoste as we shewed by sundry examples before There are that draw the originall of this Church-censure euen from Adam whom the Lord cast out of Eden and set an Angel at the entry of the garden who by shaking the blade of a glistering sword feared him from re-entring and suffered him not to touch or taste of that tree which was a Sacrament of life vnto him The like doe the Hebrew interpreters obserue touching Caine Gen. 3.24 whom the Lord cast out and banished from the face of God Gen. 4.14 as the lepers were cast out of the fellowship of men For what else is the face of God but the place appointed for his worship where he was wont to appeare to the Fathers and where Adam and his family met together to serue him and to sacrifice vnto him And al ●his was before the law when the sons of God were manifestly distinguished from the sonnes of men Gen 6.1 In the time of the Law we haue many ceremonies to this purpose We see that the vncleane were kept from comming to the Tabernacle from entring into the Temple from the partaking of the sacrifices and from eating the Passeouer Num 19. ● 20. and 9. ● So in another place the Lord threatneth that he shal be cut off from his people that being vncleane eateth of his sacrifice and that the sacrifice shal profit him nothing nor be accounted to him to take away his sinne but that it shall remaine vpon his owne head These are no obscure types darke shadowes but liuely pictures and patternes that represent vnto vs the nature of excommunication Let vs come to the new Testament Mat. 16.13 and 18.18 The vse of the keyes to open and shut and the words of binding and loosing come directly to this purpose And as this trueth is taught by precept so it is farther enlarged and warranted by sundry examples Abraham is commanded to cast out the bond woman her son Ge. 21.10 ● out of his family which was
not able to hurt the soule wheras sinne infecteth the soule in which it dwelleth For as a man consisteth of two parts the body and the minde so he is afflicted with two kind of maladies and the euils of the minde are greater then the euils of the body ●in de lin●in praefa and more danger commeth from them then from these We must haue a true and right iudgement of sinne The common sort thinke him to be much more miserable that hath a dropsie who the more he drinketh the more he desireth then the man that is possessed with couetousnes which is a spiritual dropsie and is neuer satisfied As on the other side they hold him to be more happy that hath a faire and comely body then such a one as hath a faire and beautifull minde adorned with all good qualities of piety and the fruits thereof These preferre the body before the soule and earth before heauen ●●e diseases ●he soule ●●se then ●●e of the ●●dy The diseases of the body are many in number but the sickenesses of the soule are in a manner infinite and cannot be told and as they are moe in number so they are worse in working and in their effects they corrupt the best part of vs and make vs euill and miserable So doe not the diseases of the body they may vexe vs and paine vs afflict and disquiet vs but though we were sicke from the crowne of the head to the sole of the foote though no soundnesse were in the body but wounds and bruises and putrifying soares as it was with Iob who seemed a very picture and patterne of all misery yet they cannot make vs euill men they cannot hurt the soule they cannot separate vs from God Nay the diseases of the body are so farre from destroying of vs that oftentimes they are medicines to cure the diseases of the minde and chastisements are notable instructions whereas the maladies of the body doe for the most part arise of the maladies of the minde For sinne is the cause of sickenesse If we had not transgressed we had not beene visited with such diseases and in the end with death Moreouer those bodily diseases are iudged to be most dangerous and desperate that take away from the sicke party all sense and feeling of his estate all griefe and anguish of his misery forasmuch as the lesse he feeleth the more fearful is his estate the more neere to his end He that is afflicted with the gout or the stone and cryeth out of his misery and willeth the Physitian to be sent for in all haste is in better case and hath more hope to be eased and healed then he that hath a lethargy or frenzy of which one thinketh himselfe sound the other assaulteth the Physitian that commeth vnto him to doe him good Such for the most part are the diseases of the soule and such for the most part is the condition of sinfull persons they thinke themselues to be sound men they thinke they need not the helpe of the Physitian they would defie him that should tell them that they are dangerously sicke euen to the death They are captiues and bond-men and know it not They haue one foote in hell and see it not They are in great misery and feele it not Besides the minde is able to iudge of the diseases of the body but how shall it tell and declare the diseases of the minde seeing it is it selfe diseased If that part be sicke how shall it iudge of sicknesse A Physitian that is sick cannot iudge of himselfe but resorteth to some other because his minde is troubled Aristo polit lib which is the instrument of iudging So is it with all vnregenerate persons they want a right reformed iudgement to iudge of themselues and therefore oftentimes take or rather mistake vice for vertue darkenesse for light and errour for trueth Hence it is that they colour and disguise the face of vice that it might not appeare vgly and deformed as it is in his owne proper likenesse The vnquenchable thirst of getting and hauing is called prouidence and forecast enuy is accounted zeale the loue of himselfe is reputed to be wisedome euill speaking is couered with the title and stile of liberty in speaking Lastly the diseases of the soule are more foule and infectious they pearce deeper and spread farther then those of the body The diseases of the body though they seaze vpon some part yet they leaue other free that they come not neere if they be in the feet they do leaue the eyes and eares and sundry other parts whole and sound yea such as haue some one disease are obserued to be free from the rest There are some diseases that doe not touch or trouble old men some that vexe not yong men But it is not so in the diseases of the minde they corrupt the whole minde and bring a traine and taile of other with them so that one commeth not alone These are as the plagues and pestilences of the soule they spare not any degree any age any sexe they cannot be kept within any bounds but wander ouer the whole world with wonderfull speede and celerity Wherefore this reprooueth all such as make a mocke of sinne delighting in it and dalying with it Who will play with a serpent or sport himselfe with the cockatrice Sinne is worse it bringeth all diseases plagues paines and miseries whatsoeuer It is great folly to shunne sickenesse and death as most fearefull things and not to shunne the causes of them Vse 2 Secondly seeing sinne defileth both the persons that commit it and the places where it is committed it is our duty to walke so circumspectly that we beware of the contagious nature of it and that we be not soiled with it This one vse hath diuers branches and by them spreadeth it selfe hither and thither First it teacheth vs to looke to our footing that we do not fall but that if God haue giuen vs grace to stand we pray him also to giue vs grace to continue and perseuere vnto the end It is a great mercy that God vouchsafeth vnto those that are his when he keepeth them from euill that it hurteth them not The sorrowes of death compasse vs and the paines of hell get hold vpon vs we find trouble and sorrow we want not sundry enemies that enuiron vs round and seeke to preuent vs and to circumuent vs they wait vpon vs and watch ouer vs for euill we haue the diuell our enemy the world our enemy our corruption our enemy what shall we then say but pray to the Lord in the midst of all these dangers Psal 11● 4 O Lord I beseech thee deliuer my soule And when he hath heard our prayers and we found his helpe at hand and succour in time of need what can we but in thankefull feeling of his fauour cry out with the Prophet Returne into thy rest Ver. 7 8. O my soule for the Lord
made light in the Lord that were sometimes darknesse and therefore they must walke as children of the light Secondly for the neglect of this duty the Reason 2 wrath of God falleth vpon the sonnes of men He is the God of order and requireth that all things in the Church be done in order Hence it is that the Apostle saith Col. 3 6. For such things sake the wrath of God commeth vpon the children of disobedience And we haue sundry examples of this in the people of Israel who were diuersly destroied because of their sins 1 Cor. 10 5. With many of them God was not well pleased for they were ouerthrowne in the Wildernesse If then notorious sins bring downe Gods wrath notorious sinners are not to bee winked at to the end that his wrath may bee turned away Reason 3 Thirdly we shewed before that they were as swine and dogges or as vncleane beasts and should not be admitted to the fellowship of Christs sheepe which are cleane lest they defile them and corrupt them through their contagion and tread downe with their feete the residue of their pastures The Apostle saith 1 Cor. 5 6. Doe ye not know that a little leauen leaueneth the whole lumpe Sinne therefore being infectious the sinner is not to bee tollerated in the assembly of the righteous The vses remaine to be handled First of Vse all it should minister great matter of much greefe and sorrow to euery society of Christian men and women when any of the Congregation grow to be thus prophane and defiled with the contagion of sinne Is it not a great greefe to haue any one member of the body cut off Or can any endure it without paine and anguish So should it be when any that is called a brother is put from the rest of the body of the Church and seuered from the externall communion of Saints This the Apostle teacheth 1 Corinth 5 2. Ye are puffed vp and haue not sorrowed This reprooueth those that regard not this censure whether it bee executed vpon themselues or others neyther are touched with the dishonour that is done to God when hainous and horrible sinnes do breake out of the bosome of the Church The Prophet testifieth Psal 119 136. that his eyes gushed out Riuers of teares because they kept not his law So the Lord speaketh to the man that was cloathed in linnen whom he appointed to preserue such as were his Ezek. 9 4. Goe through the middest of the City through the middest of Ierusalem and set a marke vpon the foreheads of the men that sigh and that cry for all the abhominations that bee done in the middest thereof If any man be present and behold the Chirurgian ready to cut off the arme or legge of another he is moued with a kinde of compassion and commiseration and is touched with greefe for it how much more ought wee to be greeued when a brother is cut off from the communion of the Church which is the mother of vs al The Prophet reioyced whē they said vnto him Let vs go into the house of the Lord so it ought to minister matter of mourning when any haue this greeuous punishment laid vpon them as to be turned out of the Church It ought therefore to be accounted neither matter of ioy nor matter of gain neither should we bee glad to heare that any are so proceeded against Secondly it is a cause of great mercy and Vse 2 of a wonderfull blessing from God whē such as transgresse are resisted and punished So long as sinne is suffered God is offended and his wrath is extended ouer those places and persons He hath a controuersie against those that sin against him Iosh 7 1● ● 8 1 2. The host of Israel could not prosper so long as Achan remained among them the enemies preuailed against them and they turned their backs vnto them but when he was taken away and the glory of God reuenged which he had defaced Israel prospered and had the vpper hand They could not stand before their enemies vntill they had put the accursed thing from among them And how much he hateth sin he declareth sometimes in his owne seruants for Ionah must be cast into the sea or else the Ship and the passengers in it shall euer be in ieopardy therfore he said vnto the Marriners Take me vp and cast me foorth into the sea so shall the sea bee calme vnto you 〈◊〉 12. ● for I know that for my sake this great tempest is vpon you If then he spare not his owne people how should he spare others that are his enemies We haue a notable example of this afterward in this booke when the people of Israel began to commit whoredome with the daughters of Moab bowed down vnto their Gods and so coupled themselues vnto Baal-peor God brought a fearefull iudgment vpon them 〈◊〉 8 9. and there died in that plague foure and twenty thousand But Phinehas the son of Eleazar rose vp from the middest of the Congregation and with his speare he smote the adulterer and the adulteresse so the plague ceased from the children of Israel the anger of God being turned away from them A contrary example is to be seene in Eli 1 Sam. 2. hee winked at the wickednes of his vngodly sons and it brought downe a greeuous iudgment vpon them and vpon himselfe and vpon the people Such churches therfore as are carefull to put from among them notorious offenders are blessed of God Sinne is the cause of all iudgement and the remouing thereof bringeth all blessings with it Thirdly euery Congregation is bound to Vse 3 purge their owne body from such excrements and filthinesse as annoy it We must haue herein true zeale godly courage in the cause of God and his truth We must not stand in feare of the faces of men though they be neuer so great and mighty The censures of the Church must not be like the spiders web which catcheth flyes and gnats wheras the bigger creatures break from it They must be administred indifferently without all respect of persons otherwise it laieth open a gap to destroy religion faith honesty iustice and equity maketh a way to wrong and all impiety This reproueth such as dare not deale with great mē rich men and mighty men they are afraid to touch them lest they purchase their displeasure 〈◊〉 in Phor. 〈◊〉 1. These are like to fowlers that pitch not the net to catch kites or Hawkes that do hurt but for such as do no hurt They suffer great men to do what they list and see thē not they let them alone either through negligence they will not or through feare they dare not controlle them according to the saying of the Poet 〈◊〉 satyr 2. Dat veniam coruis vexat censura columbas They that are censors or chastisers of the manners of others do pardon such as are most wicked and greatest malefactors but doe condemne them that
enemies to their brethren they draw an heauier enemy vpon themselues to wit God himselfe Before we passe from this so necessary a duty it shall not be amisse for vs both to obserue such motiues as may stirre vs vp to the practise of it and to answere such obiections as may hinder vs from yeelding obedience vnto it First of all let vs lay before vs the example of Christ the author and finisher of our saluation who had greater wrong offered vnto him then he had who was more innocent then he that was as a sheepe dumbe before his shearer and opened not his mouth and therefore the Apostle Peter saith chap. 2.22 Christ suffered for vs leauing vs an example that ye should follow his steps who did no sin neither was guile found in his mouth who when he was reuiled reuiled not againe when he suffered he threatned not but cōmitted himselfe to him that iudgeth righteously This farther appeareth vnto vs in that he prayed for his enemies that persecuted him He had power in his own hand to haue resisted their force 〈◊〉 34 reuenged his cause He could haue praied to his Father he would haue giuen him more then twelu legions of Angels yet notwithstanding he suffered patiently 〈◊〉 ●6 53 the iust for the vniust 〈◊〉 18. that he might bring vs to God If any thinke or alledge that this example is too high for vs aboue our reach and too eminent in regard of his person who is God aboue to be worshipped let vs set before vs the examples of the faithful seruants of God that haue liued in all ages in the time of the law and vnder the Gospel ●ed mo● that this may be another motiue vnto vs. How often did the children of Israel murmure against Moses and Aaron and sometimes went about to stone him yet he neuer sought reuenge against them albeit he had bin able to right his own cause by force When Miriam Aaron spake against him by reason of the woman of Ethiopia 〈◊〉 12.2 3 and said What hath the Lord spoken only by Moses hath he not also spoken by vs Moses held his peace and gaue not taunt for taunt rebuke for rebuke he was a very meeke man aboue all the men that were vpon the earth Thus was it with Dauid a man indeed after Gods owne heart though he were a king and wanted not seruants to execute his will yet he would not himselfe reuenge neither suffer any other to take reuenge on Shimei albeit he cursed the king with an horrible curse Saul sought his life 〈◊〉 16.9 and preferred him to be his son in law for no other cause but to lay a snare before him when Dauid had his life oftentimes in his hand to saue it or to destroy it ye he was so farre from seeking reuenge 〈◊〉 26.9 〈◊〉 24.5 that his heart smote him for cutting off the lap of his garment When Stephen had made a worthy defence for himselfe and his own innocency that the enemies could take no iust exception against him their hearts brast asunder and they gnashed at him with their teeth ran vpon him violently all at once 〈◊〉 60. but he kneeled down and cryed with a loud voyce Lord lay not this sin to their charge The Church of Rome are not ashamed to teach thereby to strengthen the hands of traitors rebels that rise vp against Princes that Christians of old deposed not Nero and Dioclesian and Iulian the Apostata and Valens the Arrian and such like persecutous and heretikes 〈◊〉 de Rom. ●●b 5. c. 7. because they wanted temporall power and if they had had power they would haue done it If this be true all their patience was perforce and is not thanke-worthy But they testifie in many places that they had power sufficient but held it vnlawfull to resist and rebell They had filled all places Cities Ilands castles boroughes tents tribes bandes palaces ● Apolog. the Senate and Court not excepted so that they wanted neither number nor strength to make their party good They professe that albeit they be equall in power yet with them it is more tollerable to be killed then to kill They affirme freely God forbid that his religion should be maintained with fire and sword They acknowledge no other weapons to be put into their hands but praiers tears Arma nostra sunt pre●es lacrymae Tert. They neuer practised any reuēge against their persecutors and those that hated them One night with a little fire would haue serued and sufficed them largely to be reuenged of their enemies but they accounted it vnlawful to requite euill with euill But to leaue this consideration to another occasion let vs come to a third motiue A third motiue that is the office which is proper vnto God to whom it belongeth peculiarly to take vengeance and is therefore in holy Scripture called the God of vengeance Psal 94.1 O Lord God the auenger O God the auenger shew thy selfe clearly It is a grieuous sin to sit down in Gods seat and to rob him of his right and royalty Let the enemies of God and his people know that he is the God of reuenge as well as the God of saluation and that he wil as wel right their causes as saue their soules He is a iust God wil recompense tribulation to all that trouble those that are his and therefore hath said Deut. 32 3● Vengeance and recompense are mine but he neuer said to priuate persons Vengeance is thine neither did he euer put the sword into their hands A fourth motiue A fourth motiue to perswade vs to lay aside priuate reuenge is drawn from the gracious promise that God hath made vnto vs namely that he will take our causes into his hand and pay them home that do oppresse vs. For God doth not restraine vs as it were tye vp our hands to expose vs to all iniuries and to leaue vs as a prey in the iawes of the Lyons but because he hath passed his word vnto vs I will repay Rom. 12.29 saith the Lord. So then we must know that God is called the authour and executer of vengeance not only because the power and right belongeth vnto him that he is able to take vengeance of all our enemies how many and mighty soeuer they bee but because he hath vsed this power executed this office from the beginning of the world and as yet vseth it and will vse it to the ful in the great day of the general iudgement He knoweth best of all the greatnes of the iniury that is done vnto vs because he searcheth into the thoughts of the heart and vnderstandeth not only what is done but the manner how it is done Seeing then he hath promised to pay them home into their bosomes that wrong vs it were a fruit of infidelity in vs not to beleeue him at his word
not Calfe or any Cattell should vndergo the punishment for sinne because the soule that sinned shall die the death Ezek. 18 verse 4. and the threatning must be true that because man sinned he should die Gen. 2. Thou shalt die the death So that it was necessary eyther that all man-kinde by reason of sinne must perish euerlastingly Heb. 9 15. or else Christ the Mediator of a better testament must become a surety for vs and satisfie the wrath of God kindled and conceiued against vs for sinne If any aske the question Question if the blood of Buls Goats could not take away sinne why did God command them to be offered and to what end were they appointed I answer Answer this was not done in vaine but to good purpose For albeit they could neuer take away sinne nor purge the conscience from dead workes yet they serued fitly to shadow out the death of Christ and to assure the heart that it is washed by the blood of the Messiah This was a notable comfort to the people of God from the beginning taught them to looke for redemption through him Obiection If it bee farther said that God speaketh euery where in the Law that the blood it selfe of Buls and Beasts clenseth and purgeth sinne as Leuit. 17 11. The life of the flesh is in the blood and I haue giuen it to you vpon the Altar to make an attonement for your soules for it is the blood that maketh an attonement for the soule I answer Answer that place speaketh not properly but sacramentally as in the new Testament he calleth in the institution of his last Supper Math. 26 26. the bread his body because it is a figure of it so in this place to the outward signe he giueth the name of the thing signified and to the type he ascribeth the proper effect of the blood of Christ which onely is the blood that is able to make attonement for our sinnes Otherwise those offerings of beasts should be called in vaine Heb. 9 24 10 1. the similitudes and shadowes of good things to come As for those heretikes that dreame that those oblations did really and indeed clense away the sinnes of the fathers not by their naturall operation but by the acceptation of God and therefore were not types of Christs sacrifice washing away sinne they are euidently conuinced by the places before alledged and throughout the Epistle to the Hebrewes Obiect If any aske how these can bee figures of Christ seeing GOD witnesseth in his word that he neuer required them When hee commeth into the world he saith Sacrifice and Offering thou wouldst not but a body hast thou prepared me in burnt offerings and sacrifices for sinne thou hast had no pleasure Psal 40 7. Heb. 10 verses 5 6. If then God would haue none of them how could they be the figures and images of better things I answer Answer God may be said to allow them and yet to disallow them to reiect them and to regard them in diuers senses Hee willed them as he commandeth them and commendeth them as a sweet sauour vnto him performed in faith and as types referred to the comming of the Messiah and the time of reformation Heb. 9 10. On the other side he may be said to refuse and reiect them for these three causes First when the manner of doing is euill doing that which God requireth but doing it in a corrupt manner to wit without faith and obedience as the Prophets in euery place reprooue the sacrifices of hypocrites wicked persons as Esay 1 11 12. I delight not in the blood of Bullocks or of Lambs who hath required this at your hand Your new Moones and your appointed feasts my soule hateth and the reason of this is rendered in the words following Verse 1● Your hands are full of blood Againe God would not that they should remaine continue for euer but that though they had place in the Church for a time they should ceasse at the coming of the Messiah Therfore Christ being come into the world and manifested in the flesh God willed thē no longer but would haue them abolished And this sense doth the Apostle principally intend in this place that the shadowes must giue place when the body it selfe was come in person Lastly it may after a sort be said that God neuer willed them that is approued allowed of thē as the principall part of Gods worship and as the very price of our redemption the ransome for our sins our reconciliation vnto God albeit he would haue them obserued of his people and vsed for a time as certaine rudiments rites to bring them to Christ to confirme their faith in him Let vs shut vp this with the comparison that the Apostle expresseth Heb. 9 13 14. If the blood of Buls and of Goats and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the vncleane sanctifie to the purifying of the flesh how much more shall the blood of Christ who through the eternall Spirit offered himselfe without spot to God purge your conscience frō dead workes to serue the liuing God In these words he compareth the shadow the body the type the truth the ceremony and the substance together Doctrine Christ Iesus hath made a● attonement between G●● and vs by h●● blood Frō hence we learne this doctrine that the blood of Christ taketh away our sins reconcileth vs to God the Father Christ Iesus hath in the performance of his Priesthood freed and deliuered vs from the guilt punishment of our sins This appeareth euidently vnto vs by considering laying before vs the end the parts and fruite of his Priesthood The end of the Leuiticall Priest-hood and of this figured by it was to offer sacrifice for the ignorances Hebr. 9 ● that is for the sins of the people The distinct parts of it are two satisfaction and intercession His satisfaction consisteth partly in suffering and partly in obedience The second part of his Priesthood standeth in intercession in that he is become our perpetuall and perfect Aduocate that therby God might be appeased for them and we reconciled vnto him The fruite thereof is this that we are deliuered redeemed ransomed iustified and freed from the guilt of sin from the burden of ceremonies from the curse of the Law from the wrath of God and from feare of condemnation This truth is taught in many places Ioh 1 29. Iohn seeing Christ coming vnto him saith Behold the Lambe of God which taketh away the sin of the world And the same Apostle in his first Epistle chap. 2 ver 1 2. If any sinne we haue an Aduocate Iesus Christ the righteous and hee is the propitiation for our sinnes and not for ours onely but also for the sinnes of the whole world Likewise in the Epistle to the Romanes the Apostle magnifying the mercy of God and setting out the merites of Christ he saith chap. 3 verse
what the Ephah was to wit ten times so much If wee follow the account and estimate that some of the Rabbines make which seemeth to bee the most sound and most certaine we may hold What the Omer is that the Omer maketh iust three pintes of our ale-measure so that the Ephah by this reckoning containeth neere halfe of our bushell not full out foure gallons For thus doth Rabbi Shelomo take the computation D. W●l●et Hex ap●●n Exod. chap. 16. as wee may reade in the learned and laborious commentary set out vpon that booke The Ephah containeth three of the measures called Seah Euery Seah held sixe of the measures called Cabi Euery Cabi held so much as 24. Egges So then the Omer being the tenth part of the Ephah containeth 24. Egges which maketh iust three pintes of ale-measure and as the Omer is three pintes of our ale-measure What the Ephah is so the Epha being ten times so much containeth almost halfe of our bushell Neither may this seeme strange or against that which we reade in the booke of Ruth that she gleaned Ruth 2 17. gathered euery day an Ephah of barley and carried it home to her mother but rather strengtheneth and confirmeth that which hath beene said for as it was not a burden too great for a woman to beare so it was not a measure too great for a woman to gather many in our daies sometimes vsing to do as much who haue not that extraordinary fauour shewed vnto them which she had albeit she were a stranger By all this that hath beene spoken we may easily see and perceiue that this tenth part of the Ephah heere mentioned which was also offered amounted to three pintes of barley floure of our ale-measure I am not ignorant that many enlarge these measures much more and in a manner double the account that I haue followed but this seemeth to be the truer computation neither will we contend with any in a matter of no higher nature let the Reader follow that which carrieth greatest shew of reason And thus much of the questions arising out of the first point Secondly hauing now declared what the husband did wee come to shew in the next place what the Priest did he must bring her neere which is suspected of adultery and set her before the Lord Verse 18. that is before the Altar of burnt offerings standing within the Tabernacle to the end she should consider that shee stood as it were ready to hold vp her hand at the barre of Gods iudgement seat where and when she should not escape if so be she were faulty and guilty of that crime He taketh holy water in an earthen vessell and dust from the floore of the Tabernacle and putteth it into the water so that they were mingled together Then hee vncouereth her head putteth the offering into her hand and holdeth the bitter water in his hand that causeth the curse In this part of the diuision containing the Question 1 actions of the Priest sundry questions are to be considered and dissolued As first whence the Priest had this water heere mentioned From what place did he take it I answer Answer eyther it was the water of separation sprinkled with the ashes of the red heiffer so called because it was applied vnto thē which for their vncleannesse were separated from the Congregation to the end that being washed and cleansed with it they might bee receiued againe into the host for which cause it is also named the water of sinne of which wee reade at large afterward Numb 19. or else it must be water taken out of the brazen lauer Exo. 30 19 21 wherwith the Priests vsed to wash themselues before they ministred in the Tabernacle And indeed many vnderstand it of the former But that was the water vsed to purge and clense as we noted before which hath no vse in this place forasmuch as the woman should after a sort be reputed as guilty and be condemned of the crime whereof she was suspected accused as if it were to be purged by it which were to condemne the person before the fact be proued a thing that cannot bee practised without iniustice This then is the difference betweene those waters that was to purge this is to discouer Forasmuch therefore as it could not be that water it followeth that it was the water which was set in the Tabernacle and taken out of the brazen lauer appointed for the Priests to wash withall Question 2 Secondly it would bee knowne why this water was called holy Was there any purity or holinesse in it Or was it better then any other Or had it any secret force in it to make any man holy I answer Answer it was so called not in regard of the substance of it or of any naturall strength it had in it but in regard of the vse because it was appointed and set apart to an holy vse 2 Kin● 〈…〉 Iohn 5 ● as the water and washing in Iordan clensed Naaman and the poole of Siloam healed the diseased Thus the instruments of the Tabernacle the Arke the Shew-bread the Candlesticke the Lampes and the rest of the vessels vsed in the seruice of God were all of them consecrated and hallowed not in regard of the matter whereof they consisted neither in regard of the forme after which they were fashioned because they had the one from nature the other frō art but in respect of Gods ordinance that had separated them to an holy purpose So we see in the new Testament whē Christ instituted his last Supper and thereby commanded his Church to keepe a perpetuall memory of his death and passion vntill his cōming againe the bread and wine that hee set apart to that purpose are said to be blessed Math. 26 26. 1 Cor. 10 ●6 Paul calleth it the cup of blessing not that they haue any holinesse inherent and included in them or any power to sanctifie all the comers and communicants that doe receiue them for then no man should eate of that bread or drinke of that cup vnworthily nor make himselfe guilty of the body and blood of Christ whereas the Apostle teacheth 1 Cor. 11 29. that whosoeuer eateth and drinketh vnworthily eateth and drinketh his owne damnation not discerning the Lords body And the Church of the Corinthians was generally chastened of the Lord for this abuse contempt as he sheweth in the same place Verse 30. For this cause many are weake and sickely among you and many sleepe It remaineth therefore that these outward elements are holy onely in regard of Gods ordinance and our vse and sanctified to them that come aright prepared vnto them So is it touching the water mentioned in this place it is called indeed holy water howbeit not in regard of any holines that was in it but partly in regard of the vse to which it was applied partly in regard of the person by which it was vsed partly in
and the repetition of the word Touching the signification it signifieth as much as so bee it as the Septuagint expound it There is a double vse of this word first to expresse our desire secondly to testifie our faith in the assurance of receiuing those things that we craue both which are to be practised in prayer and are expressed by Christ Mar. 11.24 Whatsoeuer you desire when ye pray beleeue that yee shall haue it and it shall bee done vnto you Where he teacheth that there ought to be in vs both a desire of grace and an assurance of faith In this place it is taken in the first sense to wit for a bare assent subscribing to the trueth of that which is spoken and wishing that it may be so as Deut. 27.15 where speaking of the curses pronounced on mount Ebal he saith All the people shall say Amen So doth the woman in this place craue and desire against her selfe if she be culpable of the crime whereof she is suspected and haue defiled the marriage bed that ought to be honourable that the curse heere threatned may turne vpon her and enter into her For as the curse that is causelesse shall not come so that which is duly and truely deserued shall vndoubtedly come and shall not tarry The repetition of this word is heere set downe to note the feruency of her zeale the innocency of her cause the vprightnesse of her conscience and the purity of her heart that she commeth not hanging downe her head to this tryall as a malefactour that is guilty commeth to the barre but lifting vp her head as going to the place of her deliuery where she is sure to be acquitted not fearefully doubtfully but boldly and confidently as one that is assured what will be the issue of the matter ●●ct 1. In this diuision some questions arise which are to be handled First the question may bee asked what need there was of these words of adiuration to cause her to take the oath that the Priest should minister it vnto her and pronounce the forme of it vnto her and shee answer him againe and then drinke vp the water as it followeth afterward The causes hereof are these ●er first to teach that euery signe or Sacrament should haue the word ioyned to it that it be not a bare naked signe as it were an empty boxe without his oyntment Secondly it respecteth the publike edification of the whole people when they should see that she pronounced sentence vpon her selfe and that the iudgement of God tooke euent according to the trueth that before lay hid all might iustly feare and tremble vnder his mighty hand ●ct 2. Secondly the question may be asked what is ment by these words of adiuration The Lord make thee a curse and an oath among thy people I answer ●er the meaning is as much as if the Priest had said God make thee wretched and miserable yea so vnhappy and infamous that it may turne into a prouerbe Let that happen to thee which hath happened to this woman so that the curse comming vpon her shall bee alleadged as an example of the like to come vpon others both because she had committed so heynous a fault and because she added vnto it these two crimes impudency an especiall staine and blot in that sexe and periury a capitall crime in all persons For it argued great arrogancy and audaciousnesse to vndergo all these meanes of tryal one after another and yet euermore to conceale her offence and not confesse it like to Achan who hauing committed a trespasse in the accursed thing did what he could to hide it Iosh 7.16 the tribe of Iudah was taken but he was not mooued the families of Iudah being brought the family of the Zarhites was taken and yet he was not touched the families of the Zarhites beeing brought man by man Zabdiwas taken Vers 17. and yet he hath no feeling of it vntill himselfe was taken and that he was pointed out Thou art the man or like vnto Iudas that betrayed the Son of God he knew Christ was apprehended and yet he repented not mocked buffetted spit vpon and yet he repented not he saw him condemned to the Crosse before he thought Matth. 27.3 What haue I done So in this suspected wife to goe forward from the first action to be performed and from the first word to be pronounced euen vntill the last without any stay or remorse was a testimony of shamelesnesse and of hardnesse of heart Besides if none of all these could haue entred into her and pierced her heart harder then stone yet a man would haue thought when she came to be charged with an oath of cursing she would haue stucke at it and not haue swallowed this being greater then a Camell so that to adde to adultery the sinne of periury as it were drunkennesse vnto thirst argued a person giuen ouer and forsaken of God and such a one as had filled vp the measure of sinne Heb. 12.16 being like vnto prophane Esau that sold his birthright for one morsell of meat and sware to his brother and despised the birth-right Gen. 25.33 As he regarded not to commit sinne so he regarded not an oath that hee might finish it and giue himselfe wholly ouer vnto it Verse 19. And the Priest shall charge her by an oath c. In these words we haue a solemne maner set downe of the womans either absolution or condemnation After that the Priest hath put the holy water in an earthen vessell and taken dust from the pauement to be cast into it he conceiueth words of cursing to which she is to answere he goeth before to rehearse them she is not left to vtter what she please lest she should seeke euasion by any mentall reseruation Thus then she is constrained to appeale to God and to vse his Name to purge her selfe by an oath which is done to humble her to giue her warning to take heed that she double not her fault and ioyne to one great sinne another greater a breach of the first Table to a breach of the second that is periury to her adultery an offence against God to the offence against her husband Doctrine An oath is to be vsed onely in case of necessity We learne heereby that the Name of God is neuer to be vsed but onely in cases of necessity when all other meanes faile then it is lawfull to take vp an oath whether it bee publikely or priuately whether it be before the Magistrate or before any other This we see in Abraha● who said to the king of Sodome Gen. 14.22 I haue lifted vp mine hand vnto the Lord the most high God the possessour of heauen and earth that I will not take any thing that is thine By this gesture hee did appeale vnto God as a witnesse of his swearing and a reuenger of all forswearing to binde himself from couetousnesse that as before he
performed by and by we are not to prescribe to God his seasons hee knoweth when to strike and how to punish It is well said by the Prophet Hab. 2 3. The vision is yet for an appointed time but at the end it shall speake and not lie though it tarry waite for it because it will surely come it will not tarry For albeit God may seeme to vs to deferre the time or to forget his seruants yet he will try our patience and obedience as wee see in the place named before Heere is the patience and faith of the Saints Reuel 13 10. We must not make too much haste but wait for the accomplishment of those things hauing withall a liuely faith and full assurance to beleeue that in Gods appointed time they shall come to passe He is faithfull that hath promised and cannot lye he is true of his word that hath spoken and cannot deceiue Woe therefore vnto all those that deale vniustly and violently with Gods inheritance they touch his annointed and they that do them harme do touch the apple of his eye so that they cannot escape vengeance Ver. 28. And if the woman bee not defiled but be cleane then she shall be free In the former verse Moses hath shewed the punishment that shal come vpon the guilty person which punishment is sutable to the sinne committed thereby to cleere his owne iustice and to terrifie all persons from committing sinne In these wordes wee haue matter of wonderfull great comfort for the innocent person For howsoeuer GOD setteth downe diuers hard and heauy threatnings as greeuous burdens to be borne against all wicked and vngodly persons yet hee is euermore carefull of his children that they be not oppressed with sorrow and ouermuch heauinesse of minde forasmuch as hee hath a remnant that call vpon him Luke 7. wisedome is alwaies iustified of her children Behold heere a contrary effect and operation in drinking of these bitter waters according to the contrary condition of those that dranke of them Such as were guilty of the sinne of adultery they turned to their horrible destruction and became as it were rank poison their bellies swelled their thighes rotted and the parts which they had shamefully abused miserably perished But such as were indeed innocent suspected without iust cause and accused without due proofe and examined without sufficient triall of the fact committed through the iealousie of their vncharitable husbands and had kept the marriage bed vndefiled those bitter waters should not be bitter vnto them they should not hurt or hinder them at all neither worke any dangerous effect in them but rather bee wholesome and healthfull vnto them God himselfe the iust GOD and the maintainer of iustice will bring the truth to light that was hid in darknesse and turne the hearts of their husbands toward them so that they should liue in godly loue and charity together and see to their endlesse ioy and comfort the fruite of their bodies the hope of their houses the staffe and stay of their age I meane their children the heritage of the Lord. Wee learne from this first promise Doctrine that God maketh knowne the innocency of his seruants God wil m●● the innocency of his se●uants ●ro●● For howsoeuer the faithfull may be falsely accused and haue many slanderous imputations laide vnto their charge yet God will make their cause to bee rightly knowne and discouer the truth in despight of their enemies This is confirmed vnto vs by many examples in the old and new Testament Ioseph being solde into Egypt was greeuously accused by his mistresse and cruelly imprisoned by his master impudency and incontinency in the one cruelty and credulity in the other Gen. 39 ●● were the causes that he was put into prison in the place where the Kings prisoners lay bound his case might seeme now to be desperate and he to be for euer in displeasure and out of fauour and no hope left vnto him to be deliuered from thence where his feete were held in the stockes and he laid in irons Psal 10● 1● yet when the appointed time came and the counsell of the Lord had tried him hee made his cause knowne Gen. 39. The Lord was with Ioseph shewed him mercy and got him fauour in the sight of the master of the prison c. Whereby we see that at the first he was vsed hardly and had fetters of iron cast vpon him as an euill dooer but afterward hee was more mildely and mercifully handled when as his innocency was made knowne The like we might say of Dauid who in all his dealings toward Saul carried himselfe wisely obediently and vprightly as became the Kings sonne subiect and seruant yet he was persecuted from place to place and hated euen vnto the death and hunted as a Partridge vpon the Mountaines yea he found no rest for the soles of his feete like the Doue sent out of the Arke in the time of the flood and ouerflowing of the waters Gen. 8 9. But when Saul saw that the lap was cut off from his garment and the speare and pot of water that was at his head taken away he said to Dauid Thou art more righteous then I for thou hast rendred me good and I haue rendred thee euill and thou hast shewed this day that thou hast dealt well with mee forasmuch as when the lord had closed me in thine hands thou killedst me not c. but my soule was precious in thine eyes 1 Sam. 24 18. and 26 20 21. So did God deale with Ieremy when he was slandered and falsely accused to be a conspiratour and to weaken the hands of the people and when he was cast into prison the Lord raised vp some to fauour him who made his case knowne and he was deliuered Christ Iesus was charged to be a blasphemer of God an enemy of Caesar an author of sedition and a disturber of the peace howbeit his greatest enemies that sate in iudgement of him pronounced him innocent and confessed that the Pharisees and Priests for enuy had deliuered him I will adde one example more and that shall be the blessed Virgin who being betrothed to Ioseph before they came together as man and wife shee was found to be with childe by the holy Ghost Math. 1 18 19 20. Then she began to be suspected of incontinency and Ioseph being a iust man and not willing to make her a publike example was minded to put her away seretly What then doth God leaue her destitute and him perplexed her in suspicion and him in his resolution to depart from her No for as she was innocent and not faulty of that crime so did he make her innocency and integrity knowne for whiles he thought these things behold an Angel of the Lord appeared vnto him in a dreame saying Ioseph the sonne of Dauid feare not to take Mary thy wife for that which is conceiued in her is of the holy Ghost All which testimonies make
his good name and estimation according to the commandement of our Lord and Master Mathew 7 verse 12. Whatsoeuer yee would that other men should do vnto you euen so do ye vnto them for this is the Law and the Prophets Doth God require this at our hands and will not he performe it toward vs Must we cleere our brothers good name and will God himselfe faile to do it or doe we thinke wee can haue a better or greater care of the name of our brother or of our owne name then God the righteous Iudge of the world hath of vs all That cannot be he is iealous of our good names and will not haue the truth smothered with a lye nor innocency buried in the earth Shall we make our selues more righteous then GOD and iustifie our selues aboue our Maker There is not a spark of that truth which is in GOD giuen to vs true it is he honoureth vs by vouchsafing this mercy vnto vs to open our mouthes to speak his truth which he is able to auouch and iustifie against all gainsayers a thousand waies If we then that are euill know how to acquit our brethren we may be well assured he will be more iust and righteous in all his dealings toward vs then we haue beene or can be one to another And if wee haue meanes at any time to free our brethen from infamy wee may fully and certainely be assured that hee will be ready to bring to light our innocency Secondly seeing God hath promised to make our innocency that is derided or denied Vs e 2 to be knowne let vs know that it is our duty to goe boldly to the Throne of his grace and to pray vnto God to performe his promise toward vs. It falleth out oftentimes that we see no way to bring the truth to light and we think it vnpossible that euer we should be cleered howbeit we haue to do with God to whom nothing is secret before whom all things are manifest he is able to bring vs into credite againe We take therefore a wrong course and prouide euilly for our selues to rage and storme against those that reuile vs and speake all manner of euill of vs falsely for Christ his sake whereas we ought to repaire into the presence of GOD and to craue of him that he would make the iustice of our causes to appeare If any obiect Obiect Is not God without praier able to make the truth of our causes knowne Or hath he need to be put in mind of his office which is to iustifie the godly and to condemne the wicked I answer Answer as GOD is able of himselfe to doe it so he also hath appointed the meanes how he will do it And among them all none is more excellent then praier so that his almighty power doth not exclude praier but rather imply it neither should it keepe vs from prayer but rather encourage vs to praier forasmuch as almighty God vseth it as an instrument for the performance of those things which he hath promised and appointed He that goeth to warfare prepareth horse armour and leuieth souldiers and getteth what prouision and furniture he can he will by no meanes be brought to leaue thē behind him or to send them backe againe and to rush into the battell without them because they are instruments by which God is wont to giue the victory to such as it seemeth good to him so that he cannot without rashnesse lay them aside so is prayer necessary by the which the LORD is accustomed to giue vnto vs those things that we want and therefore it were horrible presumption to neglect it vnder pretence of his knowledge vnderstanding our cases or of his power enabling him to do all things or of his prouidence determining all things As God hath appointed armour to them that desire victory so hath he ordained praier for them that would be releeued in necessity ●it God ●eth what ●eed yet ●er is need True it is GOD knoweth what wee need better then our selues that are in neede yet is not praier to be holden superfluous because God hath commanded vs that in the day of trouble we should call vpon him Mat. 7. he hath promised to heare vs and deliuer vs Psal 50. He hath made no promise to vs of any blessing except we aske the same of him he keepeth vs in feare and reuerence and maketh vs to acknowledge him to be the giuer and author of all good things he declareth his loue vnto vs that humbleth and abaseth himselfe to heare our requests complaints particularly and thereby enflameth vs to loue him again and to put our trust in him by this familiar communication with him we grow after a sort familiar with him and wee are bold to shroud our selues vnder his wing as the childe flyeth to his father and lastly as we confesse that whatsoeuer good things we enioy do come from him alone so it is our duty to returne to him the thankes and to vse them to his glory Wherefore whensoeuer wee finde our selues wronged of our neighbours we are not to turne vpon thē in a rage like vnto the dogge that runneth after the stone that is cast at him and not at him that did cast it but let vs runne with boldnesse vnto God and poure out our supplications before him desiring him to helpe vs and right our cause This doth the Prophet Dauid in many places Psal 4 1 and 69 13. Heare me when I ●ill O God of my righteousnesse thou hast enlarged me when I was in distresse haue mercy vpon me and heare my praier He acknowledgeth in his praier to God that he was the witnesse Iudge and defender of his innocency and vprightnesse toward Saul or any other declaring by his owne example that when men vniustly condemne vs we must flie vnto God by humble and earnest praier who is the patron and pleader of the causes of his people And in the seuenth Psalme verse 6. Arise O Lord in thine anger lift vp thy selfe because of the rage of mine enemies and awake for me to the iudgement that thou hast commanded and afterward verse 8. The Lord shall iudge the people iudge mee O Lord according to my righteousnesse and according to mine integrity that is in me If God did not lay to his hand and helpe him he confesseth that he were vtterly destroyed and therefore he praieth to be deliuered from his persecuters Whensoeuer therefore men will not iudge vprightly and haue their eies blinded through malice or fauour we ought by praier to referre our causes to him that hath no respect of persons and so commit our causes to him that iudgeth righteously 1 Pet. 2 23. Howsoeuer the innocent cause of the godly may be hidden for a time and ouerwhelmed by the slanders of the vngodly yet if we be not wanting vnto our selues continuance of time the daughter of truth will bring it to light We cry out against the wicked but
we do not deny that the Scripture being vnderstood doth enlighten our mindes but it is not therfore lightsome because it is vnderstood of vs for then the light therof should wholly depend vpon our vnderstanding Thus if we vnderstand it it shall be lightsome but if we vnderstand it not it shal not be lightsome Nay which is much more absurd if one man vnderstand it it shal be light if another man vnderstand it not it shall not bee light thus at one and the same time it shold be both light not light The truth therefore is that the Scriptures are lightsome two wayes ●●e holy ●●●iptures are ●o wayes ●●●●t●ome First in respect of them selues secondly in respect of vs. In respect of themselues they are alwaies lightsome of thēselues and haue light in themselues In respect of vs they are lightsome when we vnderstand them and receiue them and light by them But to returne to the former matter the Minister should be the principall light to hold out the Lanthorne to bring men to heauen and to worke in them repentance as Iohn the Baptist is said to be a burning and a shining light Ioh. 5 35. But euery one also in his place must be a light to shine in knowledge and obedience in doctrine and in life On the contrarie when men are as candles put out there falleth great hurt to the church The danger heereof may be discerned by common experience in an hauen towne if the Lanthorne be taken downe or the candle put out which should direct the ships in the night season into the hauen al the ships and the soules that saile in them are left to the mercy of the winds which are without mercy and so all perish by miserable shippewracke In like manner if men haue no light in their hearts to guide them into the hauen and harbour of the church and consequently of the kingdome of heauen they doe as much as in them lyeth betray their owne soules and drowne themselues in eternall perdition Verse 3. And Aaron did so c. The obedience of Aaron is here described and the Candlesticke set in the Tabernacle described It is saide to be of golde as Reuel 1. the most precious of all Minerals for two causes First because as Gold excedeth all other mettals so the Church exceedeth all other societies of men because in it saluation is only to be found Esay 46 13. all other beeing ordained to preserue this safe and sound Esa 45 14. 49 23. Reuel 21 24 26. Ye● it is the glory and honour the beauty and ornament of all other societies kingdomes cities townes houses and persons to be parts of the church inasmuch as otherwise they are parts of the world of the kingdome of darknesse yea a● dogs swine and vncleane beasts Ephes 22 11 12 13 c. Secondly because it is most precious deare to God and to Iesus Christ as gold is to man because it is an holye company sanctified by the blood of Christ whom it cost deare to redeeme it Acts 20. The Candlesticke in the Tabernacle was to hold the light for the direction of all that were therein from Euening to morning continually Exod. 27 22. It is the vse of euery Candlesticke to hold to keepe to preserue to continue and to yeelde forth the light to the benefit of others This doth mystically represent the church Doctrine teacheth that the church is as the Lords golden candlestick appointed to hold and keepe the light treasury of the Word for euer It is the office of the church to holde and keep the word for euer that it should neuer bee lost or embeselled from vs to the end of the world And as the Candlesticke was to hold the light to the first comming of Christ so is the church to preserue the truth vntil the second comming of Christ It is therefore the office of the church and of euery true member thereof to keepe in it and to publish abroad and to hold out to those that are in it the truth of Gods word to direct their pathes aright as Deut. 31 20. The booke of the Law after that it was written was by the Lord himselfe committed to the Israelites to be kept in the side of the Arke of the couenant The Prophet Esay sheweth That the Word should go forth out of Sion where it was kept into the middest of the earth Chap. 2.3 And the Apostle declareth that the Iewes had the Oracles of God committed vnto them of trust Rom. 3 2. and that to them appertained who were the onely church the adoption and the glory and the Couenants and the giuing of the Law and the seruice of God and the promises Rom. 9 4. And Paul is said to haue written vnto Timothy that hee should know how he ought to behaue himselfe in the house of GOD which is the Church of the liuing God the pillar ground of the truth 1 Tim. 3.15 By all which testimonies wee are taught that the Church holdeth and bringeth the truth Esay 41 27. and conueieth it vnto vs and that wee can no otherwise receiue it or be partakers of it For further proofe heereof obserue with Reason 1 me the titles that are giuen vnto it It is a safe keeper or treasurer to keepe as it were vnder locke and key the holy Iewels of the olde and new Testament that they be neither corrupted by Heretikes nor destroyed by other enemies It is as a cunning Goldsmith to try euery thing Whit. de Scrip. quaest 3. Cap. 2. for as he discerneth pure gold from counterfet mettalles so the church discerneth true Scripture from false or forged books and writings It is as a crier to publish and make knowne the decrees of almighty God It is an Interpreter to expound the sence and to open the meaning of the Scriptures according to the proportion of faith set forth in other parts Secondly it is a great honor and wonderfull preferment that God giueth vnto the Church aboue al other societies and places of the world besides And indeede there can bee no greater honor then to be put in trust with such a treasure If a man should vpon trust commit vnto another a great treasure and make choyse of him to leaue it with him it is a signe he honoreth and respecteth him before and aboue others so is it betweene God and his Church he hath laid vp his trueth in his Church as in his store-house Ps 147 19 20. He hath giuen his word to Iacob his statutes and ordinances vnto Israel he hath not dealt so with other Nations as for his iudgements they haue not knowne them This made the Apostle say What is then the preferment or aduantage of the Iew Or what profit is thereof circumcision much euerie day shewing thereby that God committing his Oracles vnto them did aduance and prefer them farre aboue all other Nations Thirdly the church is the house
ceremony were manie Reason 1 which serue as so many Reasons to confirme the point of doctrine in hand First that such as prayed might bee stirred vp with greater zeale and earnestnesse to call vpon God forasmuch as the laying on of the hand did moue them and raise them to the lifting vp of the heart For this cause as we shewed before the manner of ordaining Ministers and sending them into the Church was ordinarily ioyned with fasting not that they placed any merit therein but to stirre them to be more deuout in prayer And hence it is that prayer and fasting are so often ioyned together as Luke 2 verse 37. Mathew 17. verse 21. Dan. 9. verse 3. Ioel 1 14. and 2 15 17. 1 Cor. 7 4 c. Secondly to signifie that he was as an offering Reason 2 separated to God and his seruice vpon whom the hands were laide For this ceremony was taken from the maner vsed and obserued in the sacrifices vpon which the Priestes laid their hands to shew that they were consecrated to holy vses Thirdly to declare that Reason 3 the hand of the Lord would be with them For as they felt the hand of men vpon their heads so certainly they should finde by a continuall and comfortable experience the hand of God to be with them in the execution of the function committed vnto them if they wer faithfull in the execution thereof Lastly to procure reuerence vnto the person Reason 4 so set apart amongest the people and especially to the calling it selfe It is saide in the election of Ioshua Numbers chapt 27 verse 18 20. that Moses must lay his handes vpon him that all the Congregation of the children of Israel may bee obedient and this is one end wherefore this signe was vsed in the ordination of the Ministers of the Church Vse 1 Seeing therefore they were appointed to their office in this solemne maner not in hugger mugger but openly and publikely before all Israel we learne that it is decent and conuenient that the Ministers should be made in the face of the church not in priuate places without any assembly fit for so solemn and sacred an action This is a worke of the day not of the night of the light not of darkenesse and therefore we see in this place that at the ordaining of these Leuites the whole Congregation of Israel was gathered together so that we may say Verse ● as Paul doth in another case and vpon another occasion These things were not done in a corner Acts 26 26. Eleazar was appointed to succeede Aaron his Father in the sight of Israel as Numb chap. 20. verse 27. Matthias was elected in place of Iudas who was fallen from his Apostleship when the whole multitude of the beleeuers were gathered together Acts 1. verse 13. yea the Deacons an inferiour office of the Chutch who laboured not in the word and doctrine were chosen by the whole multitude as Acts chapter 6. verse 5. Willet Synops contr 5. quaest 2 True it is meere popular elections are not to be admitted being the cause of all confusion and disorder howbeit for the people to giue their voices in elections moderated and gouerned by graue Elders and wise Pastours hath bene vsed in the Church in times past may bee againe and is at this day in many places where the state of the Church and the condition of the people will beare it And albeit they haue no voice or sufferage it is fit they should giue their consent and approbation because the Ministers should haue good report of all 1 Timoth. 3 7. And so much the rather ought this to be because the congregation haue a kinde of interest in this businesse according to the rule in Law Quod omnium interest ab omnibus fieri debet that is That which belongeth to all should be done by all and this maketh much for the comfort of the Minister and for the profite of the people This reprooueth the practise oftentimes vsed in time of Popery where Ministers are ordained by them secretly and closely It is reported of Pope Iohn the thirteenth that he ordained Deacons in a stable whereas their owne Canons and constitutions decree that the consent of the people should bee knowne and Cyprian is plaine that as God commaundeth that the Priest should bee placed before the face of the whole congregation of the Iewes so the Ministers ought not to bee ordained but with the knowledge of the people standing by Cyp. 1. lib. epi. 4. whereby they being present either their faults should be discouered or their vertues commended It may be asked whether this sign which in a generall signification may also be called a Sacrament of imposition of hands Caluin instit lib. 4 cap. 4. bee so necessary as that it may vpon no occasion bee omitted The Papists hold an absolute necessity of it and teach that the graces of the Spirit are also inseparably annexed to it But wee cannot yeelde to any necessity of it we confesse it is comely and conuenient howbeit it is not of the substance or essence of ordination no more then fasting which also was no lesse ioyned with it then laying on of hands Prayer we acknowledge to be needefull and so needfull that it may by no meanes be omitted but neither fasting nor laying on of hands though both bee profitable When Christ our Sauiour instituted his Apostles He breathed vpon them Iohn 20 22. but hee did not lay hands vpon them The like wee might say of the election of Matthias Actes 1. neither is grace necessarily tyed to this ceremony and outward signe of imposition of hands For grace is not necessarily coupled with any of the signes in the Sacraments much lesse in this counterfet Sacrament of Orders deuised and receiued by the Church of Rome They obserue indeede this laying on of hands but it is like Elisha●s staffe laide vpon the dead childe by his Seruant that is it was voide and vnprofitable so is this gesture with them For indeede the popish Priests haue not any vocation and calling to the true seruice of God to be Pastors and Teachers in the Church but they are appointed to make the body of Christ which is as much to say as to bee the murtherers and killers of Christ For so often as any Masse is celebrated among them Christ Iesus the Lord of life is crucified and as it were betraied and butchered among them forasmuch as themselues confesse that they sacrifice him to God the Father but there is no sacrifice without shedding of blood and therefore the popish Priest-hood is no better then a detestable and a very diuellish sacriledge Secondly it is the duty of euery Minister to Vse 2 consider diligently and seriously with himself being warned by this ceremony that he is separated and sanctified to one of the greatest workes that are vnder the Sun being taken as it were by the hand of God out of the residue of his brethren So
vppon our hearts to deliuer vs from eternall death without which it can profit vs nothing at all Secondly obserue that as the Passeouer Vse was an ordinary Sacrament of the old Testament so it is a type answering fitly and fully to the Lords Supper a Sacrament of the New Testament ●●rds 〈◊〉 ●●me 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 For that which the Passeouer was to the Iewes the same is the last Supper of Christ to Christians and came in place of it This is the cause why the Lord Iesus deliuered his last Supper at the euening immediately after the eating of the Paschall Lambe to shew that it came in place thereof to which circumstance of time the church is not bound and therefore in stead of the euening we vse the morning and for the day we make choice of the Sabboth before other daies and touching the time of the day we do it before meat not after supper Now consider the resemblances betweene these Sacraments As one is called the Lords Passeouer Exod. 12.12 so this is called the Lords Supper 1 Cor. 11 20. God calleth the Lambe the Paschall Lambe because the Angel in the common destruction passed ouer the houses of the Israelites so Christ calleth the bread by the Name of his body that was broken for vs Luke 22.19 The Lord speaking of the ends of the rites vsed in the Passeouer saith This shal be for a memoriall Exod. 12.14 and a signe vnto them Exodus 13.9 so Christ saith Doe this in remembrance of mee Luke 22.19 God saith of the Lambe Take ye Exod. 12.5 Christ saith of the bread Take ye Matth. 26.26 God saith of the Paschall Lambe Eate ye verse 11. Christ saith of the bread in the Supper Eate ye and of the Cup Drinke ye Thus we see there is a notable coherence betweene both these Wherin we must marke that the Scripture speaking of the Sacraments 〈◊〉 the Sa●●●● h●ue ●●me of 〈◊〉 th●●gs 〈◊〉 ●●e do ●●●p to vs. giueth to the outward Signe the name of the thing signified so that they haue the names of those things giuen to them which they seale and represent Gen. 17.10.1 Cor. 10 4 16. and 11.24 Luke 22.22 Both because to all the faithfull and true beleeuers the things themselues are giuen with the signes and because our affections should bee lifted vp from earth to heauen from the elements to Christ and his blessings represented offered and exhibited by them and because we are full of doubting and vnbeleefe like to Thomas one of the twelue we will not beleeue the promises vntill in some measure wee feele them in our hearts Whereby we see cleerely and euidently ●●●b●●an●●●e●k●y 〈◊〉 that the ground of transubstantiation of the real presence is weak and tottering builded vpon the sand of mans inuention not vpon the infallible ●ocke of the word of God The Church of Rome will haue the words taken li●erally and not figuratiuely but this ouerthroweth the certainty of our faith fighteth against the grounds of right reason and implyeth sundry grosse contradictions 〈◊〉 a●●●●an●●n●●●●●●n For at the first institution and celebration of the Supper it maketh two Christs one that giueth another that is giuen one at the Table another in the mouthes and stomacks of the disciples In which of these shall we beleeue in both we must not forasmuch as wee are commanded to beleeue in Christ as in one not in Christs as speaking of many as it was said to Abraham in his seede not in his seeds Gal. 3.16 Secondly it ouerthroweth the Sacrament consisting of two parts a visible signe and an inuisible grace signified but if the bread were really the body of Christ then there could bee no outward signe to represent the inward grace Thirdly it maketh the body of Christ to be in moe places then one at one time which destroyeth the nature of a true body Fourthly the Apostle calleth it bread oftentimes euen after consecration 1 Cor. 10.16 and 11.26 27 28. Lastly the wicked as well as the godly should receiue Christ nay Mice and Rattes as wel as they which is horrible blasphemy to imagine and determine But of this I haue spoken more at large elsewhere In the third booke of the Sacraments But they obiect that men in their last Wils speake plainely that they may be vnderstood It is true indeed and so did Christ speake plainely but they make him speake absurdly To speake plainely and yet withall figuratiuely are not contrary one to another For it is plaine that at the same time Christ himselfe vsed as figuratiue a speech as this Ioh. 14.6 and 15.1 I am the Way the Trueth and the Life I am the true Vine ye are the branches yea in the institution of the Supper we must of necessity acknowledge a figure Luke 22.10 The Cup is the New Testament And there is oftentimes more plainenesse and euidence in a figure then in a proper speech vttered without a figure as also these words This is my Body are much more comfortable to vs then if it had beene barely saide This is a figure of my body because they manifest the neere coniunction of the signe with the thing signified in so much that they which partake the one shal be assured to receiue the other To proceed a little further in this point of the Passeouer and the Supper we haue somewhat to obserue touching our obedience The Iewes were to goe to the celebration heereof farre and neere to the place that the Lord should chuse and therefore nothing should be so carefully esteemed as these exercises of o●r religion which by the ordinance of God represent seale and apply vnto vs the benefits of Christs death and Passion The Passeouer vnder the Law was frequented of all Israel albeit it were done with long iourneyes and tedious trauels and troubles So ought this Sacrament of Christs Supper it should be oftentimes receiued 1 Cor. 11.26 Things that are sweet and comfortable deare and pleasant to a man are oftentimes remembred and vsed If our bodies be hungry we shall delight to refresh and repast our selues and if we haue hungry souls that long after Christ the Bread of Life and the food of them fo● he is meat indeed and drinke indeed we will often desire to feed vpon him which bringeth with it eternall life If a man haue no desire to his food it is a signe of an euill stomacke and a forerunner of death when the appetite is gone and cannot be recouered so when we haue no desire at all to the bread of life neither feele how greatly we stand in need thereof we haue little strength of the Spirit and of the life of God in vs we draw neere by little and little vnto death I meane the death of our soules which is nothing else but a separation of vs from GOD and from his kingdome Thirdly they which celebrate the memoriall Vse 3 of their redemption and deliuerance from hell damnation by the
seates of them that sold Doues He purged the Temple of these Merchants and when he had made a scourge of small cords he scourged them out he poured out the changers mony and ouerthrew the tables as it is written Iohn 2 1 17. The zeale of thine house hath eaten me vp And he said vnto them Take these things hence make not my Fathers house an house of merchandise ver 16. This house was the house of prayer by diuine institution Marke ● but they had made it a den of theeues by prophane custome and corruption Let vs therefore all of vs remember to what end and purpose Temples were builded that God may be honored not dishonored of vs and consider the presence of God and his angels in such places to procure the greater reuerence vnto them Secondly it is required that these places be Vse kept in good order that they may be accounted of as the houses of God Is it meete that a Prince should rest in a simple cottage or dwel in a stie or in a stable and shall we entertaine the King of kings in a soule and vnfit place There is no man that goeth about to entertain a friend but he will make clean his house and purge it of all vncleannesse Shall we haue lesse care to receiue the Lord then man and of the house of God then of our own houses It is the will of God that all congregations should haue a conuenient place to resort come together to performe diuine duties Their zeale diligence is greatly commended that haue restored and repaired the decaies of such places as we see in the examples of Iehoash Iosiah As then it is required that the people haue a conuenient place to meet together for publike prayer for it is a good work to set vp such places ●●●e 7 5. The Iewes commended the Centurion that had built them a synagogue and made it an argument of his loue to their nation so like wise such places should be decently kept for publike preaching and prayers that the holie things of God may be reuerenced not contemned Hence it is that the Lord doth sharply reproue and greeuously plague the Iews after their return from captiuity ●●ggai 1 4. that they could find time to dwel in their setled houses yet suffer the Lords house to lie wast whereby it came to passe that they had sowne much but had gathered little they did eat but were not satisfied they did drinke but were not filled they did cloath themselues but were not warmed they did earne wages but were not enriched ver 6. If a man haue his priuate house wherein he dwelleth any way decaying and standing in neede of repairing he is readie to redresse and re-edifie it yea he will doe it to his barne for his corne to his stable for his horse and to his stie for his Swine Neuerthelesse how many thinke you are there that take themselues to be the people of God would bee accounted notable good Christians and thinke thēselues greatly wronged if any shold make any question of it who suffer the houses of God to runne to ruine and to lie pittifully complaining so wast and desolate as if some forraine enimy had made hauock of them by a sodain inuasion Thus do many places lie open to wind and weather and more deformed defiled and disfigured then any poore Cabin or simple cottage whatsoeuer Christ our Sauiour would not celebrate the Passeouer but in a chamber trimmed and prepared for that purpose Mar. 14 15. True it is the Lord standeth not in need of any mans riches the whole earth is his with all the frame and furniture thereof yea the whole world with all that dwell therein The siluer is mine 〈◊〉 24 1. and 12. and the gold is mine saith the Lord of hostes Hag. 2.8 our goods cannot extend vnto him Psal 16 2. yet it is his pleasure to vse men as his instruments to erect edifie to his honour places fit for his seruice and to bestow part of that which hee hath bestowed vpon them toward the maintenance of his house where the word may be preached and the Sacraments administred vnto the praise of his name and the saluation of our owne soules the soules of our families and of our brethren Againe obserue that the Oratories and places of prayer do not necessarily require or admit exceeding beauty and sumptuous costs to delight the eye whatsoeuer the Papists teach neither doeth superfluity of garnishing stand with the simplicity of the Gospell to haue Churches glister with gold and siluer and precious stones in gay and gorgeous manner as the Iewish Temple did Indeede the P●ophets doe foretell in many places of the glorie and beauty of the church that the glorie of Lebanon should beautifie the place of his Sanctuarie he will make the place of his feete glorious Esay 60 13. He will lay the stones of it with Carbuncle the foundation with the Saphires the windowes with Emerauds and the gates with shining stones Chap. 54 11.12 But we must vnderstand this of the spirituall beauty not of any earthly brauery of the inward glory not the outward garnishing of the wals and windowes And therefore it is said Psa 45 13. The kings daughter is all glorious within The faithfull that beleeue in Christ are this Temple of the liuing God 1 Cor. 3 16 17. 6 19. 2 Cor. 6 16. and the house of God Heb. 3 6. So then we must consider that there is an outward and an inward beauty of the church we must esteem of the glory of the church by the better part Wee haue an article to inquire whether the church chappell chancell and steeple be sufficiently repaired in couering walles glasing pauing seats bels And the enquiry is needfull and not without iust and good cause Neuertheles this is not the principall defect and decay to be repaired and amended This must be done but better things must not bee left vndone There are in all places almost faire pulpets but very many places want good pulpetmen There be bels more or lesse but manie of them want their clappers they cānot be heard The Priests vnder the Law were to come into the Tabernacle with their bels Exod. 28.35 that the sound might come to the ears of the people but the sound of the Ministers in many places is not to be heard they are tongue-tied and cannot teach the people like Idols that haue mouths but cannot speak Bern. ad milites Templ cap. 5. Bernard in his time complaineth of superfluous cost bestowed vpon churches sheweth that holines becometh Gods house which is rather delighted with vnpolluted maners then with pollished marble It is a better work to releeue the needy to feed the hungry and to cloath the naked then to garnish churches with gold and siluer It is said that in former times when the church had wooden cups it had golden Ministers
quickned and the vital spirits begin to work all the rest of the members reioyce So it should be with vs when it may be said This my brother was dead and is aliue againe hee was lost and is found it is meete we should make merry and be glad Luke 15.32 When the sheepe that went astray is brought home into the sheepefold why should we not reioyce there is ioy in the presence of the Angels of God in heauen ouer one sinner that repenteth verse 7.10 When the hand of the Lord was with the Apostles so that a great number beleeued and turned vnto him they were glad and exhorted them all that with purpose of heart they should cleaue vnto the Lord Act. 11.23 and 13.48 When therefore we see the Church grow in grace and increase in number and florish in peace we cannot but reioyce and be glad This is a notable signe and infallible token that we are fellow members of that body and that the word of God hath gotten roote in our hearts This vse is taught by the Prophet Psal 47.6 7 8 9. Sing praises to God sing praises sing prayses vnto our king sing praises for God is the king of all the earth and reigneth ouer the heathen c. The faithfull were wont to giue him thankes for the encrease of their priuate houses much more then ought we to doe it when the house of GOD encreaseth and his sauing health is made known more and more But of this doctrine see more chap. 23.10 CHAP. XI Ver. 1. AND when the people complained it displeased the Lord and the Lord heard it and his anger was kindled c. HEere beginneth the second part of the booke 〈◊〉 sec●nd 〈◊〉 of the ●●●ke according to the diuision obserued before wherein we are to consider the iournies of the children of Israel according vnto their particular murmurings against God Of this chapter there are two parts which are two of their murmurings both of them fell out in their twelfth remouing as appeareth in the 33 chapter afterward where their seuerall stations are particularly distinguished The first is in the three first verses opening vnto vs their sinne their chastisement and the euent thereof The cause of their murmuring and the words of these murmurers are not expressed but may in part be gathered from the end of the former chapter where it appeareth they departed from Mount Sinai three daies iourney without resting or intermission with all their luggage and portage as it were with bag and baggage they had rested long at the foot of the Mountaine now therefore it is tedious and toilsome vnto them to goe so long together so that they begin to fret and rage to murmure and complaine against Moses or rather against God himselfe The iudgement followeth the sinne and ouertaketh the sinner for God is offended at it and sent a fire from heauen which consumed the vttermost part of the Campe and no doubt burnt vp many of them in the same God hath all creatures in his owne hand sometimes he drowneth with water sometimes hee consumeth with fire somtimes he infecteth with the aire and sometimes swalloweth vp in the eatth neuer leaueth sinne and rebellion vnpunished so long as there is any creature in the world to arme against the sinner Lastly we haue the euent and issue of all the people cryed to Moses whom they contemned before and he vnto God who was intreated to spare them and a monument both of their sinne and of Gods iudgement is described by the place which is named Taberah that is a burning vpon this occasion First of all let vs consider their murmuring This is a greeuous sinne or rather an heape of many sinnes compacted together as pride disdaine vnthankfulnesse infidelity impatience forgetfulnesse tempting of God and a violent insurrection ioyned with fretting and chasing against him and many such like corruptions The doctrine Doctrine from this example is this that it is the property of carnall men Carnall men are ready to murmure against God vpon euery occasion whensoeuer any thing falleth not out according to their corrupt desire to murmure against God as Prou. 19 3. This was the common behauiour of the discontented Israelites while they wandred in the wildernesse and sometimes they wished they had died in Egypt rather thē they would any way be crossed in their humours Exod. 16 and 17 3. This male-contentednesse died not with Reason 1 them for first euery one would haue what him listeth and regardeth not what God appointeth and approueth Ier. 44 16 17 and 18 verse 12. Secondly euery man would haue present helpe in trouble he cannot abide quietly to be one moment vnder the Crosse and if it be not by and by remoued he sheweth the corruption that is in him We are like to him that hauing receiued a wound will be healed presently or else he will not be healed at all Thirdly they want faith and hope to beleeue in God and to waite vpon him Now faith is the substance of things hoped for the euidence of things not seene Heb. 11 1. And if wee hope for that which we see not we do with patience waite for it Rom. 8 25. Fourthly they deuise and inuent to themselues false causes of their crosses and neuer enter into their owne hearts to consider the true cause as Deut. 1 27. Ye murmured in your tents and said Because the Lord hated vs hee hath brought vs foorth out of the Land of Egypt to deliuer vs into the hand of the Amorites to destroy vs. They should haue accused themselues and not God they should haue confessed their owne sinnes not haue alledged the hatred of God which was to make that the cause which was not the cause and not to make that to be the cause which indeed was the true cause The vses This serueth iustly to reproue all Vse 1 such as mutter and murmure when they haue not their owne will like waiward children that will neuer be quiet but whē their mouths are ful How many are there that mislike their places and callings and fret against God if he do not please them in all things If they bee touched with pouerty famine sicknes losses or any kinde of aduersity they are offended and discontented with the Almighty If God send out any contagious sicknesse or blasting or mildew or foule weather c. how do we take on and vex our selues We are like the Israelites we breake out into impatiency we neuer thinke vpon our owne deseruings nor consider we haue deserued far greater plagues We may say as Moses doth The Lord heareth the murmurings of the people Exod. 16.12 Or rather these are like that prophane beast in the booke of the kings when in extremity of famine 2 King 6.33 he faid Behold this euill commeth of the Lord shall I attend on the Lord any longer Some there are that smell rankly of the smoke of the Romish religion who will seeme to cast
and he called the name of the place Taberah Here we see the punishment of their sinne Obserue from hence ●●ctrine that among other iudgements of God 〈◊〉 is one of ●●●s iudge●●●ts fire is to be esteemed as one Thus he destroyed Sodome and Gomorrha Gen. 19.24 and burnt vp both cities and people So a fire went out from the Lord and consumed Nadab and Abihu the sonnes of Aaron because they offered strange fire Leuit. 10.2 Eliah the Prophet did call fire from heauen and consumed the captaines with their fifty 1 Kin. 1.10 The like we see afterward chap. 16.35 according to that in the Psalme The flame burnt vp the wicked Psal 106.18 Reason 1 This must be acknowledged to be a greeuous and fearefull iudgement because we say commonly and truely fire and water haue no mercy And we see by neuer failing experience that it is so Secondly it is one of the titles of God expressing his nature that he is called a consuming fire Heb. 12.29 Deut. 4.24 and 9.3 Vse 1 This teacheth vs that if it please God to lay this iudgement vpon vs at any time whatsoeuer the meanes or instruments be whereby it commeth whether by negligence or wilfulnesse or by the immediat hand of God wee must alwayes lift vp our eyes to heauen and submit our selues with patience to him wee must not rest in second causes but acknowledge his prouidence and consider what is said in this place that the fire of the Lord consumed the campe We must therefore no otherwise account of it Vse 2 Secondly it is our duty in this regard to serue God acceptably with reuerence and godly feare 〈◊〉 2.28 29 We must take heed to our selues lest we forget the couenant of the Lord our God we must make no grauen image or the likenes of any thing which he hath forbidden 〈◊〉 4.23 It is reason we stand in feare of him that is able to destroy vs suddenly and to arme his creatures as his souldiers to consume vs in a moment Thirdly it warneth vs that at the last day Vse 3 the whole world shall be consumed with fire and the elements shall melt with heat and the heauens shall passe away as a scrolle Seeing then all these things shall be dissolued 2 Pet 3.11.12 What manner of persons ought we to be in all holy conuersation and godlines looking for and hasting vnto the comming of the day of God! Wee neuer read nor heard of moe burning of townes houses thē within these few yeres testified by the continuall collections for the releefe of such persons as haue receiued losse that way It is a lamentable sight and mooueth much commiseratiō to see a few houses consumed to ashes these particular burnings put vs in mind of that generall burning Particular burnings put vs in mind of the generall burning when all things that worldly men so much esteem and for which they labour gape so greedily shal be on fire What should we so much delight our selues in costly apparell bespangled with gold and siluer or why doe we dote and set our affections so farre vpon the treasures of this life which wee know must all be burnt vp like stubble Lastly we are hereby admon●shed of a more Vse 4 terrible fire and ●●ore fearefull spectacle then all the former for they are but as painted fires in comparison of the last fire Esay 30.33 which the breath of the Lord like a streame of brimstone doth kindle It was a fearefull fire fell vpon Sodom which burned their cities to ashes 2 Pet. 2.6 but their soules suffering the vengeance of God in eternall fire was more fearefull Iude ver 7. Matth. 25.4.1 Mar. 9.44 2 Thess 1.8 This is called euerlasting fire which neuer shal be quenched Into this shall the reprobate be cast be tormented in those flames These plagues are infinite vnspeakeable incomprehensible without end without ease without intermission without remedy without profit Other iudgmēts haue some good vse many times bring profit to the sufferers after they haue been exercised by them but these shall bring none at al there shal be weeping gnashing of teeth Againe when the people first murmured God did not punish them as appeareth in the booke of Exodus they had not yet receiued the law but after the law was giuen knowledg shined as a candle in their hearts to direct thē God spared them not but entred into iudgement with them so soon as they sinned against him We learne hereby Doctrine that knowledge the light of Gods word receiued into our hearts encreaseth sin and iudgement Knowledge encreaseth sin and iudgment The seruant that knew his masters will and did not prepare himselfe to do according to his will shal be beaten with many stripes so saith Christ of the Iewes Luke 12.47 If I had not come and spoken vnto them they had not had sin but now they haue no cloake for their sinne For ignorance doth in some sort excuse that is make the sin not to be so great Again Reason 1 all colour and excuse is taken from such as haue the meanes of knowledge Ioh. 15.22 Luke 12 48. they cannot say they knew not Ioh. 12.48 the word shal iudge them at the last day which they haue heard This then teacheth that none sin more greeuously then such as liue in the bosome of the Church heare his word and receiue his Sacraments It had been better for them that they had neuer knowne the way of righteousnesse then after they haue knowne it 2 Pet. 2 22. to turne from the holy commandement deliuered vnto them and the last state of that man is worse then the first Matth. 12.45 Againe marke from hence the cause why iudgment beginneth at the house of God 1 Pet 4.17 1 Cor. 11.32 because here is the greatest light here God hath vouchsafed the greatest mercy heere he hath rained vpon his owne city while other places remained dry and withered As then they haue tasted the greatest mercies so they must be touched with the sorest iudgments Deut. 28.15 Lastly it standeth the Church in hand and euery true beleeuer to walk as wisely in the day redeeming the time Ephes 4 15.16 because the daies are euill If the word do not worke our conuersion it shall further our condemnation and wee make our selues two-fold more the children of hel then others that haue not been partakers of such graces He called the name of the place Taberah God doth not content himself to punish their murmuring but setteth vp a memorial or monument of their sinne tha● others might be taught and instructed by it to feare by giuing a new name to the place where the sinne was committed calling it Taberah that is a consumption or a burning The like we see afterward in this chap. ver 34. Doctrine Learne from these examples The iudgements of God are both punishments and
re●●●ious Many of vs confine Religion to the church and thinke wee haue nothing to do with it but while wee are there and that it is vnseasonable to meddle with it at home But we must shew our selues religious in all our works euen in taking our ordinary meats 1 Cor. 10 31. otherwise what do we more then bruite beasts They feede themselues full as well as we It is our dutie to giue the Lord thankes for them and so they are sanctified vnto vs. For this cause GOD commanded the Israelites in this place to sanctifie themselues against to morrow ●●●se 18. and then they should eate There are many that would be accounted faithfull men and to haue more religion in them then many of their fellowes yet haue they not learned so much as to giue God thankes for their meats nor to praise his name at their tables There is no Religion no knowledge no faith in these persons neither doe they consider that God may deale with them in his iustice as hee did with these euill men in this place while the meate was yet in their mouths and holden betweene their teeth the wrath of God fell vpon them a grieuous plague brake in among them And this point we may raise a little higher and reason from the lesse vnto the greater arising as it were from step to step For if the ordinary receiuing of our corporall foode ought to bee done religiously how much more is it required of vs when we come to the eating of the spirituall meate and to the drinking of the spirituall drinke of our soules I meane to the Table of the Lord to come worthily and reuerently which is the food of our soules And if the wrath of GOD came vpon these wicked personnes while the bodily food was yet in their mouths we haue iust cause to feare lest his iudgements come vpon vs much rather while we haue the bread of the Lord in our mouths or hold the cup of the Lord in our hands as also it fel out among the Corinthians who for their vnworthy and vnreuerent comming to this heauenly Supper were taken away as 1 Cor. 11 30. And for this cause are many weake and sickly amongst you and many sleepe And Iudas that came with a wicked and prophane heart to the Passeouer did eate iudgement vnto himselfe for immediately Satan entred into him Iohn 13 27. and brought him to destruction of soule and body Math. 27 5. Acts 1 18. But to return to the point we haue in hand concerning our bodily food we must be carefull to eate and drink euermore as it were before the Lord and consider that he sitteth as a guest with vs and therfore may iustly make euery bit to be our bane if thus wee presume to abuse his creatures to our lustes Oh that such as are beastly drunkards An admonition and warning for all drunkards worse thē bruit beasts would consider this learne this lesson and be ashamed of the thing it self as wel as of the title that is of the sin of drunkennes as well as to be accounted a drunkard But howsoeuer they are through custom and continuance in this sinne growne impudent and shamelesse and euery sober-minded man may point at them as they goe or rather as they stumble in the streets yet you shall sildom or neuer haue any of them confesse that they are drunken Drunkennesse ioyned with impudencie and when they cannot vtter a word of sobernesse yet they will defend and maintaine that they are sober But some will say How shall we know a drunkard it is a verie hard matter to say who is drunke I answer no harder then to a know a mad man or to know and proue thy selfe to be sober The sober man that can manifest himselfe to bee sober by the inseparable properties and true effects of sobernesse How a man may know a drunkard when hee seeth the quite contrary in another may safely conclude that he is drunken The Scripture doth not onely describe the sinne but sheweth vs the way to know it How doth the Physitian know a mās disease but by the signes and by the effects of the diseased The signes and effects of drunkennesse are when the head is inflamed intoxicated Esay 5 11. the rolling of the tongue The signes effects of drūkennesse the faltring and doubling of the speech the rednesse of the eyes the want of gouernment of the hands Prou. 23 29 30. Such as are ready to fight and quarrell such as are mighty to fight combats of drinking that shewe their strength valour that way which glory that they can lay their fellowes vnder the Table Esay 5 22. such as reele and stagger as they go though they be able after a sort to stand that they do not fall yet they go reeling and staggering in the streets Psal 107 27. Esa 29 9. They spew and vomit through excesse Ier. 25 27. Esa 19 14. 28 8. and they stinke of drinke that their very breath and belching is noisome to those that are neere them Hos 4 18. as many do vnderstand the wordes of the Prophet But to leaue these I would also admonish others that too often frequent places of drinking to say no worse of them wish them to consider that albeit they be not grosly drunke yet God restraineth all superfluitie and excesse which the Apostle calleth drinkings or reuellings 1 Peter 4 3. Euery man should walke without offence and take heede hee minister not occasion of stumbling to any through his example Verse 21 22 23. And Moses sayde The people among whom I am are six hundred thousand footmen c. Here beginneth the second part of the communication wherein first Moses replyeth against God and will not rest in his answer which was sufficient to haue put him to silence and made him say with Iob Chap. 40 4 5. Behold I am vile what shall I answere thee I will lay mine hand vpon my mouth Once haue I spoken but I will not answer yea twice but I will proceede no further and chap 42 6. I abhorre my selfe and repent in dust and ashes But Moses goe●h forward obiecteth the hardnesse and impossibility to effect this promise of finding such store of flesh in regard of the multitude of the infantery of the host in regard of the long continuance of time that they should f●ede thereon and in regard of the barrennesse of the place forasmuch as they were in the Wildernesse and the Desert of Arabia which was onely stored with wants and fruitfull in nothing but in vnfruitfulnesse This distrust doth God beare withal and as it were winke at in this place but when he was not instructed and bettered by Gods patience and long-suffering it is afterwards punished chapt 20. Thus much of the complaint of Moses both touching his disability to gouern his insufficiencie to feede them Secondly God answereth to this obiection verse 23 that
out and told the people the words of the Lord and gathered c. We haue in these words to the end of the Chapter the third point to wit the execution both of that which God had promised in mercy and of that which he had threatened in iudgement Heere then is a double affect one touching the fellow-helpers ioyned in commission with Moses as his assistants They were as it were of his priuie counsell he prepareth them and God furnisheth them and communicateth his Spirit vnto them which is amplified by a double euent the first is common to all the seuenty elders they prophesied whereby God sealed vp vnto them the assurance of their calling and procured them reuerence among the people as we see in Saul 1 Sam. 10.10 and in Salomon 1 King 3.16 28 The second is speciall two of these Elders abode behind in the tents and came not to the Tabernacle shewing themselues by this drawing backe vnwilling and accounted themselues vnable and vnworthy to vndergo the charge as Saul when he was annointed to be king hid himselfe among the stuffe 1 Sam. 10.22 as also Moses and Ieremy did when they were called knowing that none is sufficient for these things Heereupon a yong man who he was or to what end he did it it is vncertaine because it is not expressed made report of their prophesying to Moses at the hearing whereof Ioshua desireth him to forbid them by his authority hee was too much addicted to the person of his master as many hearers are to their teachers as Paul complaineth that some did hold of Apollo and some of Cephas 1 Cor. 1.12 as in our dayes many conceiue too highly of Luther otherwise a very worthy man howbeit Moses tendring the good of all the people more then his owne glory reproueth his corrupt affection Enuiest thou for may sake and sheweth a contrary disposition in himselfe desiring that all the Lords people could prophesie c. The other effect is touching the flesh prouided and supplied which is enlarged by the instrumentall cause a winde went foorth from the Lord by the place from whence they came from the red sea out of Africke in great plenty and abundance by the miserable issue and euent of all While the flesh stucke betweene their teeth they were striken with a great plague and perished in great numbers and lastly by a memoriall of the sinne and of the punishment the name of the place was called Kibroth Hattaauah that is the graues of lust for there they buried the people that lusted In this diuision it is to be noted that Moses going from the presence of God relateth nothing but that which God had spoken vnto him and commanded him to speake vnto thē and therefore the Ministers are warned thereby to teach nothing but what they haue receiued from the word as it were from the mouth of God Num. 6 22 18. 1 Corin. 11 23. Mat. 28 20. They are his messengers and embassadours emploied by him Mal. 2 7. This condemneth vnwritten verities and traditions maintained in the Church of Rome vnder which they would conuey vnto vs a fardell fraught with their owne inuentions But let the Ministers giue attendance to the reading of the Scriptures and consult with God by them 1 Tim. 4 13 15 16 and let al Gods people shut their eares against humane deuises open their eares and hearts to receiue whatsoeuer God shall teach them in his word 1 Kin. 13 15 16 17. c. There ran a young man and told Moses and said Eldad and Medad do prophesie in the campe Ioshua said My Lord Moses forbid them Ioshua feared lest the credite and reputation of Moses should bee lessened among the people by this communication of his spirit He had a good intent howbeit he was iealous of his master amisse which proceeded from the corrupt fountaine of enuy for which he is reproued Out of which I might generally obserue that it is the duty of masters to reproue their seruants ●octrine 〈◊〉 the duty 〈◊〉 masters to ●●●roue their ●●●●ants as Christ doth oftentimes his Disciples Priuate men that haue onely a generall charge are bound to reproue Exod. 22. Leuit. 19 17. much more such as haue the ouersight of the waies of others Againe conniuence concealing of sinne is a kinde of consenting vnto sinne he that hideth and reproueth not his friends faults maketh them his owne As it is in prouision for the family so it is in instruction he that prouideth not for the good of their bodies is guilty of their death if they perish through want of temporall things so he that regardeth not the good of their soules their blood shall be required at his hands if he suffer them to perish through want of instruction This reproueth all such masters as encourage Vse 1 or flatter their seruants in euill or suffer them to do what they list These cast away all care of their seruants as Caine did of his brother saying Am I my brothers keeper so do these say Am I my seruants keeper Gen. 4 9. are they not old enough to looke to themselues to take charge of themselues shall wee make them alwaies as babes children He is iustly accounted a cruell master that would suffer his seruant to drowne himselfe when hee may hinder him and saue him aliue Eli is punished for suffering his sonnes to run on in euill Secondly inferiours must suffer reproofe of their gouernours willingly and patiently and not breake out into choler against them like brute beasts that are vnteachable and vntractable which kicke spurne at the handling of their wounds and sores because they want reason to conceiue what is good for themselues so are these vtterly ignorant what is good for their soules The patient loueth the Physition though his potions be bitter and the Surgeon mortifieth corrupt members fooles doe hate correction saith the wise man Prou. 5 22 17 10. and it is oftentimes the cause of ruine of vnbrideled youth these do in truth hate their own soules which is a fearefull kinde of hatred Lastly let all gouernors superiours haue an eye euer watchfull ouer the waies of such as are vnder them that so they may encourage them in well doing and reproue them for euil doing This was in Elisha toward Gehazi running after Naaman and hunting after bribes 2 Kin. 5 25. Thus also did Salomon hee had an eye ouer Shemei and quickly found out his departure out of Ierusalem and wandering beyond the bounds set vnto him 1 Kings 2 43 44. Let euery one therefore take heed to their charges My Lord Moses Note heere the title which Ioshua giueth to Moses he contenteth not himselfe to call him by his bare name but before it he prefixeth a title of honour This teacheth that inferiours must vse speeches of reuerence subiection toward their superiours Doctrine Inferiours must shew reuerence towa●d their superiours as Mal. 1 6. 1 Pet 2 14
against him howbeit this is greater wherein not his enemies reproached him and those that hated him did not magnifie themselues against him but his deerest friends and acquaintance as befell also to Dauid Psal 55 12. The church maketh this complaint Cant. 5 7. That the watchmen that should haue bene both her guide and her gard smote her and wounded her the keepers of the wals took away her veile from her And Christ fore-telleth that a mans enemies shall be they of his owne house Marke 6 4. This befell vnto Iob a man full of sorrowes his owne wife that lay in his bosome and his friends that were as his owne soule were the cheefe causes of his greatest anguish Abel found no worse friend then his owne brother that came with him to the place of Gods seruice Gen. 4 8. So Ismael persecuted Isaac Ismael borne after the flesh him that was borne after the Spirit Ge. 21 9. Gal. 4 29. Ioseph receiued hard measure of his brethren who was by them sold for a bondslaue Ps 105 17. Moses was fain to fly out of Egypt because a Iew one of his owne brethren diuulged his killing of the Egyptian The same befel Zachariah the son of Iehoiada the priest who had saued the kings life and set the crowne vpon his head yet he remembred not the kindnesse of the father but slew his son the father had in a maner giuen him life but he took away life from his son 2 Chro. 24 21. Who vexed the church and trobled the Apostles more then false brethren 2 Cor. 11 26. The cause of this is the enmity betweene Christ and the serpent and the seed of them both which shewed it selfe immediately after the fall in Cain who was of that euil one slew his brother 1 Ioh. 3 12. The vses which wee must make heereof are Vse 1 First to marke the truth of that which Christ teacheth Math. 10 34 35 36. that hee came not to send peace on earth but rather a sword and to set variance betweene man and man And in another place I am come to send fire on the earth and what will I if it bee alreadi● kindled Luke 12 49. Hee speaketh not of the effect but of the euent not what the Gospell bringeth forth properly but what it worketh accidentally not what it procureth in the faithful but what it produceth in the vnfaithfull Secondly God will haue al his to be wel tried Vse 2 which are in the faith euen for their owne good that we may know what we can suffer for the truths sake when we haue sealed it vp by our patience in all tribulations Thirdly hence ariseth comfort in our sufferings For do we suffer affliction at their hands of whom we hoped for better dealing maruell not at it neither thinke it strange but let vs comfort our selues with the examples of Gods children who haue had the same measure measured out vnto them before vs nay let vs lay before vs the example of Christ himselfe who had experience of it not only in his owne countrymen the Iewes but in Iudas one of his owne disciples of whom the Prophets prophesied He that dippeth his hand with me in the dish the same shall betray me Psal 41 9. Matth. 26 23. Lastly from hence we learne in all discomforts Vse 4 to flie vnto God after the example of Dauid who gaue himselfe continually to prayer when hee was vexed by such vnexpected enemies Psal 55 16. when he had complained that his frend and companion rose vp against him hee addeth As for me I will call vpon God and the Lord shall saue me So it ought to be with vs that wee may finde comfort in God when we can find none among men Againe Miriam and Aaron were of great reputation among the people and sanctified in a great measure Aaron was the Lords high Priest consecrated and annointed with holie oile Miriam was a prophetesse and one that sung the praises of God after their deliuerāce from Pharaoh Exod. 15. yet loe how both of them faile in duty and sin against God oppose themselues against his seruant Moses whereby we learn that none are so sanctified but they faile many wayes None so sanctified but manie wayes they faile Let no man therefore dreame of perfection in this life Rom. 7 14 18 19 20 23. Moreouer from this example obserue that contentions are oftentimes in the church euen between the members of the same body Doctrine Contentions and strife are often in the Church True it is it were to be desired that ther were perfect loue and vnity peace and concord in the church but this is rather to be looked for then to be found There arose strife betweene Abraham and Lot Gen. 13 8. betweene Paul and Barnabas Acts. 11 2. 15 39. betweene Peter and Paul Gal. 2 11. So in the Church of the Corinthians though they were sanctified in Christ Iesus and called to be Saints yet there were contentions among them 1 Cor. Reason 1 1 11. And no maruell for first of all we know in part and we prophesie in part wee know somewhat but we are ignorant of much more Reason 2 then we know 1 Cor. 13 9. Secondly there must be euen heresies that they which are approued Reason 3 may be knowne 1 Cor. 11 19. Thirdly Satans malice is exceeding great he soweth the seeds of discord among the godly for his hatred is exceeding great against the church and he desireth nothing more then the ruine thereof Reuel 1.2 4. Lastly selfe-loue remaineth in the best men which is a remnant of the flesh this spurreth vs forward to spurne against one another and while we challenge too much to our selues we ascribe too little vnto others 1 Cor. 13 5. This offereth to vs this truth that vnitie is Vse 1 no note of the true church forasmuch as it is somtimes out of the church when as contention is in it The false Prophets were manie that conspired against Micaiah Eliah and Ieremy Christ was condemned by a common voice of the people and consent of the Pharisies which cried out Away with him Crucifie him crucifie him Luk. 23.18.21 Thus then the mouths of the papists are stopped which doe please themselues in an idle conceit of a generall agreement of many people and Nations which is oftentimes a maintenance of error vnwholesom doctrine when it is ioyned with it The vnity of one faith and of the same doctrine beleeued and confessed wee acknowledge to be a true marke of the true Church Where there is the preaching of this faith the doctrine of Christ and the sealing vp of the same with the true administration of the Sacraments there is a true church of God The vnity which is without that doctrine which is according to godlinesse is as the crie of the whole city in maintenance of their idolatrie Great is Diana of the Ephesians Act. 19 28. Or like to the house which the strong man
darkenesse of the night the distance of the place the weaknesse of the sight the excellency of the obiect and the infirmitie of olde age Psal 139 7 8. but nothing can hinder the light of his eye no darkenesse no distance no age Reason 2 Secondly he is infinite in nature he cannot be excluded out of any place wee may shut out the company of men and haply the light of the Sunne but it is impossible to shut out him that is euermore present in euerie place euen as the light is present to those that walk abroad at noon day whether they open their eies or shut them whether they see it or not so the Lord is present to all men though hee be not seene of al yet they cannot go from his presence If then he cannot be farre from euery one of vs it will follow from hence that he must needs know all our workes and words Reason 3 Thirdly he is omniscient hee knoweth all things nothing can be hid from him Prou. Reason 4 15 11. Fourthly he iudgeth all things and all men according to their workes It is his office to be the iudge of all the world Gen. 18.25 therefore he heareth knoweth and vnderstandeth all things 2 Cor. 5 10. otherwise he cannot do righteous iudgement Hee will not proceede vpon the bare and naked information of others or by vncertaine gesse and coniecture but hee iudgeth according to his owne knowledge which is euer certaine and neuer doubtfull Euery iust iudge proceedeth vpon a knowne and manifest cause Vse 1 We inferre from hence that it is in vain for any man to be high conceited of himself like the proud Pharisee seeing God knoweth his estate and condition more truly and throughly then himselfe Miriam and Aaron in this place holde themselues as great Prophets as Moses but GOD knew the pride of their hearts and the vanity of their words He knoweth what each man thinketh in his heart speaketh with his tongue In vaine do any highly esteeme of themselues and ouer-value their owne worthines seeing they are so well knowne within and without to God as he valueth of them so they are indeede and not otherwise If a man know one good thing in himselfe the Lord knoweth ten euill things in him that are sufficient to make him vile abhominable in his sight Of the pro● Pharisie in the Gospel● The hypocriticall Pharisie in the Gospell knew a few things in himselfe which he thought and prized to bee exceeding good but alas the Lord that seeeth not as man seeth knew for these seeming good things many inherent euils that made him hatefull to God The church of Laodicea was very greatly conceited of it selfe saying I am rich and increased in goods and haue need of nothing but the Lord heard this and knew that it was wretched and miserable and poore blind and naked Reu. 3.17 It is not so with men as they value themselues but as God valueth thē for he knoweth all things yea those things in them by them which they know not or see not in themselues There are three errors which did deceiue the Pharisie in esteeming of himself at too high a price which deceiue also many thousāds in the world as well as him The first is his error of comparison Three 〈◊〉 which did ●ce●●e the pharisie in comparing himselfe with another person which was to behold his face in a false glasse For he thought he had found out a man worse then himselfe and this made him come boldly and confidently to God with these words Lord I thanke thee that I am not as other men nor as this Publican Lu. 18.11 This comparison was that wherein he was greatly deceiued he thought himselfe iust and that he must needs be singular good because one stood by him and many others liued with him whom hee thought to be worse then himselfe A second cause of his error was his freedome from some grosse sins of the second Table which he iudged others to be guilty of I am not an extortioner vniust or an adulterer therefore he thought he must needs be a right honest and iust man His third errour sprang from his performance of some duties of religion to God I fast twice in the weeke I pay tythe of all I possesse thereupon he perswaded himselfe that he was truely religious and holy in Gods sight These were his fond conceits and all of them erroneous because he went away condemned by Christ notwithstanding all these gay and glorious workes verse 14. These things touch vs also neerely who are carried away with the same deceitfull pretences For first we also lay the foundation of godlinesse vpon a comparison if we can find out any worse then our selues we take our selues to be simply good men as a wise historian saide of the Popes that the bounty or goodnes of the Pope is praised Guic lib. 1● when hee exceedeth not the malignity of other men This course will vtterly deceiue vs for when the Lord shal come to iudgment he wil not iudge by cōparisons what we are to such a one but according to his law thogh he find vs better then some other men yet wil he enter into iudgement with vs because hee findeth vs to be worse then we ought to bee by his word wherby we must be iudged at the last day Io 12 48. The second errour deceiuing the Pharisee and others in our age is because they are free from some grosse sinnes and therefore take themselues to bee iust and vpright men if they can make it good that they be no vsurers no vncleane persons no drunkards no murtherers oh then they are as honest perfect men as the best of them all but God wil not saue vs for some euils which we want but condemne vs for those which we haue For though thou want these thou maist abound in other Lastly they thinke if they performe some duties of the first Table which sauour of religion they are in very good case if they can say I heare often I pray often I receiue the Lords Supper they go away with this strong fond conceit that they are to bee holden religious persons This therefore cannot serue our turnes for this we may doe and yet bee proud hypocrites We may pray yet without any feeling zeale or good affection We may heare and yet practise nothing but liue in disobedience We may reuerence the Minister and entertaine him in our houses and yet reforme no sinne that he reproueth We may come to the Lords Table and yet come as Iudas did and goe away as he did that is without a sound heart and a right faith So that we may say of such as Christ himselfe doth Luke 16 verse 15. Ye are they that iustifie your selues before men but God knoweth your hearts for that which is highly esteemed amongst men is abhomination in the sight of God The Lord knoweth how we pray how we heare
is highly to be praised and his goodnesse to bee acknowledged toward vs whiles others are hardned in their sinne and freedom from punishment emboldneth them to their destruction 13 And Moses cryed vnto the Lord saying Heale her now O Lord I beseech thee 14 And the Lord said vnto Moses If her father had but spit in her face should she not be ashamed seuen dayes let her be shut out of the campe seuen dayes and after that let her be receiued in againe In these words we haue the prayer of Moses and the answere of God when we cry God heareth Where we see it is our duty to pray one for another to commend the causes of others vnto God When we see them in misery and affliction we must be intercessors for them We must doe it for our enemies and them that hate vs and haue done vs wrong So it was with Moses in this place Againe it appeareth hereby that the rebukes of parents are not lightly and slightly to be regarded of children when they threaten or shew an angry looke or a frowing countenance it should worke shame and sorrow in them 2 Sam. 14.24 Great is the authority of parents ouer their children and great should be the reuerence of children toward their parents of which we shall speake more chap. 30. They are ouer their children in the Lord and must gouerne them in his feare Neuerthelesse the authority of God is much more ouer vs then ours is ouer our children therfore his chastisements ought to goe neerer to vs and more to humble vs then the threatnings and chastisements of earthly parents Heb. 12.9 10. We haue had the fathers of our flesh which corrected vs and we gaue them reuerence shall we not be much rather in subiection vnto the Father of spirits and liue for they verely for a few daies chastened vs after their own pleasure but he for our profit that we might bee partakers of his holinesse The power of parents is a limited power for they must rule in the Lord and the obedience of children is a limited obedience for they must obey in the Lord Eph. 6.1 but the power of God is absolute ouer his children and our obedience to him must be in all things Besides we may gather that God heareth the prayers of his seruants diuers wayes sometimes hee granteth whatsoeuer we aske sometimes he giueth more then we aske sometimes he heareth in part that which we desire and in part heareth not part the granteth and part he denyeth and sometimes he giueth not the same which wee aske but some other blessing like it or greater then it and sometimes he granteth our petitions when he asisteth vs comforteth vs and giueth vs patience to beare that he layeth vpon vs of al which we haue sundry examples in the word of God And howsoeuer it pleaseth him to deale with vs and whether soeuer of these wayes he heareth our prayers wee must submit our willes to his will and rest our selues contented with that he sendeth Moreouer greeuous sinners and open and grosse offenders should bee shut out of the Church wherof we haue at large spoken before chapter 5. where we haue handled the whole doctrine in a maner of excommunication but when they be penitent are throughly humbled for their sins they must be admitted into the Congregation againe and receiued into the bosome of the Church to be partakers of the priuiledges thereof Howbeit through the corruption of Church officers and the abuse of the censurers of the Church ●e abuses of ●●communi●●●ion some are cast out that ought to be kept in and nourished as obedient children of the Church Thus it befell to the blinde man he gaue glory to God being made to see but he was cast out of the Synagogue by the Pharisies Iohn 9 34 35. Hee was a worthy member of the church hee beleeued in Christ and worshipped him It is a comfort to all such as are thus intreated Againe others are kept in the church and fostered in it who iustly deserue to bee throwne out by the power of the keyes and to haue the spiritual sword drawn out against them so it was with the incestuous Corinthian that married his fathers wife 1 Cor. 5 1. hee deserued iustly to bee put away from among them yet they suffered this sword to rest in the sheath and purged not out that old leauen but suffered him to remaine among them 1 Cor. 5 1 7 13. Such remissenesse and negligence was found in the churches of Pergamus and Thyatira Reu. 2.14 15.20 Others that are iustly banished out of the Church for some notorious crime committed against God and offence giuen to the Church are notwithstanding vniustly kept out after their repentance and humiliation so it was with the penitent Corinthian he was much humbled for his sinne and offence 〈◊〉 taketh 〈◊〉 for re●ing the ●mmuni● 〈…〉 into the ●ch aswel 〈◊〉 put●ing 〈◊〉 out of ●hurch yet the Church was not so careful to receiue him in as a member againe as they ought to haue bene but as before they kept him in when he should haue bin reiected so now they kept him out when he should haue bene receiued 2 Cor. 2.7.8 9.10.11 And if any be thus dealt withall as many haue bene in former times let vs consider that our cause is not strange and singular it is no other then hath befaln sundry the deere children of God before vs. Let her be shut out of the Campe seuen dayes c. Notwithstanding the former prayer of Moses Miriam must be put out from among them Moses though he were much wronged yet neuer complained to God against his brother sister nor against their wrongs yet God will not pardon but punisheth for those wrongs For albeit he did passe ouer those iniuries yet God will not passe them ouer and though he did not cry to God yet their sinne did cry and God heard that crie The Doctrine is this that though Gods children pray not against their enemies that wrong them and oppresse them ●●●●rine 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 put 〈…〉 yet their wrongs cry out aloud and God heareth and punisheth the doers of wrong The faithfull are of a patient nature and holde their peace when they are laden with cart-loades of iniuries and reproches neuerthelesse God will not hold his peace they are meeke as Moses was and put them vp but God will not put them vp nor suffer them to go vnpunished When Abel was slaine by the treachery of his brother he could not cry out but after his death his bloode cried out for vengeance Gen. 4 10. Heb. 11 4. and 12.24 Hab. 2 10.11 Iames 4.5 So did Naboths bloode cry for vengea●●● when he was dead and that cry was heard And no maruell For it is the office of God to execute vengeance hee is the Lord the auenger Reason 1 that will not hold the wicked innocent nor cleere the guilty Exod. 34 7. Hee hath said Vengeance is
are swept away together with one vniuersall Flood Gen. 7. The like wee might say of Sodome and Gomorrha and the cities about them which giuing themselues to fornication and going after strange flesh suffered the vengeance of eternal fire Iude ver 7. The like we may say of kings and Princes nobles iudges Magistrates old and yong bond and free 2 Sam. 12.10 11. 2. King 7.19 20. and 1.9 10. Luke 12.20 and 16.22 23. Psalm 82.6.7 and 49.2.10 1. Sam. 2.29.30 Luke 1.20 Eccle. 11.9 2 King 2.24 Reason 1 God chastiseth his children that they shold not be condemned hereafter 1 Cor. 11.30 32 when they runne astray he putteth as it were a bridle in their mouthes whereby they are curbed and kept in obedience Secondly hee is constrained to take this course least they should trust in themselues whereas they should trust in the liuing God 2 Cor. 1.8.9 We are hardly driuen out of our selues and to renounce all confidence in the flesh We are quickely induced to sacrifice vnto our net and to burne incense vnto our drag Hab. 1.16 Thirdly hee doth it to humble vs and to prooue vs Deut. 8.2 Reuel 2.10 and that hee may doe vs good in the latter end Deut. 8.16 2 Sam. 16.12 so that he aymeth euermore at our good Vse 1 Vses follow See from hence the cause why they keepe Gods word whiles other run on in euil Psal 119.6.7.70.71 It is good for them that they are afflicted for before they went astray and wandred from his commandements Doubtlesse if they had all things that the corrupt flesh desireth and lusteth after they would runne into all excesse of riot with other men for as they are no better then other by nature so their workes would be no better then the workes of others God seeing much drosse in them is driuen to cast them into the fining pot to purifie them that they may bee as pure and precious golde in his sight Vse 2 Secondly we must learne hereby to iustifie God and to condemne our selues For if sinne draw downe his iudgements vpon the most excellent that offend then doubtlesse wee are bound to confesse that in his corrections he is iust and mercifull Lam. 3.22 When he afflicteth a nation or particular soule with famine sword or pestilence as his quiuer is full of arrowes he correcteth indeed but the cause is in our selues for his iugements are wrought out by man himselfe and we must learne to search out the cause in our selues It is sinne onely that deserueth and draweth downe his iudgements We must therefore learne to iustifie God in all his wayes and workes yea if he should ouerthrow our nation and strike downe our brethren and sisters and bring vs vtterly to confusion because we prouoke him daily by our iniquities his compassions neuer faile and for that cause alone wee are not confounded Thirdly we learne that there is no respect Vse 3 of persons with God in punishing for none shall escape his hand He punisheth not the simple and letteth others escape no man can pleade any immunity or impunity by his high place by his honour riches possessions or any other prerogatiue whatsoeuer Rom. 2.6 for he will render to euery man according to his deedes He looketh not vpon the outward appearance but so many as haue sinned without law shall also perish without law and as many as haue sinned in the Law shall be iudged by the Law As God in the decree of his election respecteth no mans pe●●on nor in bestowing his graces of saluation which are the fruits of election as vocation faith Gal. 3.28 iustification sanctification and such like so in his corrections and chastisements hee doth not strike the poore and spare the rich winke at the noble and honourable and strike downe the vnnoble and baser sort but hee respecteth euery one as he findeth him and punisheth sinne wheresoeuer sinne reigneth that all should feare Fourthly conclude necessarily that the Vse 4 wicked cannot escape If he strike his friends he will not passe ouer his enemies If the gold must passe the furnace the drosse shall be reiected If the good corne must be ground in the mill before it can be bread for the vse of man the chaffe shall be burned vp with fire vnquenchable Prou. 11.31 1 Pet. 4.17 18. Behold the righteous shall be recompenced in the earth much more the wicked and the sinner and if the righteous scarcely be saued where shall the vngodly appeare It is well said of one that the tribulations and afflictions of good men doe not bring them behind the wicked but rather shew that the plagues and punishments of the wicked are yet behind for God reserueth wrath for them Nahum 1.2 and will take vengeance of his aduersaries Ierem 25.29 Luke 23.28.31 The death and passion of Christ hath taken away the vengeance curse of the afflictions of the godly as he hath taken away the sting of death and strength of the law though both death and the Law remaine so that whatsoeuer remaineth in the cup for vs to drinke is wholesome and medicinable The vngodly doe now laugh at vs and deride vs when they see vs beaten at our Fathers hand in the house or at our masters hand in his schoole so it was with Dauid they clapped their hands and made a great shout when he was vnder the rodde saying Aha where is now his God Psal 41.5 now he lyeth he shall rise vp no no more verse 8. Psal 69.12 but let vs waite a while before the time be long we shall see them scourged with whippes and cast in prison where they shall neuer get out They shall be put in the stockes as euill doers they shall be arraigned as guilty persons and receiue the sentence of condemnation as traitors against God woe vnto them there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth Vse 5 Lastly let vs learne to reforme our rash iudgement touching the suffering of the seruants of God We are ready to iudge them as plagued of God Psal 73.14 howbeit wee are not to iudge men to bee wicked and vngodly to be strangers from God and from his kingdome because we see sometimes the hand of God to be strangely vpon them for as much as they may belong vnto God albeit they suffer in that manner and measure Rather we ought to admire and wonder at Gods iudgements which are so iust that hee will not spare his owne people when they sin against him and it is rather an argument that they are the Lords because iudgement beginneth at his house and he will begin to plague the citie where his Name is called vpon When we see stones cut and hewed and squared should we therefore thinke and thereby conclude that those stones were not regarded or that they were good for nothing Wee should rather iudge that they are fitted to some speciall part of the building So if a man come into an orchard and find many trees cut and pruned he knoweth it
1 3 and patience experience and experience hope and hope would not make ashamed Rom. 5 4 5. The cause therefore for which we suffer must more comfort vs then the trouble which we endure dismay vs. God will neuer be wanting vnto vs by his grace and Spirit to hold vs vp and to stand by vs that either we shall escape the hands of the persecuters or else he will assist vs and strengthen vs in the persecution The affliction is but for a moment but the fruite of it shall remaine for euer Thirdly we must sit downe and cast our accounts Vse 3 before hand what our profession will cost and not thinke with the sonnes of Zebede to sit down at the right hand and at the left hand of Christ in his kingdome Mat. 20 21 but rather learne of Christ Lu. 14 26. to hate father mother wife children brethren sisters yea his owne life that he may continue to be his Disciple When the brethren exhorted Paul not to goe vp to Ierusalem because a Prophet foretold that he should be bound deliuered into the hands of the Gentiles hee answered 〈◊〉 2● 13. What meane ye to weepe and to breake my heart for I am ready not to bee bound onely but also to die at Ierusalem for the Name of the Lord Iesus Here was a christian resolution to vndergoe all tribulations and resist euen vnto blood if he were thereunto called The cause of shrinking back is this want of fore-thinking Lastly we ought to labour to possesse our Vse 4 soules with patience and to shew our obedience in suffering as well as in doing the will of God There is a twofold obedience required of vs the one actiue the other passiue Many thinke themselues discharged of this duty if they be carefull to do as God commandeth but they neuer consider that they are bound to glorifie the Name of God by suffering as wel as by doing Christ our Sauiour the most perfect patterne of obedience hath performed the will of God both waies and this is the substance of the Gospel to teach what he did and what he suffered Acts 10 39. Wherefore let our patient minde also be knowne vnto al mē Phil. 4 5. Luke 21 19. 11. And the Lord saide vnto Moses How long will this people prouoke me and how long will it be yer ye beleeue me for all the signes which I haue shewed among you 12. I will smite them with the pestilence and disinherite c. Now we come to consider how God proceedeth against these sinners first touching his threatning then of his execution of iudgment He threatneth to sweepe thē away with the pestilence and so to roote them out vtterly The doctrine is this Among other diseases and iudgements sent for sinne Doctrine Among other iudgements sent for sinne the plague is one the plague and pestilence is one It cometh not by chance or fortune but is sent of God into townes and cities as 2 Sam. 24 15. The Lord sent a pestilence in Israel from the morning to the time appointed Deut. 28 21 22. Leuit. 26 25. Ezek ●4 19. Numb 16 46 47. The reasons first because all diseases afflictions come frō God Amos 3 6 they come Reason 1 not out of the dust neither arise from beneath the earth but they proceed frō God Secondly the titles giuen vnto them proue as much they are called the sword of the Lord 2 Sam. 24 16 and the arrow of the Lord Psal ● ●1 This teacheth that the pestilence is not caused onely or chiefly by naturall meanes but Vse 2 the chiefe and main cause is the wrath of God against sinne Deut. 28 15. And hence it is that it bringeth with it horrour and feare weeping and lamentation terrour and astonishment because God striketh the conscience inwardly as well as the body outwardly Hence it is that there is remouing hither and thither flying too and fro and much amazement in all persons It is sinne that bringeth all both publike and priuate calamities and God is able to finde out our sinnes and vs in our sinnes And as we sinne many waies so he hath many waies to plague vs and it lyeth in him to punish vs with one or with many of his plagues together The Lord if it had pleased him could haue punished Dauid with these three i●●gements 2 Sam. 24 13. famine the sword and the pestilence al together and his pride and vaine confidence in his owne strength deserued no lesse but he brought onely one of them and put him to his choise whether of them he would haue We can reason oftentimes among our selues of the causes of the plague and can tell that it came into such and such places first of all by such a carrier or traueller or infected person neuerthelesse though it be not to bee denied but there may be such causes we may not omit or forget the chiefe and principall And tell me how came it at the first and what shall we make the first cause within vs but sinne and without vs but God No plague beginneth but by his iust and righteous hand so no plague can ceasse before God will that sent the same And how is it that one citty is infected more then another and one house more then another and in the same house some are smitten others are not touched Is not this the will and pleasure of God also This then noteth the great folly of such as say Oh this is a contagious time of the yeare when this season is a little ouerpast that wee may haue some frost or cold or winde to purge the aire you shall see all well againe time will weare out all But if God call not backe his hand and stay his iudgement no winde no winter no weather no cold shall be able to do vs any good And therfore we see oftentimes that though we haue had many nipping frosts and strong windes yet this sicknesse hath encreased and not beene diminished Secondly the readiest way to auoide the Vse 2 plague is to abstaine from al those things that bring it continue it and encrease it Men ordinarily do vse sweeping of houses washing of chambers cleansing of streetes perfuming of stuffe killing of dogges taking of physicke and such like neither doth God condemne or restraine these or any good meanes to releeue our selues prouided that we trust in God and not in them notwithstanding it is certaine that all mans pollicy without God is able to do nothing The plague cannot be remoued by any mans industry We must wash clense and purge our hearts by true and vnfained repentance We must remoue that which bringeth the plague Iam. 4 8. Esay 1 16. Ier. 4 14. Ps 51 2 7. All these places shew how foule and filthy we are by nature For that which is cleane of it selfe needeth no washing but we neede washing and purging and therefore we must confesse we are vncleane Nay no mire is so
vpon you seeing all the Congregation is holy euery one of them and the Lord is among them Wherefore then lift ye vp your selues aboue c. IN this chap. we haue two other murmurings set down the latter arising out of the former as one sticke on fire kindleth another The former consisteth of a few carried away with enuy and emulation against Moses and Aaron the originall whereof arose from Korah of the Tribe of Leui The cause of Korahs Conspiracy who first blew the bellowes and tooke it greeuously that the Priestly dignitie was translated to Aaron and challenged Moses of partiality as if hee had preferred his owne Kindred and followed his priuate affection rather then the direction of God This seditious Korah associateth vnto himselfe Dathan Abiram and On of the Tribe of Reuben whom he knew to be ill affected towards Moses because hee being the eldest sonne of Iacob had by right of his birth-right the Principality and gouernement of the whole people belonging vnto him and therefore they thought themselues as worthy to haue the Soueraignty in their hands as Moses was to haue it in his hands All these ioyning together made a schisme or rent amongest the people and assemble two hundred and fifty others all Princes of the assembly which seeme to stand for the good of the whole Congregation as also all Rebelles haue euer had some pretence and colour for they plead that all the Lords people are holy that God is present among them and therefore they should no longer vsurpe the sole gouernment of the whole hoste It is vsuall in all ages of the Church to haue schismes and rents to arise in it and for men to separate themselues from the Church because forsooth it is not well gouerned as it ought to be Now albeit this open insurrection were a flat rebellion against the expresse ordinance of God yet they set many goodly shewes vpon their doings helping a bad cause with a beautifull colour lest they should seeme to be mad without reason alledging that all the Lords people are holy and the Lord is among them ●octrine We learne heereby that whatsoeuer corruptions breake out of men and whatsoeuer euils they doe ●hatsoeuer 〈◊〉 wicked ●en doe they some co●er vpon it and howsoeuer they decline from God from his word and from his ordinances yet they will labour to excuse it to defend it to colour it that it should not seeme as it is When euill men haue committed euill they are ready to iustifie their euils that they may seeme good We see this in Saul 1 Sa. 13.11.12 and 15.15 so Ioh. 12.5 6. Iudas pretended the poore and his great care of them albeit he cared not for them but for himselfe and chap. 11.48 So Caiaphas pretendeth the safety of the people to wit if Christ were not put to death the Romanes would come with a mighty army and ouerrunne them but the taking of him away and the putting of him to death was indeede the true cause why the Romanes came and destroyed the Temple the Citie and the people This we see sometimes also in those that are not the worst men The fact of Simeon and Leui against the Schechemites was no better then horrible murther committed against the Law of God and of nature and against the league and couenant that had passed between them which ought to be held inuiolable euen among infidels yet somewhat they pretend to couer it Gen. 34.31 should he deale with our sister as with an harlot So the Israelites touching their Idolatry Exod. 32.1 and Aaron verse 23. and our first parents Gen. 3. and in a maner all wicked men do the like that are vnregenerate without repentance and sanctification The reasons Reason 1 For men are affected to their actions as they are to themselues Though they be corrupt abominable yet they would not bee thought and iudged to be so so it is with their actions that proceed from them though they bee wicked and vniust yet they would haue them accounted iust and therefore they seeke excuses for themselues ●● 7. as Adam did fig leaues to Reason 2 couer his shame and his sinne Secondly if they should pretend nothing al would be ready to condemne them and to passe sentence vpon them therefore to blinde the eyes of others they cast a mist before them as iuglers vse to doe that they may not be espied This did Herod Mat. 2.8 he pretended to come and worship Christ For he knew well enough if hee had dealt plainely and told them hee sought the life of the babe they would haue detested his detestable cruelty This serueth to reprooue diuers sorts that Vse 1 goe about to varnish their actions with false colours thereby to blind the world and to put out their eyes These shew themselues to bee ranke hypocrites exceeding sinners against the Lord which serue to harden their hearts and to hinder them from a sight of their sinnes and sorrow for them For no man can returne from his sinnes and repent of his euill wayes so long as he goeth about to defend them because all such sinners doe declare a firme resolution to continue and goe forward in sinne and thinke themselues safe and sure because they haue some colours for their actions But the first beginning of repentance is confession a duty oftentimes commended and continually practised by the faithfull The first thing that Ioshua perswaded Achan to performe when he was taken as guilty for taking the accursed thing was that he should giue glory to the God of Israel and make confession vnto him Iosh 7.19 Prou. 28.13 1 Ioh. 1.9 Whereas such as hide their sinnes shall not prosper and they that say they haue not sinned doe make God a lyar and his word is not in them Wherefore we cannot giue a more euident signe of our want of the grace of repentance Psa 32.3 4 5. then by defending denying excusing or lessening of sinne Secondly this sheweth the cause why the Vse 2 dregs of Popish religion are so setled in the hearts of men that they are hardly rooted out euen because such deceitfull colours are set vpon them and their superstitious practises If they be accused for their idolatry worshipping of Images they pretend they worship God in the Image Touching the worship of Saints and praier to them they say they honor them as the friends of God and that they are vnworthy to approch or to come neere to God themselues and therefore in humility they goe to the Saints and Angels but this is nothing but to speake lies through hypocrisie Col. 2.23 Concerning their sacriledge in withholding the cup from the people they haue their colour that the labour of the Priest would be too great if he should deliuer the same to all himselfe or else that the blood of Christ might be spilt vpon the ground but these excuses cannot deceiue God hee seeth their open declining from the word of
his mercy that we are not vtterly consumed Lam. 3.22 When Eli heard the punishment that God had determined to bring vpon him and his house for the wickednesse of his prophane sonnes he answered with all humility It is the Lord let him doe whatsoeuer pleaseth him 1 Sam. 3.18 God loueth a broken and contrite heart it is a sacrifice wherein hee greatly delighteth Lastly let vs make our whole life a continuall practise of vnfained repentance and labour for godly sorrow that wee may mourne and afflict our soules for sinne because it is sinne a breach of Gods law and displeaseth him Sinne will not lodge long where it is not cherished and made much off and entertained with delight It is as a ghest that will not lodge in such houses where he is not welcome but if once you make much of him and delight in him then he is an importunate and a shamelesse ghest you shall hardly rid your house of him In the word of God wee finde sundry meanes and motiues to moue vs to enter these meditations Motiues moouing vs to repentance First the commandement of God himselfe so often vrged and repeated Ier. 3.12 and 8.6 and 18.11 This was the voyce of Iohn crying in the wildernesse Repent bring forth fruits worthy amendment of life Matth. 3.8 This doctrine was preached in Paradise to our first parents and was afterward figured out by circumcision before the Law and by their purification after the Law Esay 1.16 Wash you make you cleane Againe such as repent not lye vnder the bondage of Satan they are as captiues prisoners bound to obey his will and to doe him seruice 2. Tim. 2.26 Thirdly such as die without repentance remaine for euer without remission and forgiuenesse They are lost children and must needs perish if they repent not before 2 Pet. 3.9 Luke 13.3 Fourthly the threatnings denounced executed vpon the rebellious and disobedient are made examples and admonitions vnto vs his vengeance iustly fallen vpon others should serue to amend vs 1 Cor. 10.5.6 2. Pet. 2.3 4. Psal 7.11 12. Fiftly the certainety and suddennesse of the last and generall iudgement which shall come as a theefe in the night when the heauens themselues shall passe away with a noise and the elements shall melt with heate and the earth with the workes therein shall bee burnt vp What manner of persons therefore ought wee to be in holy conuersation and godlinesse 2 Pet. 3.10 11. and 2 Cor. 5.10 Wee must all appeare before the iudgement seat of God that wee may receiue the things done in this body whether good or euill This last day is called a day of Reuelation Rom. chap. 2. ver 5. Lastly we must bee all ledde to repentance by the vnspeakable fruits that follow it as pardon of sinnes reconciliation with God peace of conscience hearing of our prayers and in the end blessednesse in the heauens Ezek. 33.11 CHAP. XVIII 1 ANd the Lord said vnto Aaron Thou and thy sonnes and thy fathers house with thee shall beare the iniquity of the Sanctuary and thou and thy sonnes with thee shall beare the iniquity of your Priesthood 2 And thy brethren also of the tribe of Leui the tribe of thy father bring thou with thee that they may be ioyned c. 3 And they shall keepe thy charge and the charge of all the Tabernacle onely they shall not come nigh the vessells c. 4 And they shall be ioyned vnto thee and keepe the charge c. IN the latter end of the former Chapter the people are brought in confessing their sins and crauing pardon of God Wee heard their greefe and sorrow for their sinnes and bewailing their transgressions past and saying Shall we perish vtterly and is there no hope of forgiuenesse Now we haue in this Chapter the answer of God to this question which did proceed from a feeling of their sinne and a feare of present death which they had iustly deserued For Moses declareth how God shewed himselfe reconciled notwithstanding their manifold prouocations he cannot keep his anger for euer but returneth vnto them in mercy when they turne vnto him by repentance The deuision of this Chapter Concerning the which reconciliation we must consider in this Chapter two points first the persons procuring the attonement which were the Priests Leuites attending to the Ministery of the word and Sacraments secondly the things appertaining vnto them and to their charge as also the next Chapter deliuereth such things as belong to the people Now the commandement belonging to them both to wit both to the Priests and Leuites which are heere said to be brethren All the M●nisters ough to be as children Matth 23.8 2 Pet 15. Heb. 13.22 1 Pet 12. is directed to Aaron and not to Moses because this was a meere Church matter Ecclesiasticall not ciuill and his Priesthood was newly ratified to him by the authority of God and by a notable miracle in the flourishing of the Almond rod Chap. 17.8 The summe and effect is this that the Priests should minister in the Sanctuary at the Altar but the Leuites should minister vnto the Priests and both of them both for themselues the people First therefore the charge of the Sanctuary is committed to Aaron and his sonnes and to the ouersight of the Leuites to the eight ver that the seruice of God might not be prophaned either by themselues or by any other lest they made themselues guilty of sinne whereby the Lord would signifie that there was indeed no cause why any should enuy them this dignitie forasmuch as it was ioyned with such danger and difficulty The burden of the Priesthood was so great and lay so heauy vpon their shoulders that they were threatened to be punished if the worship of God which ought to bee performed with all reuerence were prophaned through their default From hence we learne that as euery sin is in it owne nature great so are these sinnes the greatest and most heinous which are committed against a mans particular place and calling wherein God hath set him ●e ●nnes ●test ●e ●ed ● mans ar Iob 2.9 The Prophets denouncing iudgements against sundry persons doe single them out for neglecting of personall duties The Prophet Micah threatneth the Rulers and men of might that they hate the good and loue the euill Who plucke off their skinne from off them and their flesh from off their bones they breake their bones and chop them in pieces as for the pot and as flesh within the cauldron Mic. 3.2 3. Thus also he noteth out the falsehood of the Prophets that made the people of God to erre and cry peace ver 5. The idolatrous kings are most of all taxed for the abuse of their calling not so much for priuate faults as other men but for their erecting or suffring of idolatry which they ought to haue pulled downe yea the good kings are often blemished that way because they reformed not the
Tabernacle therefore they were worthy to receiue their wages and ought not to be defrauded thereof Before the law Abraham gaue vnto Melchizedek tithes of all Gen. 14 20. And the Apostle to the Hebrewes saith that euen the Patriarke Abraham gaue the tenths of the spoiles Heb. 7 4. It is therefore both lawfull iust that the Minister should require and receiue and the people pay vnto thē that which is due in respect of their labour Reason 1 The reasons are First that thereby the Ministers may be encouraged in their duties 2 Chron. 31 4. It is said of Hezekiah that he cōmanded the people that dwelt in Ierusalem to giue the portion of the Priests and the Leuites that they might be encouraged in the law of the Lord. They had receiued much discouragement and discontentment in the daies of Ahaz his father who regarded neither God nor his word nor his worship nor his Ministers for he tooke away a portion out of the house of the Lord and cut in peeces the vessels of the house of God 2 Chro. 28 21 24. And in our daies I am well assured that the Ministers of the Gospel haue as many discouragements as euer the Leuites had and therefore stand in need of some encouragements Secondly it is an ordinance of God that they which preach the Gospel should liue of the Gospel 1 Corin. 9 14. Thirdly they are to attend wholly vpon that calling and do spend themselues to gaine soules to God 1 Tim. 4 13 15.16 2 Tim. 2 4. Euery art should maintaine the artificer and euery trade the tradesman and euery profession the professour The calling of the Minister is not of the lowest callings and it is none of the least labours so that their maintainance should arise from their great paines that they take in that calling Fourthly it is the law of God and nature that children which haue receiued liuelihood from their parents should recompence thē the Apostle sheweth that if any widow haue children or nephewes let them learne first to shew piety at home and to requite their parents for this is good acceptable before God 1 Tim. 5 4. If then children ought to recompence their parents for their care in their education as Ioseph did his father Iacob much more ought faithfull people to do the same to their faithfull Pastors to whom they owe euen themselues and of whō they haue receiued the life of their liues Gal. 4 14. 15 19. Phil. ● 10. Lastly euery labourer is worthy of his hire and whosoeuer deteineth the wages of the poore labourer is a great oppressour committeth a crying sin Iames 5 4. and the cry entreth into the eares of the Lord of Sabbath How then should that which is due to all laborers be denied to the labors of the Minister And howsoeuer this be an euident truth yet it findeth hard entertainment in the world mens profits doe so rownd them in the eare that they can quickly finde sundry obiections against the same I will touch some of the cheefe and principall First the Apostles had great Obiect 1 gifts yet they preached freely Math. 10 v. 8. Why then shold not the Ministers in our daies do the like I answer Answer this must be vnderstood of the gift of working myracles as appeareth by the circumstances and as I haue prooued elsewhere Hence it is that Elisha would not accept though he were vrged of the blessing that Naaman offred vnto him for the curing of his leprosie 2 Kin. 5 16. Againe if they may receiue nothing for their labours how doeth Christ say afterward The workman is worthy of his meate Mat. 10 10. Besides our Sauiour ioyneth these two together receiuing freely and giuing freely and maketh the former the cause of the latter that they ought to bestow freely because they had receiued freely And how had they receiued freely Surely two waies freely without any of their owne desarts and freely without any their owne labor for they had their gifts by reuelation Gal. 1 1 16 17. True it is we haue our gifts by the gift of God freely without any the least desart of ours but wee haue not receiued them freely without our great labour and industry therefore as in this sense we haue not receiued freely we a●e not bound by this rule to goe about and preach freely That talent which we haue we haue it by our great paines and therfore it is lawfull for vs to take for our paines Obiect 2 Againe the Apostles are forbidden to prouide and to possesse gold and siluer Math. 10 9. I answer Answer so he forbiddeth them to haue two coats or shooes or staues for their iourney v. 10. But to obserue this perpetually were contrary to the practise of Christ himselfe Iohn 12 6. and 13 4. and 19 23. Luke 22 36 and of his owne Disciples who no doubt liued according to the direction and instruction of their master Acts 12 8. 2 Tim. 4 13. So then this precept had place onely for that present sending and was not to binde them for euer much lesse their successours that came after them for now they were appointed to make haste and might carry no prouision with thē but must cast themselues wholly vpon the power protection and prouidence of Christ that sent them gaue them their commission Thirdly Paul preached to the Corinthians Obiect 3 and Thessalonians without receiuing any wages at all of them 1 Cor 9 15. 1 Thess 2 6 7. Acts 20 34. He labored with his owne hands and became a Tent-maker Acts 18 3. I answer Answ the question is not de facto but de iure not what he did or any of them did but what he and they had right and power to do For albeit he did not take wages yet he had authority to do it as himselfe professeth 1 Cor. ● 6 12. yea he saith that at such times as hee freed them he robbed other Churches and tooke wages of some to do seruice vnto other 2 Cor. 11 8. And albeit he were well content to depart from his right yet he ceased not to lay claime to his right 2 Thess 3 8 9. And in other churches where he preached the Gospel he liued of the Gospel and taught all the Ministers by his example to doe the like If any aske the question why he abstained from pursuing his owne right I answer that many things are lawfull in themselues which are not expedient and as circumstances often alter the matter so Paul did this for sundry causes expressed in diuers places First lest he should ouer-burden them that had already an heauy burden of pouerty lying vpon them 2 Thess 3 8. Secondly that he might giue example to those that were idle which abounded among the Thessalonians to teach them to worke with their owne hands and to eate their owne bread 2 Thess 3 9. Thirdly that by this meanes it might manifestly appeare that he sought them rather then theirs that he
then it skilleth not whether men study or not or seeke to attaine to knowledge and to better their knowledge because they may doe more good with lesse gifts I answer Answer this ought to make no man negligent or carelesse but rather to double his care and diligence For what greater encouragement can we haue to performe the duties of our calling then to heare this voice full of comfort Well done thou good and faithfull seruant thou hast bene faithfull ouer a few things I will make thee ruler ouer many things enter into the ioy of thy Lord Mat 25 21. So then no man ought to grow carelesse because God will blesse small gifts for that were to continue in sin that grace might abound Rom. 6 1. Lastly from hence some will obiect that then it skilleth not whom the Officers and Ouerseers of the Church do chuse and ordaine how ignorant and vnsufficient soeuer they be I answer they are to follow the ordinary rule to appoint such as are apt to teach 1 Tim. 3 2. Again God supplieth the wants of such as he chuseth as appeareth in the Disciples which men cannot Lastly there is difference betweene such as haue meane gifts and such as haue none the one sort are Gods Ministers the other are mens not Gods Vse 1 The vses remaine First we see it is a speciall gift of God not a fruite of learning for a Minister to conuert soules to GOD by preaching of the word for this grace and fauour is often denied to many famous seruants of God Esay 6 10 and 53 1 and 49 4. Christ himselfe conuerted not all to whom hee preached he often complaineth of their infidelity and hardnesse of heart they would not be gathered whom he would haue gathered and gained to the faith Mat. 23 37. Neuerthelesse we shall be rewarded not according as we haue conuerted which lyeth not in our power but according as wee haue laboured which lyeth in our power If learning could do any thing of it selfe then the best learned should doe most good But as the most learned do not most labour so they doe not see the greatest fruite of their labour We must therefore all of vs whatsoeuer our gifts are depend wholly vpon God for his blessing forasmuch as Paul planteth Apollos watereth but God giueth the increase 1 Cor. 3 6 7. nay he beginneth and maketh an end of his owne worke it is he that giueth vs grace to will and to do of his good pleasure Vse 2 Secondly euery one ought to make it the speciall end of our Ministery the edification of the Church therby to bring many children vnto Christ This doubtles is the reason why so many great Doctors and deepe Diuines are very drones aad altogether vnprofitable in their places albeit peraduenture profitable enough to their owne purses they looke altogether to the rewards of learning as they call them to popular fame as though they that had greatest rewards had alwayes greatest learning or they that had greatest learning had alwaies greatest conscience wheras they shold looke to the benefit of the people These hunt after the praise and glory of the world desire to be called great Rabbines and therefore oftentimes God casteth dung in their faces that they may learne to bee ashamed so that wee may say vnto them as Christ doth Iohn 5 44. How can ye beleeue which receiue honour one of another and seeke not the honour from God onely Whereas we ought to bee like our Lord and Master to be able in some measure to say with him I seeke not mine owne glory there is one that seeketh and iudgeth Ioh. 8 50. Such a one as can truely speake thus so far as humane frailty will suffer him shall haue his defects supplied and God will accompany the labour of his Ministery with the power of his Spirit One such meane learned man that hath zeale with knowledge and knowledge with conscience conscience with diligence maketh the ends of his Ministery the good ●f the people the glory of God is worth an hundred of those proud Pharisies that loue the vppermost seates and to be saluted in the market Mat. 23 6. The Apostle sheweth in himselfe requireth of others another spirit He made himselfe a seruant vnto all that hee might win the more 1. cor 9 19. Neuer came there greater detriment in former daies or present times to the Church An vnconscionable learne● man is a plague to the Church then by vnconscionable vnfaithfull learned men Who vsurped greater tyrrany in the church then they Who hath starued moe soules and sent them headlong in throngs to hell then they Who haue fallen into the sin of Non-residency and idlenesse in their residency more then they Who haue bin greater hindrances to the free passage of the Gospel then they Who haue more disturbed the peace of the Church and bin the causes of atheisme popery carnall liberty and open prophanenes then they by reason of their reputed knowledge who stand so much vpon their sw●lling titles and places of superiority and yet want conscience of their dutie lowlinesse of mind loue to God and compassion to his people What shall all their profound learning auaile them when they want an humble heart to season and sanctifie their learning withall Obiection What then will some say doe you goe about to condemne learning so great an ornament in all I doe not goe about to disgrace learning Answ or to contemne any learned men or to barre the rewards of learning much lesse to bring in ignorance the mother of barbarisme Learning is a precious iewell it is a great blessing of God it is a notable ornament ioyned with true godlinesse wheresoeuer and in whomsoeuer they meete and are coupled together there followeth an exceeding blessing For as an vnfaithfull learned man is a great plague to the Church so I hold this as a certaine rule No greater good cometh to the church then by conscionable learned men there neuer came greater good to the Church then by a conscionable learned man I wish as Moses said to Ioshua that all the Lords people were Prophets and that he would powre out his spirit vpon them all Numb 11.29 I greeue at no mans learning I enuy no mans preferment I desire that all had the tongue of the learned to speake the language of Canaan Esay 50 4. yea the tongues and gifts of Angels 1 Cor. 13 1. whose names they beare Reuel 1.20 and 2.1 but withall I adde that as a sword is a good thing and of necessary vse to defend offend yet being put into the hand of a tyrant or a mad man it doth mu●h hurt because it is abused so learning is a great blessing of God and maketh vs differ not only from the bruite beasts but from other men also it is profitable to proue and improoue reforme instruct but being powred into a giddy spirit and an vnconscionable man as
we may be assured he will deliuer our soules from death Psal 33 19. Rom. 6 ●2 Luke 12 32. preserue vs in famine For if hee spared not his owne Sonne but hath giuen him for vs all to death how shall he not with him giue vs all things also Feare not therefore the want of outward things which perish with their vse for it is your Fathers pleasure to giue vnto you a kingdome If he haue promised to giue vnto vs the greater nay the greatest blessings that can be rehearsed or remēbred we may ground our selues on this assured truth that he wil not leaue vs nor forsake vs so that we may boldly say The Lord is my deliuerer I will not feare what man can do vnto me Indeed the iudgement practise of carnall men is otherwise who esteeme earthly things aboue heauenly and preferre their Swine before Christ-like Esau Matthew 8 Heb. 12 16 who prized one messe of pottage aboue the birthright If these men bee a little pained and pinched with famine and suffer a little want of food that they haue not their necessities supplied their bodies cloathed their bellies filled they cry out aloud in the anguish of their spirit What shall we eate What shall we drinke How shall wee liue How shall we maintaine sustaine our selues and our families But alasse though their soules be hunger-bitten and hungerstarued ready to pine and consume away throgh want of spirituall food they are neuer greeued or vexed it troubleth them not at al. Let vs learn better things let vs value spirituall things at the highest rate and set them in the cheefest place If thus we set as our honorable friends all heauenly things in the cheefest place and turne all transitory things with shame into the lowest roome and ranke as saucie aspiring guests vsurping climbing aboue their betters we shall beare all earthly losses and troubles with patience and stay our selues from murmuring at the feeling of them Ver. 6. Then Moses and Aaron went from the face c. We heard before the complaint of the people now let vs see the behauiour of Moses Aaron They do not rage nor reuile thē they do not fret and fume against thē or aske the life of their enemies but possesse their soules with patience and declining the violent rage of the people as a beast with many heads they goe to the Tabernacle declare their causes and cases before the Lord. From this their distresse we learne this truth that in all wrongs iniuries offered vnto vs we must seeke helpe and comfort of God Doctrin● In all wr● and iniuri we must 〈◊〉 to God I say it is the duty of all the seruants of God when they are wronged and oppressed when they are euilly entreated and spitefully handled at the hands of sinfull men to vnlade disburden all their cares into the bosome of God depending for counsell and comfort vpon him alone In the performance of this duty the holy seruants of God haue gone before vs. Reade the booke of the Psalmes as a plentifull store-house and schoole-house to teach this truth as Psal 3 1 2. and 7 1 2. where we see that in his troubles he had recourse to God who smiteth his enemies on the cheeke-bone and breaketh the teeth of the wicked but was a sure Buckler to him not such as men hold vp that can defend one part and in one place onely but a buckler to safegard him round about before and behind And being greeuously accused of some heynous crime by some of Sauls retinue ● 14.10 he flyeth to God he trusteth in him who preserueth the vpright in heart So when Iob had his camels and cattell taken away by the enemies he did not through the greatnes of his affliction and greefe of mind rebell against God but said Naked came I out of my mothers wombe ● 13 17. and naked shall I returne thither the Lord hath giuen and the Lord hath taken it ●●g 19.3 blessed be the Name of the Lord. The like appeareth in Hezekiah when Ierusalem was besieged This is a day of tribulation and of rebuke and blasphemy for the children are come to the birth and there is no strength to bring forth Now therefore O Lord our God I beseeeh thee saue vs out of his hand that all the kingdomes of the earth may know that thou O Lord art onely God All which examples teach vs that when we suffer wrongs or fall into any wrongs or fall into any dangers wee must haue recourse to God and craue of him that the malice of the wicked may come to an end Reason 1 The reasons of this doctrine are first the gracious promise of God who hath mercifully promised to heare and to helpe vs in all our troubles This the Prophet teacheth Call vppon me in the day of trouble ● 50.15 ●h 5.14 15 I will deliuer thee and thou shalt glorifie me And the Apostle Iohn This is the assurance that we haue in him that if we aske any thing according to his will he heareth vs and if we know that he heareth vs whatsoeuer we aske we know that we haue the petitions that wee haue desired of him Let vs not doubt and wauer like a waue of the Sea tossed to and fro by the violence of the winds but by faith beleeue that God will grant our requests which wee make according to his will and word Seeing therefore he is willing to heare and able to helpe and promiseth to grant our requests our duty is to come when he calleth to aske seeing hee giueth and to knocke seeing he openeth the gates that leadeth vnto his treasures Some put their trust in chariots some in horses and some in Princes but we must remember the Name of the Lord our God who neuer faileth and breaketh promise with these that depend vpon him that feare and trust in his mercy Reason 2 Secondly as he is our helper who deliuereth our soule from death our eies from teares and our feet from falling so whither shall wee turne our selues to find comfort and consolation besides in him When God denyeth to send succour who shall saue When hee refuseth to helpe who shal deliuer When he shutteth who can open If wee looke to men or Angels to heauen or earth to the liuing or the dead we shall be deceiued and deluded The Prophet saith Psal 62.8 9. Trust in him alway ye people poure out your harts before him for God is our hope aboue all yet the children of men are vanity the chiefe men are lies to lay them vpon a ballance they are altogether lighter then vanity Vse 1 Let vs now come vnto the vses First from hence we gather that such is Gods great goodnes to his children that he neuer leaueth them without comfort For if he require of vs to repaire to him in our troubles surely he will not send vs away empty nor cause vs to depart
had numbred the people after God sent him this word and offered him the choise of famine or sword or pestilence he saide I am in a wonderfull streight let vs now fall into the hād of the Lord for his mercies are great and let mee not fall into the hand of man Who had not rather receiue punishment at his fathers hands of whose loue he is assured then to bee punished with the strokes of an enemy that loueth him not but hateth him to the death Men are proud and cruell fierce ambitious but God is full of compassion and his mercy endureth for euer he knoweth whereof we were made Psal 103.14 Psalme 78 39 he remembreth that we are but dust hee considereth that we are mortall yea a winde that passeth and commeth not againe He will not suffer vs to bee tempted aboue that wee are able to beare Hitherto the Lord hath visited vs with his mercifull and gentle corrections famines sicknesses and strange diseases Let vs behold his gracious dealing toward vs and profit by these fatherly admonitions for if he should deliuer vs into the hands of barbarous and beastly enemies we should soone discerne the difference betweene the louing chasticements of a father and the bloody strokes of an enemy 22 Then they departed from Kadesh and the childrē of Israel euen al the congregation came vnto Mount Hor. 23 And the Lord spake vnto Moses and Aaron in Mount Hor neere the border of the land of Edom saying 24 Aaron shall be gathered vnto his people for he shall not enter into the Land which I haue giuen vnto the children of Israel because yee rebelled against my commandements at the waters of strife 25 Take Aaron and Eleazar his sonne and charge them to come vnto this Mount 26 And cause Aaron to strip off his garments and thou shalt put them vpon Eleazar his sonne then Aaron shall be gathered vnto his Fathers and shall dye there 27 And Moses did as the Lord had commanded for they went vp vnto Mount Hor in the sight of all the congregation 28 And Moses caused Aaron to strip off his garments and he put them vpon Eleazar his son and Aaron dyed there in the toppe of the Mount So Moses and Eleazar came downe from off that Mount 29 And when all the Congregation saw that Aaron was dead all the house of Israel wept for Aaron thirty dayes Hitherto of the Ambassage of Moses to the King of Edom These words containe the third and last part of the Chapter to wit the death of Aaron after the people were remooued from the borders of the Edomites For albeit the King did so vnkindly deny them any passage yet Moses and the Israelites doe not oppose themselues against them or attempt to breake through by force of Armes multitude of men and dint of sword but passe by their borders peaceably and fetch a compasse about their land True it is those enuious Edomites were worthy to perish and to be vtterly destroyed for their inhumanity yet because the time was not yet come wherein the Lord had prophesied and promised that the elder should serue the yonger Gen. 25 23. therefore the Israelites commit vengeance to the Lord to whom it belongeth Rom. 12 19. Now in these verses we see how God beginneth to execute the former threatning against Moses and Aaron For heere wee are to consider three things First the death of Aaron Secondly the succession of his sonne Thirdly the mourning of the people The father dieth the son succeedeth the people lamenteth the death of the high Priest If Aaron had dyed without any prediction and foretelling of his death all men might haue thought it had fallen out at aduentures and ascribed it wholy to the decaying of strength wasting of nature but being reuealed to Aaron himselfe and manifested to the whole Congregation both the time when and the place where he should die it appeareth that his daies were numbred and his yeeres limited which hee could not passe As then God had determined the death of Aaron and denounced his shutting out of the land of Canaan so that sentence is heere executed vpon him Deut. 34 4 5. the other concerning Moses is reserued vnto his time appointed of God In this place God commanded both of them what to doe euen to ascend vp to the Mountaine and sheweth that Aaron shall die there for his disobedience whose garments must be pulled off and put vpon Eleazar lest by touching of the dead the holy garments should be defiled After this commandement followeth their obedience agreeable to the same they come vp to the Mountain Aaron is stripped Eleazar is cloathed with them Aaron without feare of death or longer desire of life or prayer for life departeth in peace according to the word of God he is gathered to his Fathers Moses and Eleazar descend from the Mountaine Moses Eleazar and the people mourne for Aaron thirty daies Verse 23 24. And the Lord spake vnto Moses and Aaron We see heere according to the former threatning pronounced by the mouth of God verse 12. that Aaron cometh not into the land of Promise but dieth in Mount Hor. We learne heereby Doctri● God-thr●nings are 〈◊〉 comp●●●● that the threatnings of God are accomplished Howsoeuer his iudgments are many times deferred and his punnishments prolonged because hee is patient toward vs and would haue no man to perish but would haue all persons come vnto repentance yet in the end all his threatnings shall be verified and fulfilled in their times and seasons Consider this truth in our first parents Ge. 2 17. ● 3 7. God threatned them that if they did eate the forbidden fruite they should die the death we see the effect in them and all their posterity throughout al times and generations Behold other threatnings of God wee shall alwayes reade the execution after the denunciation So when God by the Ministery of Noah a Preacher of righteousnesse 2 Peter 2● had threatned to destroy the whole world if in an hundred and twenty yeeres they repented not wee see how he brought in the flood vpon the world of the vngodly swept them away from the face of the earth which they had corrupted with their cruell and vncleane conuersation This we see likewise taught vnto vs throughout the bookes of the holy history of Ioshua The man is cursed before the Lord Ioshua 6● that ryseth vp and buildeth the City Iericho he shall lay the foundation thereof in his eldest sonne and in his yongest sonne shall he set vp the gates of it meaning therby that whosoeuer should attempt to builde this City he should pay for it deerely because what time hee layeth the foundation of the wals his eldest sonne shall dye and when hee setteth vp the gates and hath finished it his yongest sonne shall dye When this threatning seemed quite forgotten and consumed with the rust of time God doeth bring it to passe as we
3 we see the wicked prosper and florish spredding themselues as the greene Bay tree for loe God hath set them in slippery places Psal 37 53. and casteth them downe in the end vnto desolation they are suddenly destroyed horribly consumed as the chaffe which the winde driueth away and as a dreame when one awaketh This tentation hath ouertaken the children of God and caused them oftentimes to shrinke back when they saw the prosperity of the vngodly Psal 73 2 3. Hab. 1 4. and on the other side the troubles of the godly hath made them to reason within themselues of the prouidence of God But shall not the King rule his owne kingdome or the Master gouerne his own house as pleaseth him And shall not we giue the Lord leaue to dispose of all things in heauen and earth after the good pleasure of his owne will Hee fatteth the wicked against the day of slaughter he leaueth them without excuse and maketh his blessings as a witnesse against them Contrarywise the children of God although they suffer afflictions yet afflictions to them are not euill but try their faith as the furnace doth the gold Senec. de diui prouidentia c. 8 Let vs not deceiue our selues in iudging and esteeming of good and euill That is good which maketh vs better that is euil that maketh vs worse The workes of the flesh adultery fornication vncleannesse wantonnes idolatry witchcraft hatred debate emulations wrath contentions seditions heresies enuy murthers drunkennesse couetousnesse and such like are manifestly euill These God keepeth from his deere children and his deere children from them that they reigne not in them The Israelites in Egypt liued vnder hard masters and carried many heauy burthens and sent vp many passionate sighes to God with deepe grones of spirit whilst Pharaoh and the Egyptians tooke crafty counsell together and sported themselues in the miseries mischiefs which they had brought vpon them But whose condition was the more happie let the red Sea testifie from which the Israelits were deliuered Exo 14 27 29 in which the Egyptiās were drowned Dauid taken from the sheepe-folds tasted of many sorrowes being in perils among the Amalekites in perils in the Wildernesse in perils of his owne Nation in perils of his own seruants in perils among false bretheren and was hunted from place to place as a Partridge in the Mountaines 2 Sam. 31 4. whilst Saul sought his life and enioyed the pleasures and treasures of a kingdom But whose estate was the more happy let the end and yssue of them both determine the one liued in glory ended his daies in peace the other sheathed his sword in his owne bowels and so dyed in despaire The Apostle Iames willeth vs to take the Prophets for an example of suffering aduersity and of long patience which haue spoken in the name of the Lord Ye haue heard of the patience of Iob haue knowne what end the Lord made Iam. 5 10 11. for the Lord is very pittifull and mercifull Lazarus a poore begger destitute of succour and friends lying at the rich mans gate hauing his minde as full of cares as his bodie was of sores whilst the rich glutton was clad in purple gorgiously and fared deliciously euery day But whose condition was the more blessed and happy of them twaine let this tell vs and teach vs for our instruction that Lazarus when he died had the holy elect Angels to attend vpon him to carry his soule into Abrahams bosome Luk. 16 22 23 that is to say into the kingdome of heauen Matth. 8 11. the rich man also died his body was buried his soule was carried cast into the torments of hell Where the worme neuer dyeth Marke 9 44. and the fire neuer goeth out the one vnsufferable the other vnquenchable both infinite Let vs not therefore rest in beholding the present face of outward things but possesse our soules with patience in a sweet meditation of Gods prouidence considering that it shall in the end bee well with all them that feare the Lord and that howsoeuer the wicked do prosper in the world increase in riches yet if we enter into the Sanctuary of God Psal ●3 ● we shal see they are set in slippery places they are lifted vp on high and therefore their fall shall be more fearefull seeing all the threatnings of God must without faile fasten vpon them Lastly seeing the menaces and threatnings Vse 4 of God must bee performed this serueth also to assure vs that the gracious promises of God made in mercy to his people shall in truth and righteousnesse bee accomplished The Lord that is alwaies the same as hee is true in his threatnings to the vngodly so wil he be found true in his promises toward the godly For seeing no part of his word shall passe away that he will not falsifie his trueth Psal 89 ● nor alter the thing that is gone out of his mouth one part serueth to confirme another his threatnings are ratified by the assurance of his promises and his promises are established to bee surer then the heauens by the assurāce of his threatnings So then let vs learne to depend vpon God to trust in him knowing 2 Cor. 1 that all his promises are yea and Amen vnto the glory of his name Let vs rest in him for the pardon of our sinnes for the hearing of our prayers for the feeding of our bellies for the resurrection of our bodies for the inheritance of euerlasting life hauing a strong assurance of faith that the Lord is iust and true in all his promises This is a notable comfort and consolation to all the childrē of God to cause vs to set our hope in him hauing a patient and constant expectation of all things that by faith we haue beleeued saying with the Apostle 1 Tim. 1 12. For this cause I also suffer these things but I am not ashamed for I know whom I haue beleeued and I am perswaded that he is able to keepe that which I haue committed to him against that day Verse 25 26. Take Aaron and Eleazar his sonne and cause Aaron to strip off his Garments and thou shalt put them vpon his sonne Heere is deliuered how Aaron yet liuing his sonne is inuested and installed into his Office with the ceremonies and solemnities thereunto appertaining at the appointment of God to shew the continuance of the Priesthoode to take away al occasions of dissentions from the people Thus we see the good estate of the Church is prouided for by Moses before Aaron dyed Doctr● The Ch● must be in good after co● parture and went the way of all flesh The Doctrine hence is that the good of the Church must be regarded of vs to leaue it in good case after our death and departure I say it is a principall duty required of vs when wee must leaue the worlde to prouide for the
God and to serue him in the simplicity and sincerity of their hearts This wee must do in health this we must do in sicknesse this we must doe in death and so wee shall glorifie God liuing and dying Thus did Abraham teach his children and seruants and for this is he commended of God Gen. 18 19. I know Abraham my seruant that hee will command his sonnes and his houshold after him that they keepe the vvay of the Lord to do righteousnesse and iudgment Thus said Iacob when he dyed Gen. 49 1 2. this must all of vs be carefull to practise if we will bee the children of faithful Abraham to speake of the lawes of God in our houses 〈◊〉 11 13. whē we walk by the way when we lye downe and when we rise vp Verse 27 28. And Moses did as the Lord had commanded he caused Aaron to strippe off his garments and he put them vpon Eleazar his son Wee see the obedience of Moses to the Commandement of God for Aaron pulled off his Priestly robes and they are put vpon Eleazar to whom lineally the Priesthood did descend whereby we see that there was a personal succession belonging to the Priesthood from father to son from one man to another Hereby we learne ●●●●rine 〈◊〉 Leuitical 〈…〉 from 〈◊〉 that the Priesthood vnder the law passed from one to another The Priesthood begunne in Aaron and continued in his line rested not in one man but continued by succession from age to age This we see euidently proued throughout the old testament for as they were cut off by death so others arose in their rooms that serued at the Altar As Eleazar succeeded Aaron so did Phinchas succeed Eleazar 〈◊〉 6 ●0 so the Priesthood proceeded from father to son and from one generation to another 〈◊〉 ● 16. as appeareth in the genealogies of the Priests This the Apostle to the Hebrewes plentifully prooueth 〈◊〉 23. Many among them were made Priests because they were not suffered to endure by reason of death declaring that the Priestes after the order of Aaron succeeded each other and confirming it by the reason cause thereof because the Leuiticall Priests were taken away by death and could not endure for euer This then we must hold to be one reason forcible and powerfull to prooue the continued Reason 1 succession of the Priesthood of Leui from father to son because they were cut off by death and so not suffered alwayes to execute theyr Priesthood Seeing therfore these Priests were mortall there must be a succession from one to another This is that reason which was remēbred before out of Heb. 7 23. shewing that they had many Priests because they were all subiect to mortality and could not continue through necessity of death Secondly the promise of God made vnto Aaron and to his posterity must be accomplished Reason 2 and performed Hee consecrated Aaron and his sons and made a couenant with them not with Aaron alone not with his children alone but with their posterity Exod. 28 1. hee established it as a testimony in Iacob and as a law in Israel that their posterity might know it and the children which should be born of them shold stand vp and minister before the Lord in the beautiful garments and glorious robes of the Priests Exod. 28 2. Therefore the Lord saide by Moses Exod 29 29 30. Num. 3 10. 18 7. The holy garments which appertaine to Aaron shall be his sonnes after him to be annointed therein and to be consecrate therein That son that shall be Priest in his stead shall put them on seuen dayes when he commeth into the Tabernacle of the Congregation to minister in the holy place So God made his couenant of peace with Phinehas the son of Eleazar the son of Aaron Nu. 25 12 13 confirmed the Priests office to him his seed after him because in the zeale of his Spirit hee had turned away the wrath of the Lord from the Children of Israel This teacheth vs first of all the imperfection Vse 1 and insufficiency of it both of the Priestes themselues and of the Priesthood it selfe It pointed out a better Priest and a better priesthood and directed them to rest not in it but in some other So the Apostle Heb. 7 11 12. declareth that the Leuiticall Priesthood was vnperfect because another Priest is promised a long time after according to the order of Melchizedek If any perfection had beene by the Priesthood of the Leuites what needed it furthermore that another Priest should arise after the order of Melchizedek and not to bee called after the order of Aaron c. Where we see he sheweth to what purpose there must bee a Priest after another rule and fashion not after the order of Aaron euen because perfection is not in the Priehhood of the Leuites nor vnder the Law which was established vnder it so that wee must acknowledge it hath an end forasmuch as with the ceremoniall law the ceremoniall Priesthood was cancelled and abolished Vse 2 Secondly from hence we learne to acknowledge a difference betweene the Priesthood of Christ and the Priesthood of the Leuites This standeth in diuers points and circumstāces as the same Authour of the Epistle to the Hebrewes euidently declareth The Priesthood of Christ is eternall as the Prophet declared long before Heb. 7 17. Thou art a Priest for euer after the order of Melchizedek he was made with an oath by him that saide vnto him The Lord hath sworne and wil not repent But the Priests of Aarons order were mortall Heb. 7 20 21. not eternall they were made by the word of God but without an oath Heb. 7 26. Besides our great high Priest Christ Iesus holye harmelesse vndefiled separate from sinners and made higher then the Heauens hath a * Aparabaton Heb. 7 24. Priesthood which cannot passe from one to another wherefore he is able perfectly to saue them that come vnto God by him seeing hee euer liueth to make intercession for them who by his own blood entred in once into the holy place Heb 9.11 14. and obtained eternall redemption for vs purging our Conscience from dead workes to serue the liuing God Hebru 10 4. for it is vnpossible that the blood of buls Goats shold take away sinnes Thus we see that the Priesthood of Christ can haue no succession inasmuch as being once performed it hath no imperfection and whereas the Iews in the time of the law had Aaron and his posterity which were but mortall and miserable men we haue Christ the immortall and blessed God who liueth for euer to be our euerlasting Priest Vse 3 Lastly we learne that seeing the Leuiticall Priesthood passed from one to another so as by death they were not alwaies suffred to exercise and execute their Priesthood we see I say that the Church of Rome bringing in againe such a Priesthood such Priests as
or in the publicke ioy of the Church do mourne cannot in truth perswade their owne hearts that they haue anie part or portion in the body of Christ Wherefore whensoeuer God taketh away any principall stay of Church or Common-wealth we haue cause of mourning and humbling our selues vnder Gods iudgement When the husbandman layeth his Axe to the root of the tree or vndermineth the ground about it we can not doubt but he meaneth the felling and falling of it Or when wee see a Gardiner take away the hedge or wall of his garden Esay 5 5 6. plucke vp by the roots the cheefest choisest plants disfigure the ornaments and beauty of it and lay it open for the beasts to enter we may gather hee mindeth not to continue but deface the Garden Or when a Carpenter pulleth downe the master-peeces and postes that doth hold vp the whole frame and layeth the foundation euen with the ground wee may coniecture by these meanes that he meaneth to remoue the building to another place So when we see the euident footsteps of Gods wrath and begin to discerne the fire of his iealousie breaking out by the smoake beginning to appeare in taking away seruiceable men as plāts of his own garden as pillars of his own house and as branches of the Tree which his right hand hath planted we must lay it to our hearts as tokens going before destruction This our Sauiour handleth Matth. 42 32 33. speaking of the signes going before his glorious appearance at the end of the world Learne the Parable of the Figge tree when her bough is yet tender and it putteth foorth leaues yee know that Summer is neere so likewise yee when ye see all these things know that the kingdome of God is nere euen at the doore And now beloued behold and consider lift vp your eies and looke how God hath dealt with vs and marke whether his dealings toward vs be not tokens of his anger and fore-runners of his iudgements Hath hee not taken from vs a most worthy Prince our late Soueraigne who by the course of nature might haue liued longer Of whom wee may truly say as Dauid did 2 Sam. 1 24. Ye daughters of Israel weepe for Queene Elizabeth who clothed you with Scarlet and pleasures and hanged Ornaments of Gold vpon your apparrell P. o● 31 2● Or else as Salomon doth speaking of a good woman Many daughters haue done vertuously but thou surmountest them all She opened the house of the Lord in the first yeere of her reigne as good K. Hezekiah did shee called backe the reuerent Ministers fled out of the land as Eliah into the wildernesse through the tyranny of Iezabel she brought in the pure worship of God cast out the Romish abhominations set forth the seruice of God in a knowne tongue repealed the bloody acts of the persecutors and therefore she thus honouring God and aduancing his Gospel he likewise exalted her Throne on high as the Throne of Salomon 2. Samuel 2 ver 30. so that she shined in her time in the world as if all the firmament thereof had bin but one starre and as if in all the cope compasse of heauē there had shined none but she This starre is now set and gone downe which should go neere vnto vs and pierce vs to the quicke and make vs seeing a great Prince is fallen in Israel neuer to forget the great works which the Lord did among vs by her happy hand Besides hath not the Lord taken from vs many lights out of the Vniuersity whence flowed many comfortable streames that watered the Garden of God many out of Cities and particular Churches wherby the Church hath receiued a deepe and dangerous wound and yet we seeme to haue feared consciences and to be past feeling When the vitall parts begin to faile or to languish the life of the body is in hazard While the disease or distemperature is in the outward parts farre from the head or the heart there is hope of health and recouery but when the liuely parts begin to waste and consume by little and little it is a signe of the decay of life and of the approch of death Howsoeuer therefore the greatest part neuer lay these things to their hearts nor interprete them as present tokens of imminent danger and iudgement yet we that haue learned better things ought to consider that as they are taken away from the euill to come ● 57 1 2. ●gs 22 20 rest quietly in the graue as in a bed euen so they haue left vs behinde for the euill to come Vse 3 Lastly it is our duty to pray to God to stay his hand to shew mercy to his Church and to poure out the full Viall of his vengeance vpon his enemies that know him not Psal 79 6. Ieremy 10 25 and vpon the Nations that call not vpon his Name This the Prophet practiseth Psalm 74 2 19 20 21 22. Thinke vpon thy Congregation which thou hast possessed of old and on thine inheritance which thou hast redeemed and on this Mount Sion wherein thou hast dwelled We see how he putteth God in minde of his Couenant and entreateth him to strike through the loynes of his enemies to their destruction to maintaine his own cause and to spare his people the sheepe of his own Pasture the dwelling place of his own Name and the Congregation of his poore afflicted ones So when in like manner we behold the hand of God vpon his owne Sanctuary to begin iudgement at his owne house let vs call vpon him to consider whereof wee are made and to remember that we are but dust This did the Prophet Habakkuk when God threatened to enter into iudgment with his church O Lord I haue heard thy voice and was afraid O Lord reuiue thy worke in the midst of thy people in wrath remember mercy Hab. 3 2. Where hee teacheth that whensoeuer wee heare of the threatnings and iudgements of God we must pray him to repaire and restore the state of the Church which is ready to perish who is able to heale the wound that his owne right hand hath made True it is the great sinnes of this Land do cry out against vs may iustly prouoke him to make hauocke of all yet let vs call for mercy at his hands and stay the course of our sinnes that so he may stay the stroke of his iudgements CHAP. XXI IN this Chapter ●e diuition ●●es chapter we are to obserue four principall pointes First the battaile fought betweene Arad King of the Canaanites the Israelites Secondly another murmuring of the people the last recorded in this Booke which God punisheth with fiery serpents cureth them with a brazen serpent Thirdly their happy proceeding in their journey toward the Land of promise where God gaue them water and brought them to the borders of the Amorites Lastly the victories which Israel obtained on Sihon King of the Amorites and Og the
his perfection that wee may offer our selues to our most louing Father and obtaine of him the blessing of righteousnes And this some of our aduersaries themselues cannot but approue Pigb de fide iustifie con ro 2 and haue giuen their own fellowes the slip Besides this Doctrine standeth best with the glory of God which shineth more clearely in our saluation obtained by iustice imputed then by iustice inherent For suppose there were a miserable and desperate debter perishing and languishing imprison were it not farre more honourable gracious for a Prince wholly to pay the debt and to cancell the bond hand-writing standing against him then to put into his hands a stock of money wherby himselfe might be enabled to worke out his debt Therefore the Apostle teacheth that we are made the righteousnesse of God in Christ and are saued by grace thorough ●ith not of our selues it is the gift of God not of works lest any man should boast Eph. 2 8 9. Thus Paul concludeth also concerning Abraham the father of the faithfull Rom. 4 2. Thus doeth Christ determine this question drawing a comparison frō the brazen serpent Iohn 3 14 15 16 for he teacheth that the sonne of man must be lift vp on the crosse as the serpent was on the pole in the Wildernes that whosoeuer bel●eueth in him should not perish but haue euerlasting life Let vs then renounce all met it and righteousnes in our owne selues flye to the merits and righteousnes of Christ according to the practise and example of the Apostle Phil. 3 8 90 I haue counted all things losse and do iudge them to be dung that I might win Christ and might be found in him not hauing min● owne righteousnesse which is of the Law but that which is through the faith of Christ euen the righteousnes which is of God through faith Hereunto cometh the reason of the same Apostle Abraham beleeued God and it was counted to him for righteousnesse now to him that worketh the wages is not counted by fauour but by debt but to him that worketh not but beleeueth in him that ius●ifieth the vngodly his faith is counted for righteousnesse Rom. 4 3 4 5. True it is works are necessarily required as the fruites of faith and of iustification by faith but our iustification is one thing our sanctification is another for they are made seueral graces distinct gifts 1 Cor. 1 30. neither is it likely that the Apostle would repeat the same thing twice without cause And in another place he concludeth that a man is iustified by faith without the worke of the Law if it be of grace it is no more of works for then were grace no more grace but if it be of works it is no 〈◊〉 gra●e for the● were worke no more worke Rom. 3 〈◊〉 11 6. Therfore it is truely said that good works follow a man being iustified but do not go before in him that is to be iustified Neither let any say It is absurd that one should be made righteous by the righteousnes of another for the righteousnes of Christ is both his and ours His as being inherent in him as in a subiect Ours being giuen vnto vs and imputed to vs so that by i● we are iustified before God and accepted to eternall life And that horrible blasphemy is this to teach that by the Popes indulgences wee should bee made partakers of the merits and good works of the ●●ints and to deny it as most vnreasonable what we should be partaker● of the ●●●ries and righteousnes of Christ Iesus But as the transgression of Adam was both his and ours also not his alone ●●r ours alone but his and lo●●s together because hee stood in on● places and we were in his loyns so is Christs righteousnes and obedience his and ours And why should not the righteousnes be of another Bernard 〈◊〉 1 0 seeing guilt is of another As another maketh vs sinners why should not another make vs righteous and iustifie vs from sinne It might seeme to flesh and blood as vnreasonable that the brazen serpent in this place being an artificiall wor● made with mans hands without sence life should restore health and giue life to such as were mortally bitten yet we see by beholding it they were recouered Moreouer the people stung by the fiery serpents ●ryed out in the anguish and bitternes of the paine yet none was able to helpe himselfe or his brother by his owne power of strength or by any acte wrought by him no nor Moses himselfe could minister any cure o● comfort vnto them but onely the graces of God directing them to looke vpon the brazen serpent set vp for when GOD had appointed them one way they must not seeke another way so although a man feeleth the sting of the old serpent that is sinne Ferus in l● Mato●● yet no man can deliuer himselfe or others nay if he should flye to the works of the Law they can do nothing The Law sheweth the disease it is Christ that must take it away it is God that must shew mercy it is faith that must iustifie vs. We affirme therefore with the Apostle Gal. 2 16 that we are iustified freely not of the Law not by the Law not of works not of our selues not of the works of the Law but by faith all matter of boasting is excluded iustification by grace is concluded that God may be all in all Fiftly great consolation ariseth from this Vse 5 comparison and similitude to all such as ●●e weake in faith feele the corruptions of their hearts pressing them and the tentations of Satan often ouercomming them alwayes assaulting them For we haue great comfort giuen vs to enter into the combate and to fight the battels of the Lord against the enemies of our soules by consideration of these fierce and fiery serpents True it is they did continually bite sting the children of Israel for otherwise there had bin no need of the brazen serpent yet they could not destroy them they did not ceaffe to vexe thē but they could not wound them vnto the death for they had a remedy at hand to helpe themselues they looked vpon the brazen serpent and were healed So hath God restrained the rage and malice of all the enemies of our peace and saluation For howsoeuer the diuell his angels are alwaies tempting prouoking and seeking to 〈◊〉 vs as men do wheat yet their homes and ●ot short and their strength is diminished their will to hurt is greater then their power of hurting so that they cannot execute the c●uelty they desire as the Lord himselfe testifieth from the beginning Gen. 3 verse 15. Albeit therefore the battell be long the skinnis● oftentimes hot bloody albeit we take many a foyle and haue the Bucklers beaten to our heads albeit we be felled with the stroke and driuen to fight vpon our knees yet the victory shall be ours
as false and vnreasonable declaring as the truth was that Israel took not away that land which they claimed as their owne but wonne it from the Amorites by the law of warre and Verse 20 by right of conquest who denying them passage and moreouer making assault vpon them constrained them to draw out their swords to defend themselues by occasion whereof they obtained victory through the helpe of God and possessed their Cities And as they tooke them by force of armes so they held thē Verse 26 by prescription of time three hundred yeares So that he declareth that if any had right to those Cities or could lay any iust claime or title vnto them it should be the Moabites who were the lawfull owners of them before Sihon had encroched vpon them and taken them away from the first inhabitants But the Moabites hauing once lost them in battell neuer asked Verse 25 them of the Israelites neither laid any claime vnto them therefore much lesse should the Amonites to whom they appertained not by any iust title neither belonged any way vnto them either as owners by law or conquerers by sword and therefore they had no cause to dispute what right Israel had vnto that Land which now they possessed The second point heere amplified and enlarged is touching the well which by a diuine reuelation to them they had digged For when they departed from the Riuer Arnon they came into a dry place where they wanted water such as the wildernesse affoordeth many where the streames are swallowed vp in the hot sandes but at the speciall commandement of God they were directed what to doe as Peter was where he should cast his Net Luke chapter 5 verse 4 they digged and found water in great abundance and therefore they praise God by an effectuall song of thanksgiuing amplified by many rhetoricall figures as goodly flouers or as precious iewels to beautifie and garnish the same withall For first they eloquently by an Apostrophe turne their speech to the Well it selfe though a dumbe and senslesse creature and speake vnto it as if it had eares to heare and vnderstanding to conceiue Rise vp O Well confessing thereby the great power of God who contrary to the nature of all heauy and weighty things made the water to ascend whose property is to descend and exhorting with many acclamations and loud out-cries one another to the worke Secondly they set downe who were the labourers and workmen about the Well together with the tooles and instruments wherwith they laboured to wit the Princes and Nobles directed by Moses by whose ministery they receiued the Law and holpen with their staues and such like instruments wherewith they laboured fit for that purpose And this is the third myracle which God wrought in giuing them waters First in Rephidim immediately after they had passed ouer the red Sea Exod. 17. The second in the desert of Zin whē they came to Kadesh as we shewed before in the former chapter The third is that recorded in this place in the desert of the Moabites Afterward Moses reckoneth vp other places by which they passed as Mattaanah Nahaliel Bamoth and so that Valley which is in the plaine of the Moabites In this History of the passage of the Israelites from place to place a question Question ariseth what is meant by the booke of the warres of the LORD mentioned in the fourteenth verse For where is it now extant or what is become of it From hence also from such like places many conclude that sundry bookes of Canonicall Scripture are lost I answer Answer the word Sepher is taken diuersly and doubtfully it signifieth any publishing or rehearsing whether it be written or vnwritten whether it be set downe by the pen or vttered by liuely voice as also the word Tradition is taken for that which is deliuered eyther by word of mouth or by course of writing So then we cannot necessarily conclude It is rehearsed therefore it is written Nor thus It is written Therefore it is an holy booke and put into the Canon of the Scripture Let these three things be cleered and decided that it was a booke that it was an holy booke and lastly that it was a Canonicall booke and then wee shall easily be satisfied But Moses speaketh barely of rehearsing the warres not of writing them as if he should say Whensoeuer the warres ordered and disposed by the prouidence of God shall be spoken off this warre also and worke of his shall bee remembred which he hath wisely wrought and accomplished for his people against Vaheb King of the Moabites giuing part of his Country to Sihon that so his owne people might recouer the same out of his hands againe and reteine it as a possession for themselues as Iephtah telleth the Ammonites Iudg. 11 23 24 that they had held it by prescription of a long time peaceably without any molestation from the Moabites or desire of re-entry But if this had bene penned in a booke and reserued to posterity no doubt Ieptah would haue produced it as a sure witnesse to cleere the whole matter and to put it out of all doubt Wherefore this truth must be holden of vs that no part of the Canonicall Scripture No canonical Scripture is lost inspired of God is lost and perished I meane such as was committed as the Lords treasure to the Church for the perpetuall instruction thereof in faith and obedience so that no one oracle or sentence of God can fall away True it is 2 King 22 8. 1 Mac. 1 19. these sacred bookes may sometimes bee neglected and carelesly kept of men they may be furiously burned and despitefully handled by cruell tyrants that seeke the ouerthrow of all piety and religion but they can neuer be finally lost and wholly extinguished As he that keepeth Israel cannot slumber or sleepe so he that keepeth the holy Scripture the glory of Israel cannot slumber nor sleepe For first of all who is the author and enditer of thē but God and will not he preserue his truth and keepe it for the good of his Church in all ages Shal we make him vnable or vnwilling to defend and continue them If vnable we make him a weake and impotent God if vnwilling we make him enuious and malicious both which are farre from the pure and perfect nature of God and cannot stand with his essence Secondly all the workes of God remaine for euer and euer and are done in truth and equity Take a perfect view of all creatures vnder the Sunne which are the workes of his hands though they may be abolished and rooted out in one place yet they continue in another If thou wouldst ascend into the heauens or goe downe into the deepe if thou wouldst take the wings of the morning and dwell in the vtmost parts of the sea which of all the Creatures are now missing What place is void empty What hath beene that is not now being and extant in
not deale faithfully with his people Such as either hide the truth or withhold it in vnrighteousnesse such as conceale or corrupt the word to please mē vndergo the curse of God and bring vpon themselues the heauy wrath of God This appeareth in that charge which the Lord gaue to the Prophet Ieremy chap. 1 17. Thus the Lord dealeth also with the Prophet Ezekiel chap. 3.18 and 33 6. So the Apostle saith A necessity is laide vpon me and woe vnto me if I preach not the Gospel 1 Cor. 9 16. Vse 1 The vses of this doctrine are now to bee handled First of all it followeth that they must know the Scriptures they must not bee young Plants Idol Shepheards blinde guides dumbe dogs sleepy watchmen vnsauory salt which is good for nothing but for the dunghill if for the dunghill Luk. 14 35. Mat. 5 13. It is a shame for a guide not to know the way for a Seer to be blinde for a Messenger to bee dumbe So then all Teachers should make conscience to furnish themselues as wise Scribes and good Stewards with profitable competent knowledge spending their dayes in getting the vnderstanding of the Scriptures that they may minister a word in due season and be able to feed their fellow-seruants with wholesome food leading them to the fountaines of life So then the knowledge of the word of God and the gift of interpretation cannot be separated from the function calling of the Minister and God doth disclaime and disauow such as are without knowledge that they shall be none of his Pastors Teachers Thus he speaketh by the Prophet Hosea chap. 4 6. Because thou hast refused knowledge I will also refuse thee that thou shalt be no Priest to me Who would not maruaile if a Prince should appoint a Messenger or Embassadour to goe to a people which had no legs to goe no tongue to speake no language or reason to deliuer his message Who then can be so absurd as to thinke that the wise God the Lord of Lords and King of Kings would appoint any to be as his mouth and the Messenger of his will which cannot teach and deliuer his will Who is it that hath an house to builde that will chuse such Carpenters and Masons as haue no skill to lay a stone or to hew their timber or to handle their Tooles Who will retaine or entertaine a Shepheard to keepe his sheepe an husbandman to till his ground a Captaine to leade his army a Steward to prouide for his family a labourer to do his work that is altogether ignorant and hath no knowledge to do these things Now God is more prudent and prouident then mortall man and therefore he will reiect and refuse all such as are not able to discharge the Office committed vnto them through ignorance God requireth knowledge in all the people much more in such as take vpon them to be the Teachers of the people which should not onely haue knowledge themselues but teach knowledge to others that they do not perish for want of knowledge The Spirit of God mentioneth this to bee one of the cheefest causes that religion perished among the ten Tribes and that Idolatry was erected and continued among them euen vntill they were carried away to perpetuall captiuity in that Ieroboam made of the lowest and rudest of the people 1 King 13 31 and 13.33 Priests of the high places who would might consecrate himselfe to that calling The condition of the Iewes was neuer more dangerous and desperate and neerer to destruction and desolation then when they had blinde watchmen and such Priests set ouer them as had no knowledge which made the Prophet Esay call for all the beasts of the field to deuoure them and all the beasts of the Forrest to eate them vp giuing this as the reason For their watchmen are all blinde and haue no knowledge Esay 56 9 10. Hence it is that the Prophet Malachi teacheth That the Priests lips should preserue knowledge the people seeke the Law at their mouth for they are the Messengers of the Lord of hoasts Mal. 2 7. This therefore sheweth and condemneth the grosse and greeuous sinne of many amongst vs that occupy the places of Pastors and cannot feede that run before they were sent take vpon thē to be lights and yet are darknesse These can haue no comfort in their calling because they were neuer designed or called of God to this place For whomsoeuer he calleth to any function hee enableth in some measure to discharge the duty which hee hath required of them They indanger their owne soules the soules of many other for when the blind leade the blinde both fall into the ditch Greg. hom 11. in Ezekiel and one saith truely that we murther the soules of such as we see runne the way of destruction when we are carelesse and hold our peace Vse 2 Secondly it behoueth all the Ministers of the word of God to make conscience to deliuer the truth and all the truth vnto the people howsoeuer it be taken according to the example of the Apostles Peter and Iohn answered vnto them and saide Whether it bee right in the sight of God to obey you rather then God iudge yee for we cannot but speake the things which we haue seene and heard Acts 4 19 20. And Paul exhorting the Elders and Ouerseers of the Church of Ephesus setteth before their eyes his owne practise that he had kept back nothing that was profitable but had shewed them all things necessary to saluation I take you to record this day that I am pure frō the blood of all men for I haue concealed nothing but haue reuealed vnto you all the counsell of God Acts 20 20 26 27. If we be carefull and conscionable in doing this duty faithfully to God and his people we shall reape and receiue more sound comfort thereby then by the powerfull effect of our Ministery True it is all painfull Teachers esteeme nothing more nor so much as of the people whom they haue gained to God and godlinesse accounting them their ioy their crowne 1. Th. 2 19 20. and their glory and yet we may reape more true comfort and consolation by discharging our duties carefully then by sauing soules and by turning many to righteousnesse if we could winne whole kingdomes to God For we may saue others from death and conuert a sinner from going astray out of his way and yet after this our selues become reprobates wee may be the sweet sauour of life to life to others and not our selues to God Thus was it with many Priests of loose licentions life vnder the Law Thus it was with Iudas who wrought miracles preached the Gospel and conuerted soules as wel as the rest of the Apostles yet was the sonne of perdition And thus no doubt it was with the Scribes and Pharisies that sate in Moses chayre and taught the people what they should obserue and doe like vnto
First on the bodye which is cast into a deepe sleepe when the senses are for the time bereaued of the present vse of thē Secondly on the minde the which that it might bee brought neerer to God is withdrawne from all dealing and fellowship with the body and enlightned to vnderstand diuine things as Acts 10. Peter s●w the heauen opened a vessell comming downe and a voyce came vnto him The causes why it pleased GOD to reueale his will after this manner are First that they should take nothing to themselues but account all receiued from GOD. Secondly that their bodies and soules being separate frō all other dealings might haue a deeper impression of the things reuealed and thereby vnderstand them and keepe them the better Thus much touching the trance of Balaam the beginning of the prophesie Now we come to the substance of the prophesie it selfe the summe whereof is first propounded then amplified and lastly concluded The proposition which is prooued is described by a question and by way of admiration expressing the happines of the Church How goodly are thy tents O Iacob and thy Tabernacles O Israel As if he should say O how blessed and happy a people art thou which now liuest vnder these Tents and dwellest in these habitations And note here that he doth not giue a touch to theyr happinesse and then passe away sodainly from it but he doubleth and repeateth it as if he meant to dwell long vpon it There is no part or parcell of Gods word in vaine If wee see not the vse of some things it is our weaknes we must confesse it not condemne the Scriptures The Spirit of God forbiddeth vaine babling Mat. 6 7 and reproueth idle repetitions and therefore neuer vseth the same himselfe Three causes 〈◊〉 vsing repe●●●ons The Reasons and occasions of repetitions are these three First for greater assurance for God speaking twice doth as it were produce a double witnes and signifieth that it did not slip from him vnawares but is that which he meaneth to stand vnto and to ratifie so that albeit heauen and earth passe away yet one iot or tittle of his word shall not passe away Secondly to testify the speedy accomplishment of that which hee hath spoken that it shall not be prolonged and delayed but bee swiftly performed shortly be executed And these two causes are both touched by Ioseph in expounding the two dreames of Pharaoh when he sayth The dreame was doubled vnto Pharaoh the second time because the thing is established by God and God hasteth to performe it Genes 41 32. The third reason of vsing repetitions is to quicken those that are dull and stir vp those that are heauy hearted that they should shake off all deadnes drowsinesse of spirit Once speaking passeth sodainly away wee cannot heare it or if we heare it wee cannot remember it or if we remember it we are backward in practising of it We haue need to be often put in minde of the same thing 〈◊〉 3 1. and for vs it is a safe thing 〈◊〉 ●8 23. This is the cause that the Prophets of God so often vse repetitions So did Balaam before in the former Chapter Numb 23 21. God seeth no iniquity in Iacob he seeth no transgression in Israel These three causes haue place in this repetition vsed in this place For theyr happines is certainly confirmed speedily to be accomplished and the enemies of the people of God are rouzed vp diligently to consider thereof and thinke with themselues surely this is of great importance seeing God offers it vnto me againe and againe This blessed estate and condition of the Church is set down first comparatiuely then simply whereby the former similitudes are expounded and interpreted The metaphors and similitudes are many in number but tending to one and the same purpose vnder the borrowed speeches of the tents of the sheepheards of stretching out of the vallies watering of the gardens planting of the Cedars he vnderstandeth the safety largenes encrease pleasantnesse multitude and strength of the Church that shall surmount the glory of the Gentiles and treade downe the kingdome of Agag that is of the Amalekites which at that time flourished in the world and promised vnto it selfe a perpetuity vpon the earth which prophesie was performed in the dayes of Saul and Samuel of Dauid Salomon 1 Sam. 15 3. This appeareth plainly in the second branch where the comparisons are explained in which hee sheweth the author of theyr happynes to bee God the giuer of euery good giuing and of euery perfect gift who albeit they were a small people and greatly oppressed yet hee brought them myraculously out of the Land of Egypt he shall bee theyr protection defence against theyr enemies giuing them the strength of the Vnicorne Numb 23 22. assisting them in all theyr dangers and subduing all theyr aduersaries vnder them This is the substance of the prophesie the conclusion remayneth consisting of two parts or members the first respecting the Israelites the second respecting others but vttered for the Israelites sake Touching the Israelites he inferreth vpon the premisses theyr peace safety and security tranquility and quyet dwelling without feare expressed by comparison of a Lyon who eateth his prey without fearfulnes of the passengers so the Iews ouercomming all theyr enemies shall haue rest gouerne theyr Church and Common-wealth in peace which came to passe so long as they did cleaue to God with full purpose of heart and worshippe him according to the precise rule of his word for then no enemies albeit neuer so many or so mighty were able to preuayle against them Thus did the Patriark Iacob expresse the preheminence of Iudah Gen. 49 9. As a Lyons whelpe shalt thou come vp from the spoyle my sonne he shall lye downe and couch as a Lyon and as a Lyonnesse who shall stir him vp The second member belonging vnto others is this that they which blesse thee shall bee blessed and such as curse thee shall be cursed A notable commendation of the Church encouragement to perswade others to be of the church As if hee should say So many as shal ioyne themselues of other people to thee and embrace the same holy Religion with thee for it shall in the fulnesse of time come to passe that God shall allure Iapheth to dwell in the tents of Shem. Gen. 9 27 shall be partakers of the same blessings with thee which GOD shall poure out vpon thee but all such as separate themselues from thee and shew themselues not brethren but strangers not friends but enemies not neighbours but aliens from thee shall lye vnder the fearfull curse and reuenge of God This is it which the Lord pronounced and promised long before to Abraham Gen. 12 2 3. This power did Balak before falsely ascribe to Balaam This is the drift of this diuision and the order that the Spirit of God obserueth therein Touching the instructions that
or not or another diuerse from it or whether any wise Athenian could precisely tell when and by what workman euery peece and parcell was patched and supplied vntill the old was wholly gone or when and at what time it ceased to bee that ship and became a new ship The Romane Religion is almost become like this shippe it hath bin patched and peeced at seuerall times by cunning workmen there is little or nothing remaining of the old ship wherein Peter fished I meane of that Church wherein they say Peter sate as Bishop one error succeeding another and one heresie making way for another vntill little faith truth is found among them Notwithstanding all the secret conueyances made in that Church it is not hard in very many particular points to shew the beginning proceeding and establishing of the same touching pardons and indulgences touching the Popes supremacy vsurped the Images of the Trinity and the beginning of Idoll worshippe touching the merit of workes forbidding of marriage The Masse one of the greatest Idols began not all at once but came to this height by degrees It were endlesse to name all that might be alledged and to shew how and by whom these points were resisted and the truth euermore defended Secondly this serueth to condemne the Vse 2 foolish practise of popish pilgrims who vndertake long and laborious iournies to Ierusalem and the land of Iudea or to this that Idoll and make it a meritorious worke to visite eyther the Sepulcher of our Lord or the Image of our Lady For albeit this Land haue bin heeretofore famous because the Law came from Sion and the word of the Lord from Ierusalem E●●y 2 3 and because Christ himselfe liued and preached and wrought many miracles there and it be oftentimes called The holy Land yet the presence of Christ infused no holines into it more then into any other place And all the Papists in the world shall neuer be able to prooue that it is more meritorious to goe to Ierusalem in a pilgrims weed then to go to Antioch or Ephesus or Constantinople or any other City in the East or West or that it is more acceptable to God or auaileable to the soule to trauaile thither then for the English to go to London or the French to Paris The house where the King resideth all the while he is there is an honourable house and there the Court lyeth but when the king is once remoued out of the house it is afterward neuer a whit the more honourable for the kings beeing there before so is it in this case albeit Christ in his life time and the daies of his flesh did many great works and wonders in it yet being ascended and the Christian religion also remoued there remaineth no more holines in that place then in any other and therefore it is great vanity and idolatry for any people to practise such impiety These are like to the Pilgrims among the Turkes Sarazens The turkish Pilgrims that go yearely with great shew of deuotion to Meccha to visite the Sepulcher of Mahomet and account it a work very meritorious The Cittie 's Gilgal and Beth-el were sometimes famous and renowned Cities yet true religiō being once remoued the Prophet chargeth the people not to come at them and to haue nothing to doe with them Hos 4 15. Hence it is that Christ saith Iohn 4 23. The true worshippers shall worship the Father in spirit and truth If then we may worship God with great benefit to our selues and as great glory to him in our owne Country I see no cause why we should resort to Ierusalem or go on pilgrimage to Rome or any other place forasmuch as we may lift vp pure hands euery where and be heard 1 Tim. 2 8. But thus these crafty workmen keepe the peoples heads busie with outward deuotions and shewes of holinesse that they may not espy their fraud and deceit in greater matters Lastly this teacheth all men how they may Vse 3 make themselues to bee of good name and their houses and habitations truely famous to wit by holinesse and true religion by faith repentance which are the ornaments of all Christians Thus shall the noble man make himselfe and his house truely noble If they worshippe God aright they shall haue true worship with God and man for he will honour them that honour him 1 Sam. chap. 2 verse 30 and without true religion the most noble blood is stayned and taynted and neuer restored since the treason and rebellion of Adam against God For that which maketh a man reprochfull or any place reprochfull is sinne and wickednesse which make our names rotte Prou 10 7. See then the difference betweene the iudgement of God and man Men do commonly magnifie Cities by the stately buildings goodly Monuments that are found in them but this is no true or well grounded fame the true praise and commendation of any City is the piety of the Citizens A well ordered Towne or City embracing zealously true religion The True praise commendation of a City and maintaining the worship of God in integrity drawing out the sword of iustice against vice and countenancing the faithfull in their godly courses is indeede a right famous and flourishing City Ierusalem the City of God and the praise of the world Psal 122 3 4 5. and 87 3 and 48 11 12 13 was neuer so famous for her buildings and stately Towers and outward magnificence as it was for the word and worship of God Wee see then heereby who they are that are the honor and ornament of Cities of Townes and of houses to wit such as honour God and are truely zealous and religious and likewise who are the shame and reproch the blot and blemish the dishonour and disgrace of them to wit such as are wicked and prophane Do we see a City or Towne or priuate house full of drunkards of blasphemers of light and lasciuious persons these are they that poure contempt vpon them and bring shame infamy vnto them Euery one therefore should be carefull to looke to their charges committed vnto them the Magistrate to gouerne the people the Minister to looke to the flock Ouer which the holy Ghost hath made him Ouerseer euery father and mother to haue an eye to their children and euery master and gouernor to looke to their seruants as their seuerall charges that their houses may not be houses of wickednes of riotousnes of deceit of cursing and euill speaking but rather the houses of God All men are ready to condemne the Ministers that are absent from their flockes and to call for residency at their hands but let these look also vpon themselues and consider the duties of their own callings Doubtlesse all Gouernors haue a certaine kinde of residency required at their hands All gouernors of houses haue a kinde of residency required at their hands and their presence is meete to be among them
supplanted and then it will make vs carefull and watchful ouer our own harts But wher there is want of this faith there men are rash and foole-hardy and feare nothing at all and so like blinde men they fall into the pit cause others to fall This is the cause that Satan in the beginning laboured to batter this fortresse and to vndermine the faith of our first parents that they should not beleeue the word of God and so entertaine communication with him Genes 3. So hee sought to shake the faith of Christ in the first place but the Prince of this world found nothing in him Let vs therefore take to vs the shielde of Faith wherewith we shall be able to quench all the fierie darts of the wicked Ephes 6 16. And albeit we cannot but liue in the world with wicked mē as the Apostle teacheth 1 Cor. chap. 5. verse 10 yet must wee beware wee do not eate with them verse 11. that is conuerse with them and ioyne in league with them lest if wee run with them into euill it turne to their and our destruction To conclude therefore let vs remember that if wee be partakers with them in their sins we shall also be partakers in their punishment and learne to be faithfull fearefull and carefull 52 And the Lord spake vnto Moses saying 53 Vnto these the Land shall bee diuided for an inheritance 54 To a fewe thou shalt giue the lesse inheritance to euerie one shall his inheritance bee giuen according vnto those that were numbred of him 55 Neuerthelesse the Land shall bee diuided c. 56 According to the lot shall the possession therof be c. In these words we haue the second part of the Chapter containing the commandement of God touching the diuiding of the Land amplified by the forme or manner of the dooing of it first by an Arithmeticall proportion according to the number of names hauing regard to the multitude or fewnesse of them they that were moe in number were to haue the greater inheritance and they that were fewer a lesser And this was one end of this new numbering taken of the people in this place whereas they had beene numbred before Secondly to auoyd partiality and contention it must bee done by Lot that they might rest in that diuision no lesse then if it had beene done by the immediate voyce of God from heauen So then as all the Tribes had not an equall number of persons so they were not to receyue an equall measure of inheritance and as they differed in multitude so they were to differ in their portion and partition of the Land If they had receiued all an equality some should haue beene burthened with superfluity and others streightned through penury The Doctrine arising from hence is this Doctrine God prouideth sufficiently for all his people That God prouideth sufficiently for all his people Euery man hath his portion assigned him of God vpon the earth It is his will and pleasure that all should haue their measure of earthly things not some to haue all and some nothing at all but all to haue some part Deu. 15 7 8 10. God would haue no begger in Israel When the Lord sent downe Manna and fed his people with Angels food all the hoast from the highest to the lowest had enough He that gathered much had nothing ouer and hee that gathered little had no lacke Exod. 16 18. 2 Cor. 8 15. To this end he instituted deacons in the Church mercifull men to looke to the poore that none should bee neglected in the dayly ministration Actes 6 1 3. 4 34 there was none in the Church of Christ that lacked forasmuch as distribution was made to euery one according as he needed This was no Anabaptisticall communion but a Christian communication of outward and earthly things as euery man had neede And heere we haue not a disanulling of propriety but an establishing of charity The Euangelist Luke describing the state of the church after Christs ascension saith that the multitude of them that beleeued were of one heart and of one soule neither said any of them that ought of the things which he possessed was his owne but they had all things common Act 4 32. Rom. 12 13 2 Cor. 9 9. Reason 1 The reasons are manifest For he prouided for man in the beginning before hee had any being or beginning as he prepareth milke in the mothers brest before the infant be broght forth into the world He made all things necessary for man before he made man himself Gen. 1. 2. much more will he prouide for vs after we haue life and bodies giuen vnto vs. Secondly who gaue vnto vs life whence haue wee receiued our bodies Is it not from God is not he our Maker and are not wee the worke of his hands Our Sauiour teacheth vs That the life is more then meate and the body thē raiment Matth. chap. 6 25. If then we haue receiued life from him wee shall also receyue meate to sustaine life and if he haue giuen vs our bodies he will giue vs garments to cloth our bodies and to couer our nakednes Thirdly he feedeth all his creatures that he made He causeth grasse to grow for the Cattle hearbe for the seruice of man that hee may bring forth food out of the earth Psal 104 14. Yea the yong Lions roare after their prey and seeke theyr meate from God verse 21. He giueth to the beast his food and to the yong Rauens that cry Psal 147 9. The Lord is good vnto all and his tender mercies are ouer all his workes Psal 145 9. So the eyes of all waite vpon him and hee giueth them their meate in due season hee openeth his hand and satisfieth the desire of euery liuing thing verse 15 16 much more then will he prouide for man whom hee made after his owne image and set him to rule ouer the beasts of the field and the fowles of heauen Fourthly euery man by the instinct of nature and the light of grace prouideth for his owne children and supplieth all their wants and euery Gouernor ministreth food and necessary things for his family Prouerb 31 15. and he that doth not this Hath denied the faith and is worse then an Infidel 1 Tim. 5 8. We are Gods owne people we belong to his household and family he is the Creator and we his creatures he is our father and wee his children he is our master and we his seruants he is our sheepheard and we his sheepe If then he should not feede vs and prouide for vs hee should deny himselfe and falsifie the worde that is gone out of his owne mouth which is vnpossible This reason is vrged by our Sauiour Christ Matth. 7 9 10. Luke 11 11 12 13. This reproueth those that neuer thinke they Vse 1 hau● enough neyther will know what is sufficient no not when God hath giuen them great plenty and abundance They that haue
brethren his vnkles Lastly if his father haue no brethren the inheritance must descend to the next kinsman whatsoeuer he be of his tribe and family Here a question may bee asked whether this law binde in conscience all Nations and persons for euer Quest And many things may be saide of it and for it as most equall and the voyce of nature it selfe Neuerthelesse all things considered Answ I rather take this law to be among the Iudicials that do not necessarily tye all places persons to the performance of them Hence it is that it is saide afterward verse 11 that it is a statute of iudgement and to whom not to all Nations but to the children of Israel so that though some of their iudiciall and politicall lawes do binde yet all do not as we see in Exodus where they are handled in the 21 22 23 chapters Secondly this law appointeth that the inheritance must of necessity passe from one to another from the father vnto the childe c. without any interruption if then this order must hold as a perpetuall ordinance for euer it should be vtterly vnlawfull to sell a mans inheritance for any cause or vpon any occasion or to buy a mans inheritance because the Iewes were as well tyed to that and if they did it must returne to the owner again at the yeare of Iubile as wee reade in many places of the Law of Moses Leuit. 25 23 24 Numb 36 8 and it appeareth farther in the practise of Naboth 1 Kings 21 3 when Ahab required of him his Vineyard eyther by way of sale or exchange he answered The Lord forbid it mee that I should giue the inheritance of my fathers to thee Thus doth God ordaine that euery mans Land should keep and continue within his owne tribe and not passe from tribe to tribe which would bring much confusion and an intermingling of one tribe with another all which were peculiar to this people Thirdly God ordained it as a statute also in Israel that the eldest should haue a double portion of all that a man hath because hee is the beginning of his strength therefore the right of the first borne is his this is grounded vpon the same reasons that this is yet who accounteth this precisely imposed vpon all as a morall ordinance Nay M Dod exposit on 5. Command some of good note and name in the Church are of opinion that they should receiue the best portion that are best and inherite most that haue most grace in theyr hearts and therfore they take not this precept to be as a president to binde all posterity And if this do not necessarily binde why should the former Fourthly the words of the law in this place do not seeme to mee as a law of annexing the inheritance to these that it should not be lawfull to alter this course It is saide if a man dye and haue no sonne or if he dye and haue no daughter then shall the inheritance descend thus and thus but this hindreth not but a man while he liueth may by will or otherwise make conueyance of his estate and this law is nothing against such conueyance Lastly we find that the Israelites themselues did sometimes giue inheritance to their daughters euen while they had heyres males as appeareth in Caleb Iudg. 1 15. 1. Chron. 2 18. Salomon was not the eldest sonne of Dauid yet hee succeeded his father in his kingdome and had more then all the rest To conclude if grace must haue the first place vertue must make the heyre then nature must giue place to grace But to leaue this doubt Doctrine Propriety of goods is the ordinance of God let vs come to the Doctrine for heereby wee learne that the propriety of goods is the ordinance and blessing of God he hath appointed that men should haue theyr possessions peculiar to themselues in this life So did Abraham buy a possession for buriall and paied for it currant money among Merchants Gen. 23 16 he layde no clayme to it before he had purchased it as if it had beene no lesse his thē any other The Patriarkes chalenged as proper to themselues the Welles which by theyr owne labour and industry they had digged and complained of wrong and violence when they were taken from them Gen. 26. To this end did God appoint that euery Tribe should haue inheritance giuen them by lot Hence it is also that wee reade that the faithfull haue had possessions and retained their possessions and are saide many of them to bee exceeding rich to haue possession of flocks possession of heards and great store of seruants and others are saide to become great to haue siluer and gold and iewels Gen. 26 24 as Abraham Isaac Iacob Ioseph Obadiah and infinit others In the New Testament wee reade of Iohn the Euangelist of Ioseph of Arimathea a Disciple of Christ who honoured the buriall of his Master of Lazarus raised vp by Christ his two sisters of Simon the leaper of Ioanna of Susanna and these liued in the daies of Christ and had possessions After his ascension many beleeuers solde theyr possessions Tabitha was full of good works Cornelius the Captain gaue much almes to all the people Philemon and Philip and sundry others all which professing and some of them preaching the Gospel are no where commanded to abiure their possessions and to renounce their houses and lands neyther did they betake themselues to a supposed community knowing that priuat possession and Christian profession stand together and do not one ouerthrow the other as hath bene plentifully declared elsewhere Reason 1 The grounds of this doctrine are very apparent First God approueth of buying and selling or else the first Christians might not haue solde their possessions and taken money for them and they did alienate them from them not because they could not lawfuly be possessed but because the poore should be releeued Act. 4 34. The Lord likewise giueth rules in the Law for the right ordering thereof Leuit. 25 15. Secondly God commandeth almesgiuing to the people as an holy and Christian dutie which he also promiseth to reward to a cuppe of cold water Matth 10. and euery where he commendeth the releeuing of the wants and necessities of their poore brethren threatneth the contrary Deut. 15 11. Thirdly hee forbiddeth stealing and wronging one of another in temporall things and hurting one an other in their goods Exod. 20 15. As also the defrauding one of another Mark 10 19. Lastly euery man hath his children proper to himselfe euery man knoweth his owne children and can say These are mine these are not mine Now children are part of their fathers goods as appeareth Iob 1 As then they are proper vnto euery man so also ought other goods that euery man may know his owne Vse 1 This reprooueth the Anabaptists that would bring in a communion or rather a confusion of all things who while they goe about to
giue to these maintaine them both in idlenes wickednes As then we see vnto whō we ought not to giue so we must know to whom we ought to giue To whom we ●●ght to giue These are poore widdowes and fatherlesse children 1 Tim. 5 16 such as are poore strangers such day laborers as worke hard for their liuing all the week and yet cannot either thorough weaknesse of their body or greatnes of their charge get things necessary and sufficient for them and of these we shall alwaies haue with vs to the end of the world Mat. 62 11 Such also as are falne into decay by ineuitable losses 〈◊〉 15 11. Leu. 23 35. Lastly such as are weake and impotent whether through age or other blemish whether in their feete or in their hands or other parts that thereby though they bee willing yet they are not able to take paines for theyr liuing Acts 3.2 6. but amongst all these they are especially to bee respected that are of the houshold of faith Gal. 6 10. If we be careful and mindfull of these God will recompence vs againe and pay vs home seuenfolde into our bosomes whatsoeuer we haue giuen both in temporall spirituall and eternall blessings Lastly it is our duty to acknowledge Gods Vse 3 great mercy toward vs in the blessings of this life that hee hath giuen to vs that which hee hath denied to many others and when he giueth vnto vs a comfortable vse of these blessings wee must confesse we haue them not by our owne labor and industrie but by his speciall goodnes towards vs Psal 127 1 3. and therfore we ought to sanctifie our daily pains with daily prayer and begin and end our labors with remembring him that remembreth vs and so praise his goodnes that enableth vs to get goods and this shall make our labour sweet and pleasant and the yoake that lyeth in our neckes to be light and easie Againe as God giueth them so he giueth a blessing with them a blessing with a blessing that is bread and the nourishment of bread For a man liueth not by bread onely but by euery word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God Deut. 8. Moreouer as he giueth outward blessings so he can take them away when it pleaseth him euen in a moment Iob 1 Luk 12. 22 And the Lord saide vnto Moses Get thee vp into this mount Abarim and see the land which I haue giuen vnto the children of Israel 13 And when thou hast seene it thou shalt bee gathered vnto thy people c. 14 For ye rebelled against my commandement c. Here followeth the second part of the chapt touching the successour of Moses in the gouernment of this great people wherein obserue the occasion the calling of Ioshua The occasion is double the death of Moses at hād his request to God to appoint a man to be set in his place Touching his death he is willed to go vp to mount Abarim and to behold the land that God had giuen to the Israelites for God had foreshewed that he should see the land with his eies though he did not tread on it with his feet when he had seene the land he should dy as Aaron his brother before him chap. 20 24 amplified by the cause they had not sanctified the name of the Lord at the Waters of Meribah of which we haue spoken before Touching the prayer and request of Moses he desireth of the Lord that he wold appoint a fit Ruler ouer his people to succeed him in this gouernment that might be able to beare this great burthen For hearing the vnchāgeable determination of God humbling himselfe vnder his correcting hand chastising his transgression he is not afraid of the sentence of death being at hand and seeing it before him neither doth he craue to haue the stroke thereof prolonged and delayed neither is he troubled with excessiue cares for himselfe and his children and posterity as the manner is of worldly minded men that mind nothing but the earth and earthly things when they must go out of the world shall haue their mouth full thereof but all his care was for the future benefite of the people to leaue them in good estate after his departure This should teach vs after his example to be readie to leaue the world whensoeuer God calleth vs not to stād in feare of death but to be willing to goe to God knowing the we shall go to an inheritance immortall that fadeth not 1 Pet. 1. and we must all likewise be carefull to leaue our houses places in good state when we are gone of which we haue spoken before chap. 20. Moses was the deere seruant of God yet sinning hee is punished The Lord himselfe receyued his soule and buried his body Deut 34 6 13. He was in high fauour with God liuing and dying an excellent Prophet to whom God spake face to face yet hee was not suffered to enter into the land of Promise Doctrine Many want the outward signes that are partakers of the truth of the Sacraments Wherby we see that many want the Sacraments that are partakers of the truth and substance of the Sacraments He entred into the heauenly Canaan that was not permitted to enter into the earthly Some are admitted vnto the outward signe that neuer receiue the thing signified so was Iudas to the Passeouer as well as Peter and the rest of the Apostles yet he was neuer partaker of the Lambe that taketh away the sins of the world Iohn 1 29. On the other side some take not the outward signe that neuerhelesse partake the inward grace The vses heereof are to teach vs that the outward Vse 1 and inward parts of the Sacraments are not necessarily ioyned together so that hee which partaketh the one should also partake the other and therfore the outward sign doth not simply conferre grace Secondly it condemneth the Church of Rome that holdeth that children dying without baptisme are not saued whereas saluation is not alwayes annexed to the signe so that though infants want the outward washing yet to them may belong the kingdom of heauen Mark 10 14. Lastly it serueth as a great comfort to such as desire to come to the Sacraments yet are hindred sometimes by sicknes and somtimes by other ineuitable occasions that procure their absence forasmuch as we see in this example of Moses that we may bee partakers of the truth of the signes and yet bee barred or banished from the signes themselues In such cases as these God accepteth the will for the deede 2 Cor. 8 12. Againe Doctrine Many are temporally punished that are not eternally condemned we learne by the examples of Moses and Aaron that were not suffered to enter into Canaan a figure of the heauenly Canaan this truth That many are temporally punished which are not eternally condemned Many are chastised in this life not onely with diseases and sicknesses but with death
sorted out sufficient in shew that thereby hope assurance may arise to counteruayle the contrary part Eccl. 4 9 10 11 12. Luke 14 31. Iudg. 20 17. and 7 2 7 2. Chron. 14 8 9 10 11. Secondly for order that by warlike policy euery man may be fitted to stand in his place 2 Sam. 10.9 10 11. and 18 1 2 3. 1 Kings 22 14 15 in regard whereof it is fit requisite that men be trayned at home before they go to fight abroad 1 Sam. 17 33. 2 Sam. 10 9. 2 Chron. 14 10 that military discipline be not broken to the destruction of the whole army 1 Sam. 11 11 and 30 16 17 one such souldier is worth an hundred others that are vntaught and vntrayned This serueth to reprooue sundry abuses Vse 1 First of such as send not out a iust hoast or sufficient forces but sparingly now some and then others whereby the people are smitten downe with the sword and made a prey to the enemies 2 Sam. 11 15 17. Secondly against eyther raw or desperate souldiers that couetously or proudly and presumptuously go to battell against the enemy in a tumultuous and confused manner as if they went rather to the spoyle victory then to the battell This is a wilfull tempting of God and a making of themselues guilty of theyr owne death and of many others Thirdly this reproueth the carelesnesse and negligence of such as are Gouernors in gathering mustering men and in prouiding armour and furniture when the cause is instant and requireth haste 2 Sam. 20 4 5. If in any other earthly thing the Prouerbe taketh place in this that delay is dangerous Fourthly it meeteth most iustly with the murmuring of retchlesse people at the labors and charges of often mustering and are vnwilling to bestow one penny for the safety of the state of the kingdome of the Church of our Cities and Townes nay of theyr wiues and children and theyr owne goods Iudg. 5 16 17. and 21 9 10. 1 Sam. 13 8 and 11 7. Lastly this serueth for comfort vnto vs when these meanes are vsed and affoorded when we see them taken in hand carefully and religiously 2 Chron. 14 8. Whē all things are ordered aright and sufficient forces leuied who should not be ready and willing to go foorth For as the want of men and munition and all kinde of prouision taketh away the heart and slaketh the courage of such as are to fight and aduenture theyr liues so on the other side the hauing of all things fitte and necessary giueth comfort 2. Chron. 14 8. Neuerthelesse wee must take heed that we do not relye vpon them and put our trust in them for no man is saued by the multitude of an hoast how great and strong soeuer it be 2 Chron. 13 8 13. Esay 2 22 and 3 1 2 3 and an horse though prepared for the battell is a vaine thing to saue a man forasmuch as an army are men and not God and theyr horses are flesh not spirit Esay chapter 31 verse 3. Againe the army heere spoken of is not onely gathered together but it is sent out Doctrine An army leuied and prepared must be sent out First it is furnished and prepared and then employed The Doctrine An army assembled must go forth in a seasonable time if the cause remaine and continue for which it was gathered Iosh 11 7. 1 Sam. 18 5 27. The Reasons First because it is not the Reason 1 sight but the vse not the hauing but the employing of men of warre that hurteth the enemy 2 Kings 19 32. It is not the hauing of a sword that sufficeth but the drawing of it out against the enemy that profiteth Secondly otherwise it argueth want of wisedome or courage or constancy or all these vpon the distrust of the cause or force Iudg. 9 36 37 38 Thirdly it giueth edge to the enemy to prouide meanes of preuenting by a more speedy resolution if they go not foorth being prepared 2 Sam. 20 6. whereas it is the part of a wise and politike Captaine to take heede hee do nothing to hearten the enemy or discourage his souldiers This serueth to reproue those that in a brauado Vse 1 make much preparation but are nothing at all for execution such are they that go not out at all or go out too late hauing too credulous hearts to beleeue that the enemy will not come or not come as yet 2 Sam 20 6. Secondly it reproueth such as refuse to go or to be sent out Some had rather be hanged before theyr doores then be employed in the Princes seruice Others hide themselues or hyre others or make friends or excuses of insufficiency because they would not performe this businesse and would slippe theyr heads out of the coller Numb 16 12 13 14. Lastly it serueth to warne such as are mustered and haue giuen theyr names to prepare thēselues and to think seriously of the matter that they are to bee employed in a weighty businesse that so they may be ready to fight the Lords battels 2 Chron 20 ver 15. for theyr Prince Country wife and children Neh. 4 14. In the next place marke that Moses spake vnto some of the people Arme your selues vnto the warre At the commandement of Moses the people must arme but before hee command they may not put on armour The Doctrine Doctrine An army must be sent forth by lawfull authoritie A lawfull army must be gathered and sent out by publike authority 2. Chron. 14 9. The grounds heereof for first publike enemies must be resisted by authority power of the publike Magistrate 1 Sam. 11 7. Secondly Reason 1 the Magistrate beareth not the sword in vaine 1 Sam. 8 20. Thirdly they intrude into the seate of Iustice that take this vpon them without authority nay they sit downe in the place of God Numb 16 11. But it may be obiected Obiect that the examples of Abraham who armed 318 men and pursued the Kings and of Sampson proue the contrary for what warrant had they I answer they had both sufficient warrant and authority Answ Sampson was one of the Iudges chosen of God to saue his people and he was stirred vp and guided by an extraordinary spirit to smite them hip and thigh with a great slaughter Iudg. 14 ver 19. And touching Abraham hee was no priuate man nor subiect to any other Potentate but a free Prince and at his owne command Againe he did no more then as if a man should defend him and his against a theefe and resist violence with violence by the sword The vses remaine Vse 1 It is the duty of the Magistrate when intelligence is giuen of enemies and of theyr approch or preparation not to be secure or to suffer them to take the start but he must take order against them 2 Chron. 20 1 2 3 that he suffer not the Lords enemies to preuayle or to escape 1 Sam. 15 3 9 35. It is a great
others but when we must lay downe this earthly tabernacle little or no difference will appeare The condition of all men is alike in death and Salomon saieth Eccl. chap. 9 verse 4. A liuing dogge is better then a dead Lyon We must therefore know that whatsoeuer we are we are no better then dust whether we consider the originall cause or the finall we are of the dust and we must returne againe to the dust and can carry away nothing with vs. Secondly this should instruct men of high Vse 2 places to turne vnto God to serue him with feare ●nd to reioyce before him with trembling yea to kisse the sonne lest he be angry and they perish in the way for when his wrath is kindled but a little blessed are all they that put theyr trust in him For when all must appeare before the iudgement seate of God no ensigne of honour will do vs any good Let not the rich man glory in his riches or the strong man in his strength nor the noble man in his honour but hee that glorieth let him glory in this That hee vnderstandeth and knoweth God that he is the Lord which exerciseth kindnesse iudgement and righteousnesse in the earth for in these be delighteth Ierem. chap. 9 verse 14. When a man commeth before an earthly Iudge hee respecteth not the person of the poore nor honoureth the person of the mighty for that were to doe vnrighteousnesse in iudgement but hee iudgeth his neighbour rightly Leuit. 19 15. How much more then must we assure our selues that the Iudge of all the world will do right The Prophet Dauid chosen of God to bee the Gouernour of his people professeth that he will sing mercy and iudgement Psalm 101 verse 1. Thus shall it be with God heere the vngodly often escape because no man dare attach them or meddle with them but in the end they shall not escape Euery man shall appeare without his vizard here some poore are respected for theyr rags the rich for theyr bagges the noble for theyr Escutchions the Captaines for theyr armes the mighty for theyr friends the clyents for theyr bribes thus are the eyes of men dazeled and blinded that they cannot consider euery mans cause but too much respect the person It is not so with God All the glory of man is no better then vanity like the flower of the field that fadeth away God looketh vpon the heart if we come before him with a soule washed in the blood of Christ this will keepe vs from the wrath of God Vse 3 Lastly from hence ariseth comfort to the oppressed and them of low degree that are in misery to know that God will pleade theyr cause and enter into iudgement with the mighty ones of the earth He is higher then the highest and stronger then the strongest Heere men stand in feare of them that do not stand in feare of God but God feareth not theyr faces He heareth the cry of the poore and will deliuer them Marke the end that God will make who is the King of Kings and the Lord of Lords he will call those to iudgment that heere escape the hands of men When they shall receiue for the wrong which they haue done because with him is no respect of persons Col. 3 25. 12 And they brought the captiues the prey and the spoile vnto Moses Eleazar the Priest and vnto the Congregation of the C●●ldren of Israel vnto the Campes at the plaine of Moab which are by Iordan neere Iericho 13 And Moses and Eleazar the Priest and all the Congregation went foorth to meete them without the Campe. 14 And Moses was wroth with the Officers of the hoast with the Captaines ouer thousands and Captaines ouer hundreds which came from the battell 15 And Moses saide vnto them Haue ye saued all the women aliue 16 Behold these caused the children of Israel through the counsell of Balaam to commit a trespasse against the Lord as concerning Peor and there came a plague among the Congregation of the Lord. 17 Now therefore kill euery male among the children and kill euery woman that hath knowne man c. 18 But all the women children that haue not knowne a man by lying with him keepe aliue for your selues 19 And do yee abide without the Campe seuen dayes all that haue killed any person and all that haue touched any dead and purifie both your selues and your prisoners the third day and the seuenth 20 And ye shall purifie euery garment and all that is made of skinnes and all worke of Goats haire and all things made of wood 21 And Eleazar the Priest said vnto the men of warre which went to the battell This is the ordinance of the Law which the Lord commanded Moses 23 Euery thing that may abide the fire ye shal make it goe through the fire and it shall be cleane yet it shall be purified with the water of purification and all that suffereth not the fire ye shall cause to passe by the water In the words before we heard the maruellous and memorable iudgement of GOD against the Midianites who were enemies to the Church of God among whom also Balaam perished He wished to dye the death of the righteous chap. 23 10 but hee lost his life among the vnrighteous Thus they that digge a pit oftentimes fall into it themselues Psalm 7. Now in these words we haue the third and last part of the Chapter touching the yssue of things after the battell when the Captaines Souldiers returned from the battell These are of two sorts First the things that happened before they came into the Campe to the 25 verse and then what fell out when they were admitted into the Campe. Touching the things that befell the men of war before they were admitted into the hoast they are these foure First Moses chideth and checketh them because they had done the Commandement of God to halfes they had executed a part and left another part vndone like Saul that spared the fatter Sheepe and Oxen for sacrifice 1. Sam. 15. verse 21. They had saued all the women vnder a pretence of foolish pitty accounting it no honour or valour to consist in killing them but they ought to haue beene destroyed because they caused the children of Israel to commit a trespasse against the Lord and a great plague fell vpon the congregatiō of the Lord chapter 25 1. Secondly Moses commandeth that such should all be destroyed theyr eye must spare none of them but the women children that had not knowne man by carnall copulation should be reserued aliue for their vses Thirdly hee commandeth the men of warre to purifie themselues before they came into the host Lastly we see the commandement of Eleazar the Priest to purifie the siluer and gold and garments that they had gotten that such mettals as would abide the fire and not be consumed should passe through it the rest was to bee washed with water that so they might be consecrated
I answere Answ the Lord hath giuen them other bookes to reade when he sayth Search the Scriptures Ioh. 5 39 hereby they shall be led into all truth and be sure to be preserued from errour and euill But as cunning and crafty theeues when they meete with a poore simple foole or a little child doe take theyr treasure or money from them ●nd giue them babies and pictures to play withal to keepe them quiet from crying or complayning so doe the Popish sort deale with Gods people they take from them the rich treasure of the holy Scriptures whereby all theyr iugling and deceit would be discerned and giue them puppets and images to be their play-fellowes which are the doctrine of vanity Ierem. 10 15. Zacharie 10 2 and they are teachers of lyes Habakkuk 2 18. Neyther let them reply that the Prophets condemne the images of false gods and that they make the images of the true God For wee shewed before that this cannot serue their turne forasmuch as the commandement forbiddeth the images of the true GOD Deuteron 4 12.15 Acts 17 29. Againe they obiect Obiect that they doe not worship the images themselues but so farre as they haue relation to the Saints whereof they are images I answere Answer the Israelites so often reproued for worshipping of images did withall professe that they worshipped not the idols themselues of wood or stone but God in them as in making the golden calfe they had a respect to GOD who brought them out of Egypt Exodus 32 3 4. And the mother of Micah witnesseth that shee had dedicated the siluer vnto the Lord to make a grauen and molten image Iudges 17 3. So Ieroboam hauing made the golden calues sayth Behold O Israel thy gods which brought thee out of the land of Egypt 1 Kings 12 28 for hee meaneth the image and similitude which representeth the true God Hos 2 26. And not onely the Israelites who could not be so sottish as to beleeue that the calues which themselues had made and had lately made had freed their fore-fathers out of captiuity but the Gentiles themselues excused their idolatry in this maner as Austine witnesseth I doe not serue and adore that stone which I see but I serue him whom I doe not see And who is that a certaine diuine power which is inuisible which hath the charge ouer that image August in Psalm 9 6. As for other obiections drawne from the Cherubims and the brasen serpent wee haue spoken of them sufficiently before chapt 21. Lastly wee haue from hence occasion offered Vse 3 vnto vs to laud and magnifie the Name of God that hath freed vs from the darknes of idolatry and the danger of Idolaters except wee will runne into the same againe He hath placed vs where wee haue the Gospel like the Israelites in Goshen and hath opened our eyes to see those follies Let vs not with vnthankfull hearts desire to returne againe into this seruitude The Lord hath chosen to dwell among vs and hath planted his Church in our kingdom let vs labour to approue our obedience in his sight lest hee take the light of the truth from vs and bestow it vpon a people that wil bring forth the fruits thereof So long as the true worship of God continueth among vs our countrey shall be famous and renowned On the other side all places lose their honour and dignity when once they are defiled with sinne and consecrated to idolatry Gilgal was famous many wayes for many memorable things that happened there yet through idolatry there practised it became so infamous that the people of Iuda are forbidden to resort thither The like might be said of Beth-el which in former times was the house of God but was afterward for the same cause turned into Beth-auen an house of vanity Hos 4. Ierem. 7 12. Psalme 78 60. What shall wee then say of the Popish pilgrimages to Rome or to the holy land but taxe them of ignorance and superstition For be it that these places retayned theyr ancient dignity and maintayned the Religion of God in his purity yet should there bee no reason to go thither to worship forasmuch as all difference of places is taken away Ioh. 4 23. Ierome trauayled himselfe to the holy land and liued there and yet he sayth It is no commendation to haue seene Ierusalem but to haue liued well at Ierusalem this is praise worthy And Bernard after him Wee must not seeke after the earthly but the heauenly Ierusalem not by pilgrimage on foot but by bettering our affections Epist 319. ad Lelbert Abbat And if God require not of vs to resort to such places though they ente●●ayned the truth then doubtlesse much lesse to trauayle so farre vnto them being now degenerate wholly dedicated and deuoted to Antichristianity and idolatry in which respect they are now become reprochfull hatefull and infamous to God al goodmen For we are not to esteeme them as they were but we must take them as they are that is full of superstition and consequently dangerous to come at them But if yee will not driue out the inhabitants of the land from before you it shall come to passe c shall be prickes in your eyes c. In these words we see the threatning which God denounceth against the carelesnesse and negligence of this people in the execution of that commandement of God The Lord will doe vnto them as hee had thought to doe vnto theyr enemies From hence wee learne that coldnesse and caresnesse in the seruice of God is a great and greeuous sinne Want of zeale in the cause of God Want of zeal in Gods cause is a grieuous sinne to be newters or indifferent men not caring or regarding which end go forward is a foule and fearefull sinne before him Iudges 1 21 27 29 31 33 2 2 3. 1 Kings 18 21 and 2 Kings 17 33. Gal. 3 1. Reuel 2 4 3 15 16. Gal. 5 7 Such are the greatest number of our professours Some would reconcile the Papists and vs that is light and darknesse Christ and Belial the Temple of God and idols Some serue theyr turnes by theyr profession so long as they may gaine and grow in credit vnder it Some professe religion as they professe the Lawes of the kingdome to wit as a ciuill thing and matter of good policy to keepe the people in subiection and obedience being ready to change as the time and state changeth Some hate them that are faithfull and forward so much that they can abide no zeale in religion nor in obedience that terme them madde fooles and giddy headed spirits which desire to feare God and to walke according to his word O miserable persons that which GOD hateth is commended and that which hee commandeth is reuiled and euill spoken of The grounds It is as naturall to a man Reason 1 to sinne as it is to draw the aire as experience teacheth in all subiect to humane infirmity
and marrow and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart much more must wee acknowledge the author and giuer thereof to bee the searcher of the heart so that there is not any creature that is not manifest in his sight but al things are naked and open vnto the eyes of him with whom wee haue to doe Hebrewes 4 12 13. Will any that is brought before a Iudge and standeth in his presence beginne to mocke and iest as with a childe But the Lord is the Iudge of the whole world and he will reward euery man according to his workes Genes 18 25 and 21 49. Deuteronom 10 17 Acts 17 31. Romanes 2 5 6 and 3 6. So then they are desperately euill that dally with their owne saluation halting on both sides swimming betweene two streames and losing their first loue whereby they glorified God and adorned the profession of the Gospel Lastly it is required of euery good and Vse 3 faithfull seruant of God to bee zealous and amend This serueth to giue a watch word and warning to the greatest number of our professors among vs such as are accounted the most peaceable of the kingdome honest men iust dealers and ciuill liuers who can say with the Pharisie in the Gospel they are no theeues nor adulterers nor drunkards nor extortioners they hurt no man they wrong no man they meane well to all they follow their businesse quietly they liue among their neighbours peaceably they are no medlers nor busie-bodyes in other mens matters these think themselues therefore to be in good case to be assured of Gods loue and fauour to need no particular repentance yet in the meane season they haue no zeale nor care of religion in them But some wil say Are not the former points that you haue named good things Do you shalt passe but no farther and heere shall thy proud waues be stayed Iob 38 11. Vse 1 This serueth to reproue the cursed secte of the Anabaptists who bring in a confusion of all things that set the heauens out of theyr course and remoue the earth out of his place and breake vp the barres of the sea and turne the order that God hath setled vpside down For they can abide no priuate mans possessions but would haue all things common Thus they thinke to make themselues like to the Apostles but indeed they thereby resemble rather some of the Philosophers If we should see a man come into his neighbours ground pull vp the hedges teare vp the enclosures rend vp the fences fill vp the ditches take away the pales through downe the wals and remoue the bounds wee would hold him an enemy to humane society and to the expresse ordinance of God For wherefore hath God seuered and diuided people from people with bro●d seas deepe riuers and high mountains but that they should not passe those bounds nor inuade the possessions of others And this was the cause why in this place he bounded so exactly the Land of promise and teacheth thē where it should begin and where it should end on the East-side and on the West on the North-side and on the South And in the booke of Ioshua the seuerall bounds limits of euery Tribe is seuerally and largely expressed and described Hence it is that Salomon saith Prou. 22 28. Remoue not the ancient land-marke which thy fathers haue set This is the law of God and man a law vnder the Law and the Gospel to continue for euer True it is the Romanists would conclude from hence Obiect that their errors which haue gotten foot for a few hundred yeares climbed vp into the chayre of Moses ought to preuayle and take place But this is no better then to draw the words frō the litterall meaning to an allegory Answer which by the doctrine of theyr owne schooles cannot be sound Tho Aquinas Againe howsoeuer in worldly possessions prescription of time may carry some credite and be of some force Iudg. 11 26 yet in the matters of God no time thogh the hayres be neuer so gray can prescribe against the ancient of daies Dan. 7 22. For if it be a prerogatiue royall in a temporall kingdome as the lawyers teach that nullum tempus occurrit regi that is no time shall barre the king nor preiudice him of his right then much more must we hold that no time shall barre the King of Kings and the Lord of Lords of his right but his law must take place for euer against all other lawes customes immunities priuiledges and prescriptions whatsoeuer Lastly the doctrine of the Gospel which we professe is more ancient then all the deuices and inuentions of men which hath beene receyued and beleeued from the infancy of the Church and from the beginning of the world and therefore the late and new start vp religion of popery must rise vp before the hoary head thereof as the young man is commanded to honour the face of the old man Moreouer Obiect whereas they alledge this and vrge it to procure credite and authority vnto the works and writings of men as if the sayings of the Fathers were to stand for a law it is of no greater weight then the former And albeit it were sufficient to say Let God be true and euery man a lyar Rom. 3 4 yet we answer Answer farther that the Fathers are for the most part against them and refuse to be witnesses for them as might easily appeare in the maine controuersies betweene them and vs. Againe as they dissent from them so sometimes they dissent from themselues Lastly all the Prophets Apostles as a cloud of witnesses stand on our side and we teach nothing but what wee haue receyued of them and they are our warrant To returne then vnto the former point wee see the Anabaptists are iustly reprooued who cannot abide any bounds or buttelles or land-marks neither that any should be master of his owne possessions but would haue all go to spoyle and hauocke And as God would haue iust weights and measures obserued betweene man and man that they might buy sell one with another so he wold haue bounds and markes also vnchanged that equity and vprightnesse in all our dealings might take place For this cause Moses saith Cursed is he that remoueth his neighbours landmarke and all the people shall say Amen Deut 27 17 and 19 14. Diony Halic antiq lib. 2. The very heathen by the light of nature saw that such markes ought to be inuiolable which of old time had beene set in inheritances and they all thought that God himselfe was wronged and iniuried in such false dealings And because it should be accounted an holy matter they made a god of it according to their common manner which they called Terminus and dedicated a feast to him which they called Terminalia True it is this was a diuellish inuention to set vp an Idoll for the maintainance of equity yet nature taught engraued this
dayes of the Gospel to entertain and giue way vnto them may be a great question Whether Sanctuaries priuiledged places may be allowed among Christians Peter Martyr disputing this point whether they are to be retained or abolished deliuereth his opinion that because the law of God allowed them the customes of nations approued them and for that there may bee at some times iust cause of them therefore they may haue place among Christians so that certaine conditions be obserued First that neyther publike nor priuate wealth bee any way hurt or damnified Secondly that vices bee not nourished and fostered by hope of pardon or escaping without punishment Lastly prouision must be made that they should not stand open to all sorts of offenders but onely be granted to certaine persons as when a man at vnawares hath killed another and feareth the auenger or is oppressed and ouer-burthened with debt without his owne fault feareth the creditor Neuerthelesse it seemeth to me that these reasons carry more shew then substance and perswade rather by the number then by their waight For to allow such Sanctuaries and yet to limit them with these cautions seemeth to mee all one as if one should deliuer a knife into the hands of a childe and then appoint three or foure keepers and ouerseers to attend vpon him to take care that hee doe no hurt to himselfe or to others whereas the knife might more safely be taken away and the labour of the men better employed And as for the two particular instances that this learned man giueth in case of man-slaughter and debt there are Courts of iustice and conscience to try euerie mans cause and to mittigate the rigour of such as are mercilesse and therefore howsoeuer wee haue had Sanctuaries and other priuiledged places among vs as appeareth in our Chronicles in the late reigne of Edward the fourth Edward the fift the memory whereof yet remaineth which peraduenture may yet bee in force yet through disuse and discontinuance of them it may appeare that the euil was iudged to be greater then the good that came by them And if some inconuenience in some one case might fall out through want of them it were better to beare that inconuenience by missing of them then to admit a mischeefe or rather an heape of mischeefe by retayning of them But howsoeuer it may bee iudged in some certaine cases a matter of charity to allow to some persons the Sanctuary to saue themselues from such cormorants as would neuer be satisfied but by the body and blood of the poore debter yet because vnder colour and pretence of this protection infinite enormities would arise vnto the detriment of the Commonwealth and that the former supposed causes may bee better remedied by other meanes no way hurtfull or preiudiciall at all to any it were much better quite to dissolue them then to retaine them For grant once this priuiledge and immunity to such as are growne to decay by ineuitable losses you shall haue others in time claime that benefite yea and perhaps sooner receyue it that are gone to decay by their owne negligence and vnthriftinesse And if it were needefull or expedient in case of debt to allow the Sanctuary no doubt the Lord himself setting vp these Sanctuaries would haue extended the liberty to such persons to flye vnto them whereas among the people of God none were allowed to haue refuge vnto them but such as were pursued by the auenger of blood And if there were no other reason to abolish them it were sufficient to see the horrible abuses of them in the Papacy where murtherers and traytors and varlets and a rabble of all sorts of cut-throats as we shall see afterward are protected and allowed to be protected contrarie to the expresse commandement of God Exodus 21 14. If a man come presumptuously vpon his neighbour and slay him with guile the thou shalt take him from the Altar that he may dy And we see the practise of it in Salomon 1 Kings 2 31 for when Ioab a wilfull murtherer that slew two men more righteous and better then him selfe and shed innocent blood in the time of peace fled into the Tabernacle of the Lord and caught hold vpon the Altar he commanded him to be slaine in that place But to return to the former point Popish Sanctuaries vnlawful whether this be inconuenient or not this is most certaine that no states do so much offend by denying of them as the Romanists do by admitting of them whereby it commeth to passe that Churches and Monasteries are turned into dens of theeues It is noted that Innocentius the third wrote to the king of Scottes that then was That no man should be taken by violence out of the church albeit he had committed very heynous offences Howbeit lest they should seeme to let open a window and to set loose the reynes vnto all sorts of wickednes they haue excepted some certaine cases Decret de Immvnit eccles First they will not defend common theeues and robbers which do stand by the high-way side to set vppon such as passe by whether it be by day or night neither yet those that offend greeuously in the Church or Churchyard in hope there to bee priuiledged because such ought not to bee protected by the Church which sin heynously against the Church Decre● 36 9. Can. de Rapto As for other wickednesse and most lewd and loose villanies as the murthering of men the rauishing of Virgins adulteries and such like practises they defend them as appeareth in the Decrees And they offer this immunity and impunity not only to Christians but to the Iewes and heathen people yea to excommunicate persons and to heretickes prouided that the heretickes come into danger for other crimes whereas if it be for heresie they are denyed the benefit of the Sanctuary Neyther is this liberty granted to the Church onely Decret 17 9 4 c●● id constitutionis but to the Byshops palace albeit it be not ioyned vnto the Church As great a priuiledge likewise they grant to their breaden-god and great reason why so often as it is carryed about in pompe and procession or vnto the sicke for if in such case any man ioyne himselfe to the Priest he hath a safegard and Sanctuary Many such like enormities are committed and passe as currant among them and so much wickednesse goeth vnpunished whereby God is offended the Church is polluted and the Land it selfe is vtterly defiled and yet such places of speciall priuiledge and protection are retayned and defended Command vnto the children of Israel that they giue vnto the Leuites c. Heere we see what great allowance God gaue to those that ministred at the Altar and did the seruice of the Tabernacle And albeit the Leuiticall Priesthood and all that ministration bee now abolished yet because God to the end of the world gathereth vnto himselfe a Church by the Ministery of the most holy
but meeteth with them one way or other eyther he striketh them with his owne hand that did lift vp their hands to strike others or he deliuereth them ouer to the Magistrate Some times he maketh them to be witnesses against themselues sometimes to discouer themselues in their dreames sometimes to feele the torments of hell in their owne consciences and sometimes the birds of the ayre to reueale them We see this in Caine that slew his brother for God set a marke vpon him and branded him for his wretched parricide Genesis 4 verse 15. This the very heathen themselues knew by the light of nature that howsoeuer the murtherer may escape out of some danger yet vengeance will pursue and ouertake him Acts 28 4. This we see in Herod that killed Iames with the sword and put Peter in prison intending also the like against him hee escaped not the hand of God long but his deepe vengeance did so dog him at the heels that he was smitten shortly after by the greater stroake of an Angel from heauen and was eaten vp of worms Acts 12 2.23 Thus did Samuel speake to king Agag 1 Sam. 15 33. As thy sword hath made women childlesse so shall thy mother bee childlesse among women and he hewed him in peeces before the Lord. The like we see in Ioab who was smitten with the sword as hee had killed others 1 Kings 2 31 32. And it is to be obserued what Dauid saith of him concerning the blood of Abner that he had spilled 2 Sa. 3 29. Let it rest on the head of Ioab and on all his fathers house and let there not faile from the house of Ioab one that hath an yssue or that is a leper or that leaneth on a staffe or that falleth on the sword or that lacketh bread Thirdly God doth so detest murther that if a beast kill a man it must bee stoned to death and his flesh not eaten Exod. 21 28. What is God offended with the bruite beasts or do they sinne against him and breake his Commandement No but thereby GOD would shew how much hee abhorreth the shedding of mans blood and that man should lay it to his heart Fourthly it is an offence against a mans owne flesh Eph. 5 29 No man euer yet hated his owne flesh but nourisheth and cherisheth it now euery man is as our owne flesh Esay 58 7. We see Beares and Lions and Tigres and wilde beasts doe play together because they are of one kinde mankind is of one kind if we do not agree together but prey one vppon another we are more fierce then Beares more cruell then Lyons more mercilesse then Tygres and more sauage then wilde beasts Fiftly such as slew another violently were taken out of the Cities of refuge by violence God wold giue no protection to such beasts neither City nor Altar nor Tabernacle nor any thing could yeeld them any safegard Deu. 19 11 12 13. 1 Kings 2 31 32. Sixtly it is a crying sinne blood hath a very lowd voice and neuer ceaseth crying vntill iudgement fall vpon the head of the murtherer Gen. 4 10. Beholde the blood of thy brother cryeth from the earth Abel was now dead his mouth was stopped and he could not speak but his blood could speake the which called and cryed in the eares of the Lord GOD of hoastes from the earth for vengeance Hebre. 11 4. Seuenthly no pardon was to bee giuen to such as appeareth in this chapter and verse 32. Ye shall take no satisfaction for the life of him that is a murtherer which is guilty of death but he shall surely be put to death Lastly the Land is defiled by it ver 33 34. Blood defileth the Land and the Land cannot bee clensed of the blood that is shed therein but by the blood of him that shed it Defile not therefore the Land which ye shall inherite wherein I dwell for I the Lord dwell among the children of Israel Now let vs come to the vses First we haue iust cause to feare the wrath of God and if he come to make inquisition of blood he shall finde much blood spilt vpon the earth like water that cannot be gathered vp again throughout the whole Land What abundance of iniustice and cruelty is there to be found in euery place and thought to be iust and vpright dealing How many are there to bee found that hauing once conceyued anger and malice in their hearts will remaine whole dayes and moneths and yeares before they will bee reconciled nay speake one to another thereby depriuing themselues of the mutuall comfort they might reape and receyue and by suffering the Sunne to goe downe vpon their wrath doe giue place to Satan to enter into them to possesse them Eph. 4 26 27. And what colour soeuer men set vpon their cruelty it is but a false painting of a foule face as Adams fig-leaues that couered his shame but could not hide his sinne If it be done vnder pretence of law it is a most fearefull sinne the pretence it selfe maketh it more fearefull because fained iustice is a double iniustice When the Law is so wrested that it is made the occasion of murther it must needs be offensiue displeasing vnto God And albeit this sinne be committed by the Magistrate in letting malefactors go vnpunished yet it must needs bee offensiue vnto GOD because it is that which bringeth the guilt of blood vpon the Land nothing can clense the Land from blood but the blood of him that shed blood This made the Prophet say to Ahab Because thou hast let go out of thy hand a man whom I appointed vnto destruction therefore thy life shall goe for his life and thy people for his people 1 Kings 20 42. Whē there was a famine in the Land in the dayes of Dauid three yeares yeare after yeare and hee enquired of the Lord the cause of that sore iudgement the Lord answered It is for Saul and for his bloody house because hee slew the Gibeonites 2 Sam. 21 1 and the attonement could not be made vntil seuen men of his sons were deliuered into their hands and they were hanged vp vnto the Lord that his inheritance might be blessed The sinnes of the sonnes of Eli became to be the sins of their father not because he was their father neyther yet because he was the committer of them but because he being a Magistrate did not punish correct them so likewise when iudgement is not executed vpon men for their sinnes the blood of those which are slaine must needs remaine in the Land If this be committed by way of reuenge it is also an heynous sinne against almighty God because he that doth it preuenteth Gods worke and so prouoketh Gods wrath for he taketh Gods office out of his hand and taketh vp his place who hath saide Vengeance is mine Rom. 12. And if we ascend to the higher degree of men shall wee not finde among them little conscience made of shedding
Exod. 20 7 and therefore the errour of the Romanists is blasphemous who lay this iniustice vpon God that he forgiueth the faithfull theyr offences but retayneth the punishment All men doe very willingly confesse that it is a very haynous crime to condemne the iust man but they doe not in like manner and with like zeale abhorre from iustifying the vngodly but the Spirit of God testifyeth that they are both abhominable in his sight he abhorreth the one no lesse then the other Why the guilty ought not to bee spated and so it ought to bee with those that sit in place of iudgment otherwise they transgresse the Law of God which commandeth that his blood should be vpon his owne head Againe such persons are for the most part made worse and worse and are neuer brought to repentance as experience commonly teacheth Besides by this sparing and winking at euill the godly are often grieued and sometimes are emboldened to euill Lastly other wicked men by their example are encouraged and theyr hearts are hardned Hence it is that Salomon sayth Prou. 24 24 Hee that saith vnto the wicked Thou art righteous him shal the people curse nations shall abhorre him This equity doth Moses also propound in the Law If there bee a controuersie betweene men and they come vnto iudgement that the Iudges may iudge them then they shal iustifie the righteous and condemne the wicked Deut. 25 2. But it will be said Obiect that the Scripture teacheth that God iustifieth the vngodly Rom. 4 5 and therefore hee that executeth iudgement may do the like also I answere first Answ that is lawfull for God to do which is not lawfull for man Againe God in iustifying the vngodly of vnrighteous maketh him righteous and by paying a deare price for him cleanseth and washeth away his impiety and giueth vnto him another minde then he had before which no mortall man is able to do and therefore it is vnreasonable to pretend the example of God or to alledge it to iustifie themselues when they iustifie the vngodly This corruption must needes be euill because it proceedeth from euill fountaines for iudgment is stayed or peruerted eyther through feare or couetousnesse or hope or hatred or fauour or malice or letters or such like affections which blinde the eyes and stoppe the eares and peruert the wise 2 Chron. 19 6 7. But in the meane season they displease the Lord and by winking at the wicked they make thēselues abominable to the chiefe Iudge of heauen and earth before whom they must come to be iudged and in sparing of greeuous transgressours which ought to be punished they make themselues accessaries to theyr transgressiōs many times like Saul Ahab Pilate they beare a part of the punishment Secondly this admonisheth all Iurers that Vse 2 they take great heed whom they acquit and whom they condemne If they condemne the innocent theyr blood will be required at their hands And if they iustifie any that are guilty of blood which is a crying sinne or other haynous enormities labour the rest of their fellowes companions to ioyne with them they are brethren in euill and stayne the iudgment seat with vnrighteous proceeding which is worse then if they should cast dust and doung in the Iudges face These doe often forget that they are sworne men and giue theyr verdict vpon theyr oth for if they did they would not so lightly set theyr soules to sale These for the most part thinke themselues excused by the Iudge and hang more vpon his mouth then hold themselues to the matter Such persons ought not to be simple men but such as should be able to iudge and to discerne betweene right and wrong Vse 3 Lastly let vs come to witnesses which are other parties in the matter of iudgment and are especially aymed at in this place it directeth and informeth them to know what they do and where they stand Let them take heed what they depose lest by forswearing themselues they renounce the liuing God and bring damnation vpon theyr soules A man would thinke that an oth were such a weight and burden vpon the conscience that no man would dare to steppe forth and lay his hand vpon the booke and afterward sell himselfe to the diuell There is nothing so vile wretched but some will bee found as vile to set it on foot If Ahab be sicke for Naboths vineyard Iezabel can quickly by her letters procure two false varlets and vnthrifts in Samaria to beare false witnesse against him 1 Kings 21 10. So when the malice and enuy of the Pharisees grew to be extreme against Christ and that they feared the fall of theyr kingdome though he were innocency it selfe yet there were found false witnesses to condemne the innocent Math. 26 60 61. Hence it is that the Ecclesiasticall Lawes haue not hand ouer head admitted all without difference and discretion to be brought and allowed as witnesses but haue set downe seuen iust considerations of exceptions against witnesses in this manner Aetas conditio sexus discretio fama Fortuna fides The first point to be respected in witnesses is that they be of age for such as are infants children or yonglings know not the depth of the cause nor the validity of an oth nor the distinction of matters whereupon they are to be produced and therefore they may stand by while the iury is impanelled And to these we may ioyne the old doting age which decayeth in vnderstanding no lesse then it doth in strength of body Secondly the condition of the persons whether they be bond or free The tenant for his land-lord the seruant for his Master the father and sonne one for another are worthily esteemed to be partiall witnesses Thirdly the sexe whether it be man or woman for a womans testimony wanteth much of the weight of the other because many of them are partiall and passionate light creatures if it be opposed against the testimony of a wise and considerate man They are soone ledde aside by affection by pitty or fauor and therefore neuer any of them were admitted to sit in place of iudgement where the Iudge should know neyther father nor mother Fourthly discretion for idiots and lunatike persons or mad men would prooue but mad witnesses to be admitted in tryals of truth who cannot discerne aright of themselues and of theyr owne estate For how should they be able to diue into the causes of other men that haue not the vse of reason or vnderstanding Fiftly fame is not to be contemned in this case for they should bee men of good report and credit in the places of theyr abode not common swearers not lyers not drunkards and ruffians for such as sweare commonly make no more conscience of an oth taken before a Iudge then of an oth sitting vpon theyr ale-bench and such as are tainted and stayned with the reproch of many euils will easily bee drawne to adde one sin of periury
wee are not to be addicted vnto them seruilely in things vnlawfull and vnhonest or in obeying theyr traditions as Gods Commandements Obiection But Christ saith Call no man master vpon earth Math. 23 10 because one is our Master Answ euen Christ I answer this must be vnderstood as the former when Christ forbiddeth to call any father to wit to hold him in chiefe and not subordinate to Christ and for Christ Obiection Againe it is obiected that sinne brought in seruitude and slauish subiection of man to man For albeit in the innocent estate there should haue been teacher and scholler thogh not by office and calling to preach the word or to teach schooles and gouerners and the gouerned Answer yet not master and seruant I answere sinne was the occasion of sundry things in theyr nature good or at least through Gods mercy and blessing bringing good out of euill For it brought into the world vpon man a necessity to marry for the auoyding of fornication yea sinne may bee saide to haue caused a necessity of Christs comming as also to cause a necessity of preaching and of laboring in the sweat of our browes and a necessity likewise in relieuing the poore Besides euery kinde of subiection is not against the law of pure Nature as might bee shewed by the subiection of the wife to the husband and of the children to theyr parents So then seruitude is no new inuention of cruel men in these latter dayes neyther is a faithfull seruant to be accounted a perpetuall asse crouching vnder his burden No man must be ashamed of that calling neyther reprooue it as euill and vnlawfull but rather labour to adorne the Gospell in it by seruing not with eye-seruice but dealing faithfully as the seruants of Christ Vse 3 Lastly all superiours must so carry themselues as that they may deserue reuerence and draw not contempt vpon themselues 1 Tim. 4 12 Prou. 16 31 and 21 30. Leuitic 19 32. 1 Tim. 5 1 2. And those duties are of diuers sorts which are to be performed by them whereof they are put in minde by the names whereby they are called The first degree of this superiority concerneth parents to whom it belongeth to teach The dut●es of parents to correct to defend and to prouide for theyr children as we haue shewed already chap. 30. This reproueth such as are carelesse what become of them such as pamper them to much and suffer them to doe what they list till they shame theyr fathers mothers theyr friends and the Church of God and grow obstinate and incorrigible Touching masters The duties of masters it lyeth vpon them to order theyr seruants and families aright they must require of their seruants no more then is iust and equall Col. 4 1 remembring that they haue a Master in Heauen who requireth onely things iust and equall at their hands they are to prouide for them food and rayment and such like necessaries or else they are worse then infidels and haue denyed the faith Prou. 31 21. 1 Tim. 5 8. Likewise it behoueth them to teach and instruct them as faithfull and beleeuing Masters haue done and found a great blessing vpon theyr labors Acts 10 7. Gen. 24 12. And if Masters desire to haue theyr houses dutifull subiect vnto them they must chuse such as are religious or be carefull to make them religious that so they may obey for conscience sake If at any time they shall make conscience to serue the Lord they will not be slouthfull to serue theyr Masters But there are many Masters that are alwayes threatning theyr seruants Ephes 6 9 and neuer speake kindly vnto them to encourage them in wel-doing there proceedeth nothing but fire out of their mouth and smoke goeth out of theyr nostrils And not so onely but they command hard and cruell seruice at theyr hands and after a sort sucke out theyr heart blood by ouer-burdening and ouer-bearing them beyond theyr strength like the cruell taske-masters of the Egyptians who gaue the Israelits no straw to make them vp the tale of their brickes but made them gather it themselues and yet would diminish nothing of the worke Exodus 5 7 8. Thus were the people scattered abroad throughout all the land of Egypt to gather stubble in stead of straw And Sampson being a seruant or rather slaue to the Philistims was not onely made a laughing-stocke but compelled to grinde in the prison-house Iudg. 16 21. Such masters are they also that are immoderate and excessiue in correction know no measure as if theyr seruants were beasts and not theyr brethren Nay Balaam the false prophet is reproued of the Angel for his cruelty toward his asse Numb 22 32. but these respect men no better then if they were asses or horses for the whip is neuer from theyr backes or the bridle from theyr mouthes or the fist from theyr eares or the staffe from theyr sides Thus also did the taske-masters beate the officers of the children of Israel without any cause or desert Now touching Magistrates Exod. 5 14. The duties of Magistrates they are the fathers of the countrey and common-wealth they must be careful to plant sound religion among the people and be carefull that God be serued in the first place because they must rule for GOD and not for themselues And thus did the godly Kings of Iudah They must establish peace and tranquillity that men may sit vnder theyr vines and figge trees that there bee no inuasion nor going out nor crying and complayning in the streetes And they must publish and prescribe such wholesome Lawes as may serue to keepe men in obedience and when they are once enacted and established they must not suffer them to rust for want of execution but remember they are the Ministers of God to take vengeance on him that doth euill Rom. 13 4. If then they suffer men to doe what they list as if there were no king in Israel if they be carelesse of Gods seruice if they doe not defend the innocent like Ahab nor punish the transgressors or command vniust and vnlawfull things or spare offenders that ought to dy like Saul they prouoke the wrath of God against themselues as wee haue shewed already in the former chapter 5 And Moses commanded the children of Israel according to the word of the Lord saying The tribe of the sonnes of Ioseph hath saide well 6 This is the thing which the Lord doth command concerning the daughters of Zelophehad saying Let them marry to whom they thinke best onely to the family of the tribes of their father shall they marry 7 So shall not the inheritance of the children of Israel remoue from tribe to tribe for euery one of the children of Israel shall keepe himselfe to the inheritance of the tribe of his fathers 8 And euery daughter that possesseth an inheritance in any tribe of the children of Israel shall bee wife vnto one of the family of the
for a meate offering c. 14 And their drinke offerings shall be halfe an Hin of wine vnto a Bullocke and the third part of an Hin vnto a Ramme and the fourth part of an Hin vnto a Lambe c. 15 And one Kid of the Goats for a sinne offering vnto the Lord shall bee prepared besides the continuall burnt offering and his drinke offering In these words we haue the monethly solemnity commanded to the Iewes to wit the Calends of the moneths called the New Moones or beginning of euery moneth The worship performed therein was two young Bullocks one Ram seuen Lambs of the first yeare three tenth deales of flower for euery Bullock and two tenth deales of flower for euery Ram for a meate offering c. it must also haue a drinke offering containing halfe an Hin of wine c. Here we haue mention made as also before of the Hin and of the Epha Touching the Epha Omer we haue spoken already chap. 5 15 16. What the Hin was Now we must speake somewhat of the Hin Some are of opinion that it cannot bee certainely knowne how much the Hebrew measures contayned as appeareth in Lyra and Caietan and so they leaue it vncertaine to determine Others to enwrap the Hin in greater obscurity make two kindes of measures of this one kinde the greater and the lesser but this is a bare coniecture without warrant Mention is made heereof before chap. 15 4 5 7 9. This we are to hold for a certaine truth that the Hin is of liquid things and it is commonly accounted to containe six pintes which we receiue as most probable least suspected because it agreeth with the computation of the Hebrewes who generally hold that it holdeth twelue of the measures called Log and the Log contayned sixe egges and there goeth to a pinte of our english measure as much as 14 eggeshels containe But of this see before chap. 15. Now to returne to the matter which is heere handled Of the feast of the New Moone we see that the Calends or beginnings of the moneths were consecrated hallowed vnto God as before chap. 10 10 and in many other places 1 Sam. chap. 20 5. 1 Chron. chapter 25 verse 31. 2 Chron. chap. 8 verse 13 and chapter 31 verse 5. Nehem. chapt 10 verse 33. Ezr. chap. 3 verse 5. Ezek. chapter 45 verse 17 and 46 verse 1. Amos 8 verse 5. This was the solemne feast of the Iewes Vse 1 let vs see what it belongeth vnto vs. First see heereby that God did set apart diuers times besides the Sabbath to his people that serue him to heare his word and to resort to the Prophets to bee taught and instructed in the wayes of godlinesse 2 Kings 4 25. Ezek. 36 1 at such times the people went to the Prophets when the Priests were oftentimes negligent in theyr places Christ our Sauiour complayneth in the Gospel that they were as sheepe without a Sheepheard Math. 9 verse 36 when there were store of Priests and Leuites in the Land howbeit they were dumbe dogges and opened not theyr mouthes to interpret the Law The Sabbath day is the cheefe time to seek after knowledge and euer was from the beginning neuerthelesse God appointed other times also to his people There are not many places in the land where the word is preached on other dayes thē the Sabbath I would there were more of them it is a good helpe to many other places where they want teaching if the people resort to them as they were wont to the Prophets they are to be commended encouraged If there were a dearth of Corne among vs how farre would we goe to fetch Corne rather then wee would starue I beleeue as far as the sonnes of Iacob who went out of the Land of Canaan into Egypt so ought it to be with vs in regard of the soule we should be ready to go from place to place yea from Land to Land rather thē pine away and perish for want of instruction Amos 8 12. But if many that liue among vs had liued in those dayes that cannot abide that preaching should be vpon any other day they wold haue enueyed against this as a great disorder and vpbraided the people that they gad after Sermons and leaue their businesse and begger themselues In the dayes of Christ the people followed him out of their houses and Cities and sought him out to bee taught of him yet he neuer reproued them or forbad them but fedde them both in soule and body Doth the Lord command vs so often to delight in the Law of the Lord to meditate therein day and night to seeke first of all the kingdome of God and ought a few miles to stop vs or hinder vs How far will men ride and runne and sayle for a little earthly substance It is accounted by worldly minded men that sauour nothing but of the earth no disorder at all to runne on heaps from towne to towne to drunken feasts may games dancings playes beare-baytings and other like fooleries and vanities they allow this running from place to place but if any go halfe so farre to seeke after the word and to edifie themselues in theyr most holy faith they cry out against it with open mouthes and thinke them worthy to bee punished Thus they would also haue done to Gods owne people the Iewes if they had seene them runne resort to the Prophets in the ruinous times of the Church with so great zeale and forwardnesse as they did Secondly we learne that all moneths and Vse 2 times are consecrated to vs through Christ so that worshipping God truely they shall turne to our good and benefit according to the saying of the Apostle Whether life or death or things present or things to come all are ours 1 Cor. 3 22 23. The heathen and they that are heathenishly minded are afraid of the influence of the starres and of the constellation of the heauens yea the Starre-gazers would beare vs in hand that some times are dismall and fatall to some purposes The Gentiles made it vnlucky to enterprize some busines in some of the moneths Hence it is that the Poet saith Ouid de fust l. 3. Hac quoque de causa fite Prouerbia tangunt Mense malum Maio nubere vulgus ait That is The Prouerbs teach and common people say It s ill to marry in the moneth of May. In like manner he teacheth before that some times are vnfit for the marriage of widowes or of maides forasmuch as such as marry in them are not long liued but haue died quickly Nec viduis tedis eadem nec virginis opta Tempora quae nupsit non diuturna fuit And one of the wisest Philosophers among the heathen enquiring into the causes Plut in his Roman quest 86. why the Romanes would not marry in the moneth of May alledgeth this as one because they offered oblations to the dead in this moneth and therfore was
holden to be ominous And in another place hee sheweth Rom. quest 25 that they held the morrowes after the Calends Nones and Ides dismall and disastrous dayes eyther to set forward vpon any iourney and voyage or to march with an army into the field It is not worth the labour to spend time to rehearse the folly of our sottish Prognosticators that in euery moneth tell vs which are good dayes and which are euill dayes and set downe particular predictions what shall befall vs and how we shall prosper or not prosper and yet themselues cannot tell what shall happen to themselues I remember a pleasant story Eros de lingua reported by Erasmus in the reigne of Henry the seuenth a wise and iudicious Prince of a certaine wizard who would needs be accounted as a Prophet and able to foretell things to come hee prophesied at a time of the Kings death that he should dye that yeare The king hearing of his Prophesie withall laughing at his folly sent for him as if he meant to take notice of his deepe and profound skill and to reward him highly and when he was come into his presence he asked him whether hee had any knowledge of things to come and could tell what should come to passe heereafter he answered he had great skill that way The king demanded of him whether he knew where he shold be those holy dayes that were at hand for this fell out not long before the feast of the Natiuity he answered No Why then quoth the king I perceiue thou hast no skill at all and knowest not so much as I doe for I know where thou shalt be how long and withall willed his seruants to carry him presently to the Tower and after a while hauing made himselfe merry and derided the folly of that wise foole he dismissed him which was more fauour then he deserued This practise of propheticall diuinations and predictions is meere Gentilisme and great pitty it is once suffered among vs Christians to make some dayes lucky and some vnlucky some fortunate and some vnfortunate whereof wee see the practise in the booke of Ester chapter the third verse seuenth They cast Pur that is the lot before Haman from day to day from Moneth to moneth to the twelfth Moneth Howbeit we see how he was deceyued and the enchanters vpon whom he builded and in whō he trusted like to the Papists who long looked for the yeare 88 of which they hadde many Astrologicall predictions and trusted in it no lesse then in the Oracle of Apollo howbeit they were maruailously in a manner miraculously defeated and disappointed and therefore one saith well D. Fulk preface before the Rhē Testam Octogefimus octanus mirabilis annus Clade papistarum faustus vbique pijs But if we be the true seruants of God our wayes shall prosper Psal 1 3 and it shall go well with vs if we make the word our study and meditation Iosh 1 8 if not let the times be what they will and prognosticate what lucke as they call it soeuer they can yet nothing shal prosper or do vs good whatsoeuer we imagine to the contrary Thirdly the consideration of the feast of Vse 3 the New Moones did put them and doth put vs in minde that we should be new creatures and walke in newnesse of life by the holy Ghost regenerating vs as the Apostle saith 2. Cor. 5 17. If any man be in Christ he is a new creature olde things are past away behold all things are made new Hence it is that we are so oftentimes warned in the Scripture that wee must be renewed in the spirit of our mindes Rom. 12 2. Eph. 4 23. that wee must put on the new man which after God is created in righteousnesse and true holinesse Eph. 4 24 and must put off concerning the former conuersation the olde man which is corrupt according to the deceiueable lusts verse 22. As then the Moone which ruleth the moneth changeth and reneweth the light so should we be changed not in substance of the body but in quality and that in euery part euen in the whole man forasmuch as we are altogether corrupt Now this that must be changed Why our corruption is called the old man is called the old man first because it is in time before regeneration first we are carnall then spirituall first the first Adam then the second Adam hath place in vs first we are borne then we are borne againe Iohn 3. Secondly because as age maketh loathsome and deformed so this maketh vs full of spots and wrinkles before such time as wee taste of the renewing power of God Thirdly because it draweth neere to death for as old age bringeth downe to the graue so doth the olde man draw vs to destruction of soule and body which is the second death This old man therefore must be cleane cast off or else it shall not profite vs for wee must deny our selues and crucifie our sinfull lustes wee must kill and mortifie our vaine desires as Abraham would haue killed his sonne but wee must go farther for wee must after a sort kill our selues cast off the things that are most deare vnto vs though they should bee as our right hand or as our right eye Math. 5. And we must so cast off the old man that no remnant of him cleaue or sticke vnto vs we should put it off not as if we were loth or vnwilling to leaue it but cast it away with a purpose neuer to take it vp or to put it on againe no nor once touch the same but to account it as a menstruous cloth lest we be like to the dogge that returneth to his vomite or to the sowe that was washed and by and by walloweth in the myre or to the Crocodile that layeth aside her poyson but taketh it vp againe On the other side we must put on the new man called new because nothing auayleth without this Gal. 5 6. Againe it is wrought in vs in the second place for we are first old before we are new for this is the latter birth Lastly because it is strong to do the will of GOD as young men are lusty and able to doe the businesse of this life with great alacrity and actiuity Lastly we must remember that it is not enough Vse 4 to serue God outwardly and to keepe the bare ceremony except we ioyne thereunto the seruice of the heart And if the Iewes had resorted diligently euery first day of the moneth to the seruice of God in the Tabernacle or the Temple yet what could it auayle them if theyr hearts were vncleane theyr hands stained with cruelty Therefore the Prophet saith The new Moones and Sabbaths the calling of assemblies I cannot away with it is iniquity your new Moones and your appointed feasts my soule hateth they are a trouble vnto mee I am weary to beare them Esay 1 13 14. The Iewes regarded no more